Bay 12 Games Forum

Finally... => Roll To Dodge => Forum Games and Roleplaying => Einsteinian Roulette => Topic started by: piecewise on May 23, 2014, 05:06:10 pm

Title: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on May 23, 2014, 05:06:10 pm
>You're going to be landing on the outskirts of a commercial space port.

Steve talks to the crew as the ship falls toward the surface, circling around toward the light side of the planet.

>A man is going to meet you there to drive the APC. He'll have the gear I promised, and he'll be the one taking you where you need to go. He is NOT ARM. Don't treat him like you friend, or someone you can trust. He's just a hired hand. Once you reach the location, he'll park near by and let you out, from there, you are to handle the raid. Casualties are not an issue, but the more reckless you are, the more likely you'll attract police attention before you can finish the raid. You're in a bad part of town, so some shooting won't get anyone's attention, but explosions or something similar will. We don't know the layout of the building, but the bottom level is a diner, so expect to have to shoo some civies away before moving on. Clear the floors, get anything suspicious, and then leave the way you came. That shuttle at the port is your way out.  Good luck.

Just as he finishes talking the shuttle settles to the ground and the back hatch opens. Standing directly outside it is a man, dark skinned and vaguely asian looking with a curly black beard and strange reverse hitler mustache, with the center shaved and the sides left to grow. The APC has already been delivered at some point and is waiting behind him.

"Come." The man says, in an accent that you can't place, and walks towards the truck.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 05:25:13 pm
Follow the man into the transport, grab my share of the equipment.

"Years of child safety messages wasted."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 05:25:43 pm
Hasala exits the shuttle and walks over to the APC, turning around to look at his teammates for a second, before climbing into the APC and grabbing his SWAT gear. Check how much ammo the shotgun holds, as well as how much ammunition there is and how many grenades of both types there are. Grab an artifact container or two, too.

Make sure the grenades and ammunition are divided equally. If there are still people standing around outside, shoo them into the APC and get going.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 05:27:57 pm
Kyle gets in the Truck/APC and grabs his stuff minus the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 05:29:30 pm
Pancaek walks over toward the truck, making sure his scarf is well over his mouth and his hat is on his head. He walks next to faith, making sure the truck driver is out of earshot

"So, Faith, as the most veteran member of this team I take it you'll be taking charge here?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 05:30:59 pm
Get in the truck, and grab some flashbangs, a riot shield, some artifact containers of varying size, and a shotgun with some extra shells.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 23, 2014, 05:35:00 pm
Edited so now it's an APC. SIGH.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 23, 2014, 05:42:25 pm
Get into APC. Sling Gauss Rifle over my back (surely it has a strap or sling?), grab and examine shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 06:02:01 pm
Hasala addresses his team members through the radio. "Hey, everyone. In case you missed my name during the briefing, I'm Hasala Nabin. I think right now is a good time to figure out how we're going to approach this. First, if any of you have any explosives, don't use them. Let's not deal with the police when we shouldn't have to.
Second, let's be quick and organized. Hopefully the cultists won't be prepared for an assault, but whether they are or not, it's to our advantage not to give them an opportunity to get their shit together. Since there's ten of us, we should probably split into two teams of four, with two left to guard the APC and make sure the cultists don't get a free machine-gun.
Third, let's not fuck around. Kill the cultists, grab the artifact, and do your looting or defiling on your way out. And let's make sure we clear the entire building; we don't want to leave any witnesses to tell the local authorities a murderous bunch of people obviously from off-planet killed most of them and left with their holy toaster or whatever this thing looks like. If we do leave any evidence behind, it might affect the covert team.

Everyone agree?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 06:11:16 pm
"Yeah, I've got a question. Steve clearly said in the briefing that he believes that a cult is operating out ofo this residential building. He never said that everyone int his place is a cultist. I mean, I'm not axectly a saint, but I'm not really feeling like wasting ammo on a bunch of mind-raped unarmed civs. Steve also suspected that there was an artifact, but had no confirmation. "

He looks over to Hasala, crossing his arms over his chest

"And lastly, new blood, who the fuck put you in charge anyway?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:13:07 pm
"Uh... before we get to arguing can I get place with kitty over there? No offense to anyone but she doesn't look like the type to shoot me in the back and will probably need to be watched so cultists don't abuse her extra features."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 06:23:56 pm
"Yeah, I've got a question. Steve clearly said in the briefing that he believes that a cult is operating out ofo this residential building. He never said that everyone int his place is a cultist. I mean, I'm not axectly a saint, but I'm not really feeling like wasting ammo on a bunch of mind-raped unarmed civs. Steve also suspected that there was an artifact, but had no confirmation. "

He looks over to Hasala, crossing his arms over his chest

"And lastly, new blood, who the fuck put you in charge anyway?"

"Of course not. But anyone with a gun presumably is, especially once we're through the diner. And if there's no artifact, there's something else for us to kill or capture.
And Miyamoto put me in charge, in a way. He wants to see how I do, though I've got no problem with stepping aside if one of you vets want to take the lead. I'm just trying to get us organized from the start."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 06:32:10 pm
"Of course not. But anyone with a gun presumably is, especially once we're through the diner. And if there's no artifact, there's something else for us to kill or capture.
And Miyamoto put me in charge, in a way. He wants to see how I do, though I've got no problem with stepping aside if one of you vets want to take the lead. I'm just trying to get us organized from the start."
"Oh hoh hoh. So the general too fat to fit through doors wants to see how you do, eh? Don't worry, I'll keep a good eye on how you do and report it to him then. By the way, what weapons do you. "

He points at hasala, then at Kyle
"you"
then at D'usse
"And you use?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:34:16 pm
Kyle holds up the Amp.
"I was thinking of freezing slash boiling people alive."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Empiricist on May 23, 2014, 06:35:36 pm
Kyle holds up the Amp.
((He holds up the amp that is meant to be lodged in his brain?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:36:39 pm
((It is? Didn't seem like that.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Empiricist on May 23, 2014, 06:38:28 pm
((It is? Didn't seem like that.))
((Amps are surgically implanted into their user's brain, if Kyle didn't get it implanted, then it's going to be a bit of an issue. Manipulators are the ones people strap to their wrist.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 06:39:02 pm
Kyle holds up the Amp.
"I was thinking of freezing slash boiling people alive."

((Amps are surgically implanted into the brain, and are unusable otherwise. Manipulators are what you carry in your hands, and they Unconventional instead of Exotic.))

"Of course not. But anyone with a gun presumably is, especially once we're through the diner. And if there's no artifact, there's something else for us to kill or capture.
And Miyamoto put me in charge, in a way. He wants to see how I do, though I've got no problem with stepping aside if one of you vets want to take the lead. I'm just trying to get us organized from the start."
"Oh hoh hoh. So the general too fat to fit through doors wants to see how you do, eh? Don't worry, I'll keep a good eye on how you do and report it to him then. By the way, what weapons do you. "

He points at hasala, then at Kyle
"you"
then at D'usse
"And you use?"

Hasala hefts the shotgun and Miyamoto's namite thrower. "I'll be using these. I also bought one of those microwave amplifiers, though that's for emergencies until I can get back to the ship and figure out what it's good for and how good I am at using it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:39:45 pm
((Oh! I got them confused then. Probably.))

EDIT:  ((I did get the amp. I do not know why it doesn't mention needing to be implanted in the description but now I think I'm screwed.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Empiricist on May 23, 2014, 06:41:56 pm
((Oh! I got them confused then. Probably.))
((Kyle has an amp. I checked. He did install it, right? Otherwise, all he'll have is a plastic voucher...))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 06:43:22 pm
Kyle holds up the Amp.
"I was thinking of freezing slash boiling people alive."
Seeing the young man hold up seemingly nothing, Pan just scratched his pompom.

"Amp's eh? Listen, take it from an expert. Be really really frakking careful with that amp. Just try and boil, like, one foot diameter spheres in their center mass. No need to be fancy."

Hasala hefts the shotgun and Miyamoto's namite thrower. "I'll be using these. I also bought one of those microwave amplifiers, though that's for emergencies until I can get back to the ship and figure out what it's good for and how good I am at using it."
"Oh my god, you've got my baby! You better not frakking lose that namite thrower, or I'll rip off your limbs. As for the amp, just...try and use the thrower and the shotgun first? Maybe just the shotgun, because I kind of made namite to eat through our insulated suits. Can't even imagine what it'll do to flimsy buildings."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:44:53 pm
Kyle nods.
"I try not fighting in general."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 06:47:56 pm
"Don't worry, I'm guarding this thing with my life. And I don't have it to test how well it burns through buildings, Miyamoto modified it to also shoot some kind of sticky goop. Non-lethal, probably."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Empiricist on May 23, 2014, 06:51:57 pm
((Um, guys? Could you guys please check something? I just ran a keyword search and manual search of the on-ship thread, and judging by my results, I think Kyle never actually got an amp. He purchased it, got the plastic voucher, went to watch TV, got statis'd, exited, roleplayed and signed up for the mission, but I don't think he ever had it installed. Which means he may be currently equipped with a plastic voucher rather than an actual weapon.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 06:52:20 pm
Kyle nods.
"I try not fighting in general."
"A healthy attitude. Just try to sttay behind me or Faith. Or another teammate. Or a slab of concrete."

"Don't worry, I'm guarding this thing with my life. And I don't have it to test how well it burns through buildings, Miyamoto modified it to also shoot some kind of sticky goop. Non-lethal, probably."
"Goop? Well, that does sound like general shiny metal ass. Anyway, let's hear what faith thinks about your plan, eh? Then we can decide how to continue on from here."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 06:52:38 pm
Get out of the car, load up on Armor, Shotgun, and Grenades.

"It's weird being on the opposite side of things, I know we ain't the Feds, but this type of shit seems close. At least these fundie motherfuckers aren't anyone I know, so I can't feel too bad about blasting them."

"Uh... before we get to arguing can I get place with kitty over there? No offense to anyone but she doesn't look like the type to shoot me in the back and will probably need to be watched so cultists don't abuse her extra features."

"Why are you always talking about me like that? I got a name boy. And what are you talking about abusing extra features? What's your beef with me?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:53:00 pm
((Um, guys? Could you guys please check something? I just ran a keyword search and manual search of the on-ship thread, and judging by my results, I think Kyle never actually got an amp. He purchased it, got the plastic voucher, went to watch TV, got statis'd, exited, roleplayed and signed up for the mission, but I don't think he ever had it installed. Which means he may be currently equipped with a plastic voucher rather than an actual weapon.))
((... Fuck my bung hole.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 06:53:40 pm
"Yo, d'usse. What weapons do you use?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 06:56:06 pm
"It's not a 'beef'. I just happen to think that if I was fighting you I'd go for the most likely nerve packed ears and tail as well as using the tail to keep a good hold on you as I jab things into you."
Kyle says boredly.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Kriellya on May 23, 2014, 06:56:16 pm
((Um, guys? Could you guys please check something? I just ran a keyword search and manual search of the on-ship thread, and judging by my results, I think Kyle never actually got an amp. He purchased it, got the plastic voucher, went to watch TV, got statis'd, exited, roleplayed and signed up for the mission, but I don't think he ever had it installed. Which means he may be currently equipped with a plastic voucher rather than an actual weapon.))
((... Fuck my bung hole.))
(( I assume we'll wave that. The install is mostly for flavor anyway, it's not like Jim ever got some of his installed :P
Doesn't seem necessary to mess with someone for not following all the RP. ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Xantalos on May 23, 2014, 06:59:00 pm
((Um, guys? Could you guys please check something? I just ran a keyword search and manual search of the on-ship thread, and judging by my results, I think Kyle never actually got an amp. He purchased it, got the plastic voucher, went to watch TV, got statis'd, exited, roleplayed and signed up for the mission, but I don't think he ever had it installed. Which means he may be currently equipped with a plastic voucher rather than an actual weapon.))
((... Fuck my bung hole.))
(( I assume we'll wave that. The install is mostly for flavor anyway, it's not like Jim ever got some of his installed :P
Doesn't seem necessary to mess with someone for not following all the RP. ))
((After all, I never actually got my amps installed and I certainly have them.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 23, 2014, 06:59:50 pm
Yttra just stares at her shotgun and listens to the bickering.

Guess this guy's in charge. Were we even sure this is a cult? The whole description of this operation was *&^%ing suspicious… everything about it is *&^%ing suspicious…

Yeah that guy thinks so too. Oh, maybe he's in charge? $#@!. I dunno what's going on.

Now he wants to know what statuette thinks? Guess she outranks everyone. *&^%ing Good.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 07:00:20 pm
"Yo, d'usse. What weapons do you use?"

"Usually I packed an Uz' or a Choppa'. Never was really one for the shotties'."

"It's not a 'beef'. I just happen to think that if I was fighting you I'd go for the most likely nerve packed ears and tail as well as using the tail to keep a good hold on you as I jab things into you."
Kyle says boredly.

"I ain't ever been hit or let someone get a hold on my tail before, and believe me, they tried."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Empiricist on May 23, 2014, 07:01:10 pm
((Um, guys? Could you guys please check something? I just ran a keyword search and manual search of the on-ship thread, and judging by my results, I think Kyle never actually got an amp. He purchased it, got the plastic voucher, went to watch TV, got statis'd, exited, roleplayed and signed up for the mission, but I don't think he ever had it installed. Which means he may be currently equipped with a plastic voucher rather than an actual weapon.))
((... Fuck my bung hole.))
(( I assume we'll wave that. The install is mostly for flavor anyway, it's not like Jim ever got some of his installed :P
Doesn't seem necessary to mess with someone for not following all the RP. ))
((After all, I never actually got my amps installed and I certainly have them.))
((Now I'm just picturing the amp users using magical plastic vouchers instead of amps to kill people :P Yeah, it may be more efficient turn-wise to assume that people get their amps installed immediately after getting their vouchers anyway.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:03:29 pm
"Are you saying you want to be left without a medic ready to help you immediately when your luck runs out?"
Kyle says raising an eyebrow.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 07:03:53 pm
Hasala winced as two of his teammates started bickering. Not even at the building yet, and he was already losing 'points'. "If you guys have got a problem with each other, you probably shouldn't be on the same team. And please save your arguing until after the mission; plenty of time to argue then. Safer, too."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 07:06:48 pm
"Are you saying you want to be left without a medic ready to help you immediately when your luck runs out?"
Kyle says raising an eyebrow.

"What are you talking about?"

Hasala winced as two of his teammates started bickering. Not even at the building yet, and he was already losing 'points'. "If you guys have got a problem with each other, you probably shouldn't be on the same team. And please save your arguing until after the mission; plenty of time to argue then. Safer, too."

"It's best if we get these conditions out of the way prior to the mission. I'll think we'll all feel a bit safer if we know what's going to happen going in, aight'?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:08:39 pm
"I was volunteering to go with you so I could make sure you don't die."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 07:09:46 pm
"I was volunteering to go with you so I could make sure you don't die."

"Why?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:12:05 pm
"Because you're young. Also, death probably sucks. Cat girl or no."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 23, 2014, 07:14:32 pm
Wow, now this guy's got the hots for the cat. Pretty sure he didn't bring any medical supplies. Ha. Pretty sure noone brought any medical supplies. Oh $#@! we're *&^%ed.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:17:14 pm
((He did actually get some medical supplies when he got out of stasis and was buying stuff.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 07:18:35 pm
"Because you're young. Also, death probably sucks. Cat girl or no."

"Look, I don't know what you're trying to pull, but could you stop? It's creeping me out how much your tryin' me, and if you want to be team doctor that's cool, but don't treat me any differently than anyone else."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:19:12 pm
Kyle rolls his eyes.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 07:27:17 pm
"Alright, everyone grab some artifact containers. If you do find something strange, for the love of god, DO NOT TOUCH IT. Call me, and I'll take care of it. If I'm dead or otherwise busy, use the container to pick it up."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:28:48 pm
"What are you? A fourth grade chaperon on a field trip?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 07:35:04 pm
"I am the man with the mass manipulator amp, and the skill to use it. I have more experience with alien artifacts, deadly phenomena, and general weirdness than you, so I know what the fuck I'm talking about. I will only say this once. If you touch an artifact, and start acting weird, I will kill you."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:37:34 pm
Kyle rolls his eyes.
"That definitely wasn't needlessly dramatic."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 07:45:51 pm
"Heh. That was about as smooth as gravel."

Lerman turns to the people in the APC.

"So, is there a proper breaching strategy, or are we just doing the normal thing where we charge in and murder everything before levelling the building?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 07:46:57 pm
Pan pretends clearing his throat

"just want to point out, I too have a mass amp. and a decomp, so zero chance of accidentally wrecking the entire building. So yeah, you new bloods might want to let us handle potentially dangerous artefacts"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 07:51:19 pm
"Okay."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 07:51:51 pm
"Let's not leave a smoking crater unless we have to, alright? Faith, do you have cam-eyes?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 23, 2014, 07:58:10 pm
"So, is there a proper breaching strategy, or are we just doing the normal thing where we charge in and murder everything before levelling the building?"
"I'd imagine we should do some very quick recon of the ground floor from the outside, try to at least have a man at every major exit. Two'd be best. That's how we'd do it back home."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:03:02 pm
"This namite thrower should help immobilize the civilians in the diner, so they won't be a problem."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 08:07:22 pm
"...yeah, a molten-hot mixture of thermite and napalm will incapacitate them, all right."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:12:28 pm
"...yeah, a molten-hot mixture of thermite and napalm will incapacitate them, all right."

Hasala looks at Lerman with amusement. "...It also shoots a sticky goop, designed to immobilize."

((I use public channels unless I specify otherwise, by the way. So you all heard Hasala talking to Pancaek.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 23, 2014, 08:15:23 pm
Jack Catar watches the team degenerate into squabbling.  This was very unprofessional.  They hadn't even gotten in the vehicle yet.  Not much he could do about it though.  He walks to the APC and grabs his allotted SWAT gear.  "Don't touch anything weird, got it.  Now do we want a plan now, or when we can actually see the building."  After a moment he thinks of a question.  He moves a bit away from the outsider.  "Hey Steve? What effect would a flash-bang have on a robot?"
Ask Get in the APC.  Wait to see what gear there is before grabbing any, but keep a hold on my laser rifle.
Edit: next post duly noted.  Also don't worry, just what my character thinks.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:16:48 pm
((1: I started the conversation, and I specified that I was using the radio. The guy can't hear us.
2. We are doing the plan right now.
3. Some of us are in the APC. Not my fault if people are standing around outside. :P ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 23, 2014, 08:20:59 pm
Yttra speaks up: "Pretty sure if we bust in there with shotguns and tell the diners to GTFO, then they won't be a damn problem."

"You know, in stead of shooting them with untested military hardware."

*&^% yeah, me, that was a good line. Untested military hardware.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 23, 2014, 08:23:15 pm
Yttra speaks up: "Pretty sure if we bust in there with shotguns and tell the diners to GTFO, then they won't be a damn problem."

"You know, in stead of shooting them with untested military hardware."

*&^% yeah, me, that was a good line. Untested military hardware.
"I hope for your sake that you aren't referring to my namite thrower. Don't you be dissing my baby
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 23, 2014, 08:23:57 pm
Jack speaks over the radio, and will continue to do so.  "The problem with that is if the cultists open fire at that moment the diners could be in trouble.  I agree with the reconnaissance when we get there plan."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:25:14 pm
"Letting the civilians get away would be worse than having explosions go off. I'd rather not fight the police, yes?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 23, 2014, 08:29:36 pm
"True, letting them see our intentions would cause problems.  I'd suggest yelling fire, but that would cause the same problem."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 08:30:12 pm
"Wait, would the cultists and police fight each other?

No, then we couldn't loot the cultists or steal all their things. Nuts."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 08:30:43 pm
"Then we tell 'em it's a robbery, get the fuck down, or we'll shoot. Collect the valuables, leave some people to keep an eye on them, and the rest storm the building. When we're done we can ditch the valuables somewhere."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:31:16 pm
Hasala stops, thinking for a moment. "...This diner. Is it open all night? Could we not simply wait until it was closed, and then enter the building?"

Ask Steve if the diner is open all night.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 23, 2014, 08:32:14 pm
"We should check its hours when we get there."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 08:32:20 pm
"We could always keep the valuables, we might be able to trade them in for tokens at the armoury."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 08:32:33 pm
"We're in a goddamn APC. I think that'll attract a little attention."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 23, 2014, 08:32:53 pm
Yttra speaks up: "Pretty sure if we bust in there with shotguns and tell the diners to GTFO, then they won't be a damn problem."

"You know, in stead of shooting them with untested military hardware."

*&^% yeah, me, that was a good line. Untested military hardware.
"I hope for your sake that you aren't referring to my namite thrower. Don't you be dissing my baby
"Didn't he say it was modified or some $#@!?"

"Letting the civilians get away would be worse than having explosions go off. I'd rather not fight the police, yes?"
"We were already told to 'shoo the civvies away', it was part of our *&^%ing mission brief just like 2 minutes ago. *&^% you just wanna shoot something with your new dick."

"If you really think they'll call the cops then lock em in the basement or some $#@!. One of us is gonna be watching the doors anyway right? *&^% i'll look after them. Make sure they don't do anything *&^%ing stupid."

Yttra mutters something.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 08:34:10 pm
"... How do you speak in symbols?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 23, 2014, 08:35:35 pm
"So we leave the APC with the shuttle. The hired hand came here in a vehicle, he can bring us there in that. If we're waiting anyway, he can make multiple trips if we don't all fit at once, and drop us off a little distance away from the target building, so that it doesn't raise suspicions."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 08:37:20 pm
"I'm pretty sure if we incapacitate the cops, they'll send something a little more powerful to counter us. I don't feel like destroying another military battalion, thank you."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 23, 2014, 08:44:22 pm
Speak in symbols? What? Wow cat lover's more nuts than i thought.

Ahh *&^% i'm just gonna shut up until statuette sorts it out.

Yttra shuts up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 23, 2014, 09:43:11 pm
"Aye', what's the main plan, kill these fundies or snatch the goods? Or do we have to do both? I can roll with this."

D'usse experimentally cocks the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 23, 2014, 09:47:29 pm
"I think two teams of four with two people guarding the APC is the best idea. If someone else can patch people up I can go on one team and they can go on the other."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 10:01:13 pm
If we're breaching the structure, 4 teams of two will work better, otherwise we'll just clog up the doorways when we're clearing rooms out.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 23, 2014, 11:07:49 pm
Faith shook her head slightly, coming out of her drooling stare.

"Yes, presumably I'll be more or less sort of in charge. I like Hasala's plan overall, but it's a bit smash and grab for my tastes. I'd rather avoid killing cultists if we're able, and I'd definitely like a chance to get them to rant at us about things before we encounter them. Dashing in, shooting some people, stuffing a glowing heptagon into a bag and dashing out isn't my idea of an ideal mission. Certainly could be worse, but still. If possible, we need information.

Speaking of which, if you're new here you might not know what I am, so pay attention.

This body is what it known as synthflesh. Somewhere between metal and meat; nice and sturdy, but you probably wouldn't call it 'armor' for anything serious. I'd rather not take a bullet if I don't have to, but I can much, much better than an unarmored target, and my brain's in a solid metal case. If one of us has to get shot, I'm a pretty good target for it.


I do have cameyes. They have a variety of vision modes, including X-ray, so we should get a fair bit of information just by seeing the place. Unless of course it's shielded, which is certainly possible but sounds like a complete pain. Depends on how paranoid they are, I suppose.


For general entry strategy, the ground floor is a restaurant, which makes me think some surveillance might be in order. Depends on how closely they watch it; Steve did say they were fanatical and paranoid, so the notion that it's a front or buffer zone certainly has merit. If not, I'm curious if we can just suggest everybody leave because things might get rough. Bad place, they might be too used to that sort of thing to bother calling the cops. Unsure if showing a lot of us would make that more or less likely... maybe we could ask, but I'd rather avoid it.

Whatever the case, once we get past the diners remember that we would like to talk to these people, so shooting first is probably a poor strategy. Again, paranoid and fanatical, but still worth a shot.

All that said, it'll probably turn into room-to-room clearing by the time we're done, but let's see how far we can get until then.


Speaking of which, I'm in favor of using the APC. It's a rough neighborhood, so it shouldn't attract too much attention, and if things do go bad it'll be very nice to have. Just... show restraint with the machine gun, is all."


"Of course not. But anyone with a gun presumably is, especially once we're through the diner. And if there's no artifact, there's something else for us to kill or capture.
And Miyamoto put me in charge, in a way. He wants to see how I do, though I've got no problem with stepping aside if one of you vets want to take the lead. I'm just trying to get us organized from the start."
"Oh hoh hoh. So the general too fat to fit through doors wants to see how you do, eh? Don't worry, I'll keep a good eye on how you do and report it to him then."
Faith laughed a bit, but didn't comment.

Hasala winced as two of his teammates started bickering. Not even at the building yet, and he was already losing 'points'. "If you guys have got a problem with each other, you probably shouldn't be on the same team. And please save your arguing until after the mission; plenty of time to argue then. Safer, too."

"It's best if we get these conditions out of the way prior to the mission. I'll think we'll all feel a bit safer if we know what's going to happen going in, aight'?"
"I'm with... Droo-say, was it? Best to get it out, or at least known about, ahead of time."

"I am the man with the mass manipulator amp, and the skill to use it. I have more experience with alien artifacts, deadly phenomena, and general weirdness than you, so I know what the fuck I'm talking about. I will only say this once. If you touch an artifact, and start acting weird, I will kill you."
"Come on, that's excessive," Faith groused. "I ever tell you about the time someone got infected by an alien intelligence, and I kid you not we saved him? Not easy, lost all his limbs, think he was burned pretty bad, but no joke he went from being an alien host using space magic at us to a perfectly healthy recovering patient. 'Acting weird' is not some blanket excuse for 'kill him before it's too late.'"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 11:18:27 pm
"I don't particularly care if it is excessive, I want to be sure. And it's not as if I'll be killing them permanently unless the corpse stands back up or something."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 23, 2014, 11:47:40 pm
So ramming into the diner full-speed with the APC and mowing down everything isn't a valid strategy? Nuts.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 23, 2014, 11:59:34 pm
"Well, it's always open as a last resort."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 24, 2014, 03:07:02 am
DIBS ON THE TURRET
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 24, 2014, 05:09:49 am
Examine shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Radio Controlled on May 24, 2014, 05:10:13 am
I wonder if you could pretend to be police forces doing a raid with that APC. Probably won't fool anyone once they see you guys at work, but can't hurt to try. Would also be a good excuse for any civilians in the diner, just tell 'm to get down and stay down until the 'police' raid is over.)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 24, 2014, 05:20:05 am
((There are two ways that could go wrong.

One, if the cultists flip out, we're in poop. Two is that the real police find out and then we're in double poop.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Radio Controlled on May 24, 2014, 05:39:38 am
((There are two ways that could go wrong.

One, if the cultists flip out, we're in poop. Two is that the real police find out and then we're in double poop.))

((Those are two posibilities that you'll have to deal with anyways, no matter what charade or plan you come up with.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 24, 2014, 06:22:22 am
"Yeah, like Faith already said. I too have synthflesh and cameyes. I've got a sweet pom pom hat and I can rip you apart with my mind. Let's try not to kill every civ we come across eh? That was fine and dandy back when we were HMRC, but not so great now that we're ARM. We're supposed to be better than the UWM, remember?"

Get into the APC. Grab a riot shield and flashbangs+smoke grenades. Wonder what skill using these flashbangs would be.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 24, 2014, 06:38:34 am
((Uncon?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 24, 2014, 08:54:58 am
"So we're attacking while the diner is still open?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 24, 2014, 10:49:42 am
"Actually that's a good point. Why not have mister driver drive us into the city and then we wait for night before driving up and raiding the place?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 24, 2014, 02:16:46 pm
((Those are two posibilities that you'll have to deal with anyways, no matter what charade or plan you come up with.))
(("Cultists flip out" in particular is pretty much guaranteed. Claiming to already be the police might decrease the odds of anyone thinking to call them.

However, I am concerned about our lack of uniforms or anything, including proper terminology. Are they even called police, or are they Kano Authority Enforcers, Correctional Officers, Calmkeepers, or or what? Do they have badges or other marks of authority they usually display? What phrases do they use when brutalizing public citizens and private property for no reasons anyone can discern?

I'm thinking working the rival gang/hired muscle angle might be better for believability's sake. Not explicitly saying anything except "trouble not here for you" might be better still, since it'd let them fill in the blanks themselves.))


"I like the idea, but I'm worried about a few things.

One, rough neighborhood, it might well be open all night. Hell, could be more crowded at night.

Two, the less we hang around the better, I assume. What if the locals start wondering what we're up to? What if the cultists are paranoid enough to keep tabs on the city? What if our hired help starts wondering why we're elaborate enough to pay him for his services and then lurk around for half a day before moving? Perhaps most importantly, what if somebody gets bored and starts trying to find ways to amuse themselves?

Overall, I'm thinking it'd be better to keep things moving fairly quickly, rather than turning this into a long-term stakeout."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 24, 2014, 02:23:21 pm
Pan nods as Faith speaks

"Hmm, yeah. Better to leave early and not overstay our welcome here. Have you thought about how to split up our forces, chief?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Radio Controlled on May 24, 2014, 02:31:39 pm
Quote
However, I am concerned about our lack of uniforms or anything, including proper terminology. Are they even called police, or are they Kano Authority Enforcers, Correctional Officers, Calmkeepers, or or what? Do they have badges or other marks of authority they usually display? What phrases do they use when brutalizing public citizens and private property for no reasons anyone can discern?

((Some of those things Steve might be able to tell you. You're right we look like a bunch of hoodlums more than a police force, but I don't think the 'gang' thing will fly for long once they see what ride you arrived in.

Either way, there's a good chance anything like that will lose its credibility once the first person gets an overshoot trying whatever. It's funny how we are starting to plan around the inevitable disaster that is HMRC/ARM-civilian interaction. ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 25, 2014, 01:55:55 am
((A bunch of hoodlums with advanced armor, weapons and riot armor, mind. We're not exactly discreet.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 26, 2014, 05:16:25 pm
This is what you've got in that APC:

4 shotguns (100 shells)
8 riot shields
16 flash bangs
6 bullet proof vests
5 helmets with face visors
10 nightsticks
20 artifact containers

Divide them up however you want on the way there, since we'll assume that you all got in the APC and are now heading there.

As per waiting to do this at night, thats something that could be done, but you'd have to tell the driver.

Flashbangs just use str to throw, dex if you're trying to throw accurately. I assume, perhaps incorrectly, that everyone here can pull a metal pin.

The shotguns are normal shotguns. They're pump action, short barrel, and can load 5 shots at a time.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 26, 2014, 06:03:52 pm
Hasala takes:

What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 26, 2014, 06:13:27 pm
After everyone has claimed their items and if they are still available Kyle takes a helmet abd a riot shield.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 26, 2014, 07:22:58 pm
Grab:

Riot Shield
2 Flashbangs
Bulletproof vest
Helmet with face visor
2 Artifact Containers


((can I sling my shield over my arm while still being able to shoot my weapons a la SC2 marine?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 26, 2014, 07:25:04 pm
"I'd like a shotgun and a few grenades if possible.  I definitely want an artifact container or two, does that sound okay?"
Grab shotgun and 25 shells, and  couple of flashbangs. Grab a nightstick and 2 artifact containers as well.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 26, 2014, 07:31:55 pm
"Everyone should get 2 artifact containers, a flashbang and a nightstick each. Extras get disposed through the DIBS system."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 26, 2014, 08:13:35 pm
"I'll be more than fine without a nightstick. The armor looks like there's just enough for everyone who would actually need any."

Grab a flashbang and a pair of artifact containers.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 26, 2014, 08:51:09 pm
"But you can never have enough armor..."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 26, 2014, 09:01:13 pm
Acquire:
* shotgun (15 shells)
* riot shield
* helmet
* nightstick
* 1 artifact container


Yttra looks around, wondering if everyone is getting what they want / need.

Pick up another shotgun and throw it to Jack, then calmly pass him 3 flashbangs, 2 artifact containers and 25 shotgun shells, because throwing things inside a moving APC is probably not such a great idea.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 26, 2014, 09:06:53 pm
Take 1 shotgun (25 shells), helmet with visor, nightstick, and 2 artifact containers.

"If somebody needs this gun just lemme know."

Settle in and try on helmet.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 26, 2014, 09:24:57 pm
((by my count these are left:
0 shotguns (but 10 shells still available if anyone wants extra)
5 riot shields (Kyle wants one)
8 flashbangs
4 bulletproof vests
1 helmet (Kyle wants it, if noone else takes it)
7 nightsticks
9 artifact containers
))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 26, 2014, 09:31:13 pm
((I'll take the extra shells, I guess. Why'd you only take 15, yobbo? Not planning on doing much? ;) ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 26, 2014, 09:42:54 pm
((There's a good chance Yttra will end up guarding a door or something >.> Plus she'll probably try to use her tranq pistol first, so that's an extra 6 shots. Shotgun's mostly for show / in case of headless 8-armed abominations. Will give it away if anyone else needs / wants it.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 26, 2014, 10:57:56 pm
Grab a nightstick, the 10 extra shotgun shells, 2 flashbangs, and 2 artifact containers.

((I realize I have no shotgun, but I can use my amp to fire them anyway. If someone with a shotgun wants them though, I'll give you priority.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 27, 2014, 02:33:34 am
grab a riot shield, nightstick and 3 artefact containers
((Would I have my Type A "Faith" exoskeleton or laser rifle or are those too high tech?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 27, 2014, 06:56:06 am
"I think I'll leave the shotguns for the people who know how to use them"

Grab a nightstick, 2 flashbang and 2 artifact containers
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 27, 2014, 04:35:22 pm
Also grab 2 flashbangs and a vest, as there seem to be plenty left.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 27, 2014, 05:49:05 pm
This is what remains

3 riot shields
5 flash bangs
4 bullet proof vests
4 nightsticks
2 artifact containers


Last minute equipping or plan making/changing, this is the time to do it? I'll give Faith the authority to say when you're all ready to go, since she's the most experienced around here. Otherwise, You're getting dropped off right outside the building, full daylight, going in hard.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 27, 2014, 05:52:30 pm
Well, if none of the newbies want them, I'll take a riot shield and a bulletproof vest as well.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 27, 2014, 06:03:13 pm
What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.

And again, I'll hold on to anything left over.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 06:18:56 pm
Kyle, seeing everyone is done grabs a shield and two artifacf containers. He also grabs a nightstick.

"We will do this at night, right"?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 06:34:39 pm
"We'd be better off rolling in fast and hard, grab any alien toasters we can find, and bug out. Waiting around in an APC only makes us more interesting, and someone might investigate and find that the APC is filled with armed and armored individuals."

Grab a Riot shield as well.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 07:40:15 pm
"You say that like we're going to be stupid and go there before nightfall."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 08:14:35 pm
"The point is moot. We'd still be parked somewhere until nightfall."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 08:21:56 pm
"You mean... like right here?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 08:27:48 pm
'Yes. We are already gathering attention, and as soon as we enter the building, we are going to generate a lot of attention. Why don't we go now, so that we can hit this place before they have time to get wind of this and get a plan together?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 27, 2014, 08:29:12 pm
Taddok takes 1 flashbang and looks at Faith

"What's the plan, boss? We going in as soon as we get there?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 08:33:50 pm
"We aren't gathering attention you ingrate."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 08:38:07 pm
"Look. I'll give you some advice from when I was a smuggler. If you're leaving tracks, you're being followed. The APC had to get down here somehow, and the driver had to have come from somewhere. How do you know he hasn't told someone where he was going, or someone happened to see the APC being unloaded, and blabbed about it? Someone, somewhere on this planet knows we are here. And the longer we stay here, the more people will know."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 08:49:36 pm
"And I think you're a paranoid idiot. Why would the driver have blabbed? He's on our pay roll. And if anyone saw us already then I think we should quit already since they'll have to much time to prepare."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 27, 2014, 08:52:46 pm
"Hey, now. Calm down, guys. It's up to Faith what we do here; arguing with each other isn't going to help anyone."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 08:54:45 pm
"Wow. You know what? It's only paranoia if you're wrong. Besides, it's comforting. If you think someone is out to get you, it means you think you matter."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 08:56:57 pm
"You were put on a ship that's basically the meaning of hell since you are supposed to constantly go to your death. I don't think most of us mattered to most people at that point."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 08:59:52 pm
"I'd say the UWM is out to get us right about now, so yeah, we do matter."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 09:05:51 pm
"No, the people we work for matter. We ourselves don't matter."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 09:10:28 pm
"You know what? You can be pessimistic all ya want over there. I'm gonna sit here and feel comfortable in the knowledge that someone is out to get me."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 09:12:49 pm
"I'm rooting for them."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 09:17:30 pm
"You sure you wanna cheer the people who want you dead on?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 27, 2014, 09:19:25 pm
"Not me, you. You are the important one here."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 27, 2014, 09:44:34 pm
"Really?  We have extra vests?"
Grab a vest.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 27, 2014, 09:51:50 pm
"Uh... well, I'd say that can be logged as an official disagreement.

I'm sorry, but we're going in hot and we're going in now. The cult's supposedly paranoid, and there's no indication of when they prefer to be active. The night life around here might be more crowded than the day life. I don't think waiting until nightfall is going to score us points with either group. I do think waiting around in an APC is going to attract attention, even if it never filters through to the cult. Even waiting around in an unmarked truck might get the locals wondering if it's up for grabs, depending on just how bad this place is.

Just remember- do NOT shoot first. If you can't handle that, hide behind someone better armored than you are. Once we start climbing that may change, but for now keep it cool.

Official plan is to walk in and ask some questions. If that turns out as I assume it will, we get into a firefight and start sweeping the building. Me and Pancaek will have cameyes on everything, so we should be able to see a lot coming. If it looks like trouble, we warn out the diners.

I like the five teams of two idea. We won't need to split up before entering if we don't want to, but once we're inside it'll be handy to have discrete but more manageable units. One team guards the APC, and uses it if they have to, the rest come inside. If you want to volunteer for guard duty or have a specific partner in mind speak up, otherwise I'll just throw you together with whoever's next to you or something."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 27, 2014, 10:27:22 pm
"I'm armored fairly well, what with being a robot, the riot shield and a civic defender longcoat, so if you want to assign me to anyone particularly squishy, that'd be fine."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 27, 2014, 10:39:16 pm
"I've got a robot body and a bulletproof vest, and I'm willing to work with anyone on this mission."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 27, 2014, 10:59:20 pm
"I have no preference, except against guard duty."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 27, 2014, 11:12:38 pm
grab a bullet proof vest
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 27, 2014, 11:20:50 pm
Grab a flashbang or two, if i didn't get any before.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 28, 2014, 01:21:36 am
I'd prefer combat duty, but I'll take up guard duty if I can use the machine gun.

((why is everyone so eager to go jump in an unsecured building during a firefight?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 03:17:21 pm
((why is everyone so eager to go jump in an unsecured building during a firefight?))
(("WHEEEEEEEEEEEEE!"

I'll organize teams and give PW the goahead in a bit. We may have to skip the guard team, which should be mostly fine with our hired driver on hand.

Also, if anyone ends up injured but not incapacitated they're likely to end up on de facto guard duty.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 28, 2014, 03:21:44 pm
((why is everyone so eager to go jump in an unsecured building during a firefight?))
(("WHEEEEEEEEEEEEE!"

I'll organize teams and give PW the goahead in a bit. We may have to skip the guard team, which should be mostly fine with our hired driver on hand.

Also, if anyone ends up injured but not incapacitated they're likely to end up on de facto guard duty.))
Lets do this, and you can set up the teams now, as you move in.


The APC slows to a stop and the big, downward opening door swings open. Outside is a street, fairly narrow, with rows of tall, closely packed buildings on either side. Down the street a bit, at the corner, is the target. It's very similar to the buildings around it, save for the first floor which has clearly been renovated, and a large satellite dish on the roof.  The bottom floor diner has wide, open plateglass windows, and green painted walls. There's only one entrance, that you can see.  Inside, you can see rows of red upholstered booths next to the windows and a shiny, chrome center counter set back up against the wall, with the kitchen in the room behind it. A sign "The Shooting Star" hangs above the door and it seems mildly busy, with maybe a dozen people eating at the counter or the booths. The APC is parked about halfway up the block, so no one in the diner seems to have noticed it yet. The streets outside it have no foot traffic, but there are a few cars parked along the sidewalk, and the occasional driver heading one way or another.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 04:15:59 pm
"Alright, everyone out who's getting out.

Morul, you're with Yttra. Give her a chance to use that tranq pistol, eh?

Hasala, you're with Konrad. Konrad, you may wish to stop chewing on your laser rifle. You may even wish to never use your laser rifle. Sometimes we just have to embrace our limitations, and then either hide in a corner and squeak by while being useless or performing relatively menial tasks while better-suited people take care of the more obvious problems.

Taddok, you're with Kyle. Kyle, you're holding that shotgun backwards. Maybe you should rely sparingly on your amp instead.

Jack, you're with Lerman. If anyone's willing to loan Lerman a weapon that'd be swell. Otherwise I guess we have a pack mule.


Pancaek, you're on your own and loosely in charge on the ground. That satellite dish is making me nervous, so I'm going to hop onto the roof. I'd rather you stay behind as a heavy hitter and cameye for the rest, and I don't want to drag anyone squishy up there with me.

Everyone else, remember the plan. Go in, ask whoever appears to be in charge about their higher power or something. Whatever gets them talking or shooting. Try not to deliberately intimidate or bother the diners; they'll probably go quieter if they think you've got no beef with them in particular and just happen to be making a mess of their dining plans. On the other hand, there's a non-zero chance the diners are cultists or affected somehow, so don't let your guard down completely.

Good luck and don't panic."

Hop up to the rooftops out of sight of the diner if possible, wall-jump the street leading to it otherwise. Once up there, make my way to the hideout and scan the upper floors with infrared and X-ray vision; transmit to the others. Stay out of sight of anyone in the building if possible.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 28, 2014, 04:23:49 pm
Kyle looks confusedly at his shotgun lacking hands.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 04:28:56 pm
"Got it. Let's go, Konrad."

Approach the diner. If the shooting starts, take cover and fire at hostiles with goop thrower.

Action from the last two turns that was glossed over:
(Maybe treat one of the turns as preparing a Con bonus for the goop thrower?)


What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 04:32:38 pm
Kyle looks confusedly at his shotgun lacking hands.
((Wiki says you have one. I wasn't paying attention to who grabbed what, so I decided to trust it. :x))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 28, 2014, 05:01:27 pm
((the wiki was last updated when we assumed everyone was getting the same gear i think. idiots in space isn't up to date and PW hasn't confirmed who got what… i'd update it but i'm not sure what people bought before coming, and i'm gonna be pretty busy for the next couple days))

"If this place has a kitchen it probably has a back door."

Yttra looks at Morul.

"Umm, wanna check it out?"

Memory goggles, huh. The one who's obviously been brainwiped. Does that mean they're on to me? Warnin me what happens if i don't do what they want? Or maybe it means they trust me, puttin me with the guy who's already done somethin they didn't like? $#@!! I dunno if this is good or bad. $#@!.

Yttra eyes Morul up with an obvious mixture of suspicion and confusion.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 05:09:06 pm
((Yeah, the wiki is out of date. I just went through and copied down the gear distribution. I'll copy it into the wiki in a second.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 28, 2014, 05:15:52 pm
"PACK MULE? My Gungnir is a weapon, last time I checked!"

Equip my riot gear. Find a breaching position.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Radio Controlled on May 28, 2014, 05:20:46 pm
((Yeah, the wiki is out of date. I just went through and copied down the gear distribution. I'll copy it into the wiki in a second.))

((This man is a hero and a saint. Also a good wiki contributor  :P
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 28, 2014, 05:31:33 pm
"Sure. I'll take point. Just watch where you point that. I know I'm robotic, but it pays to not waste ammo needlessly."

Head around back, and see if there's a back door we can get to. Charge an Exo bonus in case I have to force the door.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 28, 2014, 05:45:11 pm
Taddok taps Kyle on the arm and motions down the street.

"Let's go. Stay out of sight of the windows until boss gives the word or somebody fucks this up."

Move closer to the diner, look for any security cameras/etc. on the exterior of the building. Try to see if windows have bars or metal shutters once I am close enough.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 05:49:59 pm
((Yeah, the wiki is out of date. I just went through and copied down the gear distribution. I'll copy it into the wiki in a second.))
((This man is a hero and a saint. Also a good wiki contributor  :P
((This man is a liar and a knave, but he keeps the wiki updated so we made him a senator.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 28, 2014, 05:51:48 pm
Kyle follows Taddok looking as casual a man in a bullet proof vest holding a riot shield can.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 05:59:48 pm
((Okay, the wiki is updated. There are two nightsticks, a riot shield, and 2 flashbangs left over. Also, TCM hasn't claimed anything.))

Kyle follows Taddok looking as casual a man in a bullet proof vest holding a riot shield can.

((You didn't claim a bulletproof vest, actually. And there are none left, now.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 28, 2014, 06:01:13 pm
((Yes I did. I claimed one after the last equipment tally since the helmets were all taken.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 06:02:50 pm
Kyle, seeing everyone is done grabs a shield and two artifacf containers. He also grabs a nightstick.

"We will do this at night, right"?

((Nope. You could ask Pancaek, though; he probably doesn't need his.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 28, 2014, 06:43:07 pm
((did i get a vest? If i did Kyle should have it in stead, pretty sure it's redundant with Yttra's longcoat. EDIT: looks like i did))

Give vest to Kyle.

Follow Morul around the back to check for another entrance. Try to notice anything weird or suspicious.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 06:55:44 pm
((Yep. Changes made to the wiki.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 28, 2014, 07:02:19 pm
((sweet, we get to keep the riot gear? totally making a shield arm

also, who is jack's player?))

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 07:05:14 pm
((I'm assuming yes, though I don't actually know. Miyamoto and Steve might take it all back when we get back and melt it down trade it in for tokens.
And the player of a character is on that character's wiki page (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Jack_%22Knight%22_Catar). And the Character Index, thanks to yobbo.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 28, 2014, 08:23:32 pm
Grab vest, riot shield, two flashbangs.

"Anyone blazing in with me?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 08:32:41 pm
Grab vest

((Okay, the wiki is updated. There are two nightsticks, a riot shield, and 2 flashbangs left over.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 28, 2014, 08:39:56 pm
"Well then Mr. Hasala, let us begin our investigation, I suggest we just act like police investigating upstairs rather than getting everyone to have a dislike of us"
follow hasala have nightstick and riot shield out wearing bullet proof vest
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 08:42:18 pm
((Now I'm curious if we're missing a vest because we've got one more person than we should, or if there's another sneaky operative wearing one over their better armor.))


Grab vest, riot shield, two flashbangs.

"Anyone blazing in with me?"
"Remember the plan, now..."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 28, 2014, 08:44:49 pm
"Partner?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 28, 2014, 08:47:32 pm
"You didn't give her a partner. There's 11 of us. She can come with us, if she wants. Or go with Pancaek, maybe."

((A breakdown of where the gear went is all on the wiki page (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14).))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 28, 2014, 08:48:23 pm
Jack meets up with Lerman, "Hey there, I'm Jack.  If you need someone used to conventional weapons, I'm your man.  I've been training up for a bit now.  Just don't ask me to negotiate with someone.  Do you want to ask the staff some questions?"
Follow Lerman if he goes anywhere.  Look carefully at everyone in the bar, do I have a bad feeling about any of them?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 28, 2014, 08:51:17 pm
"Partner?"
"Oh, right. Forgot about you. I guess you can go with any team you want, but I'm heading to the roof and Pancaek's likely to be handling anything serious. I can carry you, but I wouldn't recommend it. None of the other teams are very melee-oriented, but it's your call."


((A breakdown of where the gear went is all on the wiki page (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14).))
((Excellent. See, this is why we overlook all of the dead hookers and graft.

Also I cannot believe, with everyone grabbing at least two flashbangs, that we actually have spares.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 29, 2014, 06:30:16 am
"Aye, chief. I'll just go and scout a bit on my own then. Keep in touch now, you hear?"

As he turns around he sees D'usse coming out of the APC, not wearing a vest.

"Yo D'usse, catch." He throws his bulletproof vest gently at D'usse.

Give bulletproof vest to D'usse (TCM). Go around the back of the building, scan the outside with cameyes, switching vision modes periodically. If I don't see anything really disturbing, see if I can find a way inside that does not pass through the diner. 
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Parisbre56 on May 29, 2014, 09:54:50 am
((I imagine the team nonchalantly getting out of the APC, spacesuit wearing or statue-like beings armed and armoured to the teeth, alien death weapons and shotguns in hand, surrounding the building while chatting idly like nothing is going on. Any civilian watching might think we're shooting some kind of movie.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 29, 2014, 09:59:36 am
((That's... actually a really good cover.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 29, 2014, 06:28:32 pm
"Alright, everyone out who's getting out.

Morul, you're with Yttra. Give her a chance to use that tranq pistol, eh?

Hasala, you're with Konrad. Konrad, you may wish to stop chewing on your laser rifle. You may even wish to never use your laser rifle. Sometimes we just have to embrace our limitations, and then either hide in a corner and squeak by while being useless or performing relatively menial tasks while better-suited people take care of the more obvious problems.

Taddok, you're with Kyle. Kyle, you're holding that shotgun backwards. Maybe you should rely sparingly on your amp instead.

Jack, you're with Lerman. If anyone's willing to loan Lerman a weapon that'd be swell. Otherwise I guess we have a pack mule.


Pancaek, you're on your own and loosely in charge on the ground. That satellite dish is making me nervous, so I'm going to hop onto the roof. I'd rather you stay behind as a heavy hitter and cameye for the rest, and I don't want to drag anyone squishy up there with me.

Everyone else, remember the plan. Go in, ask whoever appears to be in charge about their higher power or something. Whatever gets them talking or shooting. Try not to deliberately intimidate or bother the diners; they'll probably go quieter if they think you've got no beef with them in particular and just happen to be making a mess of their dining plans. On the other hand, there's a non-zero chance the diners are cultists or affected somehow, so don't let your guard down completely.

Good luck and don't panic."

Hop up to the rooftops out of sight of the diner if possible, wall-jump the street leading to it otherwise. Once up there, make my way to the hideout and scan the upper floors with infrared and X-ray vision; transmit to the others. Stay out of sight of anyone in the building if possible.
Several stories is a bit much, even for you, so you try to wall jump your way to the roof via a near by alley. You get about half way up before your foot slips and you fall back down, landing on your feet.

"Massen-fracen walls. Should just dig my fingers into the brick."


"Got it. Let's go, Konrad."

Approach the diner. If the shooting starts, take cover and fire at hostiles with goop thrower.

Action from the last two turns that was glossed over:
(Maybe treat one of the turns as preparing a Con bonus for the goop thrower?)


What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.
I distinctly remember replying to both of those, one telling you to ask the driver in character and the other asking if Miya ever actually finished the goop launcher because I don't remember him ever assembling it. He got it prototyped, but prototype stuff still just gives you the pieces, not the whole. You have to assemble them.

Also, next time, you might want to be a bit more specific then "Approach the diner." Piecewise runs on absolute statements.

You walk straight down the center of the street, space flame thrower in hand, whistling a jaunty tune. You walk straight up to entrance of the diner and then stand there.


"PACK MULE? My Gungnir is a weapon, last time I checked!"

Equip my riot gear. Find a breaching position.
You chase the guy with the flamethrower down the street and take up position right next to him outside the door. He seems to know what he's doing.

"Sure. I'll take point. Just watch where you point that. I know I'm robotic, but it pays to not waste ammo needlessly."

Head around back, and see if there's a back door we can get to. Charge an Exo bonus in case I have to force the door.
You slink around back, through the tight alley behind the building, and find a metal door set into the brickwork. It's a one way door; with no handle on this side.

Taddok taps Kyle on the arm and motions down the street.

"Let's go. Stay out of sight of the windows until boss gives the word or somebody fucks this up."

Move closer to the diner, look for any security cameras/etc. on the exterior of the building. Try to see if windows have bars or metal shutters once I am close enough.


The windows have those extendable metal bars, like venitian blinds that they stretch over the windows at night to prevent anyone from breaking in, but they're open now, and they look  to be manual: You don't think anyone could close them without physically going outside and shutting them.

No cameras, at least none that you can see.

Kyle follows Taddok looking as casual a man in a bullet proof vest holding a riot shield can.
You follow Taddok, being a bit more stealthy then Not at all, like those two guys standing by the front door.

((did i get a vest? If i did Kyle should have it in stead, pretty sure it's redundant with Yttra's longcoat. EDIT: looks like i did))

Give vest to Kyle.

Follow Morul around the back to check for another entrance. Try to notice anything weird or suspicious.

You follow morul around back. You don't see anything odd, but you do feel something weird. You feel some sort of vibration or thumping coming from under the concrete, like a sub-woofer thudding in someone's basement.

Grab vest, riot shield, two flashbangs.

"Anyone blazing in with me?"
Got,except the vest. Don't think there are any of those left.

"Well then Mr. Hasala, let us begin our investigation, I suggest we just act like police investigating upstairs rather than getting everyone to have a dislike of us"
follow hasala have nightstick and riot shield out wearing bullet proof vest
Following, for better or worse.

Jack meets up with Lerman, "Hey there, I'm Jack.  If you need someone used to conventional weapons, I'm your man.  I've been training up for a bit now.  Just don't ask me to negotiate with someone.  Do you want to ask the staff some questions?"
Follow Lerman if he goes anywhere.  Look carefully at everyone in the bar, do I have a bad feeling about any of them?
You walk up to the front door with Lerman.

Well, you have a bad feeling about the lady working the counter because she seems rather surprised and freaked out about the 3 heavily armed men in space suits with riot helmets jauntily balanced on their larger space helmets standing outside her door.

"Aye, chief. I'll just go and scout a bit on my own then. Keep in touch now, you hear?"

As he turns around he sees D'usse coming out of the APC, not wearing a vest.

"Yo D'usse, catch." He throws his bulletproof vest gently at D'usse.

Give bulletproof vest to D'usse (TCM). Go around the back of the building, scan the outside with cameyes, switching vision modes periodically. If I don't see anything really disturbing, see if I can find a way inside that does not pass through the diner. 
Here's the odd thing: The front of the diner is normal. Everyone there looks normal, as far as you can see. Kitchen looks normal too, though it's hard to tell with all the metal and stuff overlapping. They could have machine guns in the crockpots, you're really not sure. No, the odd thing is that the rest of the building, everywhere that isn't those areas, is a fucking black hole. You can see anything, literally every scanning method reveals nothing but a solid black mass. A solid black mass that extends several stories below the surface as well.






The Lady working the register in the diner, as well as the waitress and a few of the customers are now screaming. The lady at the register runs into the kitchen and the waitress hides behind the counter. Several of the more...aggressive looking fellows have left their chairs and are heading for the door to confront Captain Obvious and his sidekicks.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 29, 2014, 06:35:28 pm
"Uuh. Faith, everyone. I just scanned the outside of the building with my cameyes and...eh. Well, it's just a solid black mass. Not a single method of scanning shows anything but solid black. The only thing that's normal is the diner area."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on May 29, 2014, 06:58:41 pm
((Who wants D'usse? Also, she got a Vest donated to her PW.))

Join whoever wants her and take point with them.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 29, 2014, 07:00:18 pm
Kyle will take her if Tadock doesn't object and no one else wants her.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 29, 2014, 07:03:52 pm
"Uuh. Faith, everyone. I just scanned the outside of the building with my cameyes and...eh. Well, it's just a solid black mass. Not a single method of scanning shows anything but solid black. The only thing that's normal is the diner area."

So we draw whatever's living in fun black zone out of black zone, where we can promptly lase it into oblivion.

Stare down angry guys. Point weapon at them if they're armed.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 29, 2014, 07:53:33 pm
"Hrmm. Diner must just be a diner. Alright. Let's go check out what's behind door number one."

CAREFULLY open the door using my amp. Try to keep the door intact. If I get the door open, and it's still intact, put something small in the doorway to jam it open.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 29, 2014, 08:19:45 pm
"Oh sassafras," Faith mumbled, looking up at the walls. It was such a good plan, too...

"Alright, so they're paranoid or, more likely, alien weirdness. Had a feeling it couldn't be that easy.

Also what did I say about not intimidating the customers?"

She ran to the building at a jog, trying to intercept the toughs at the door.

"Hello!" she called into the diner. "We're here on business, if you catch my drift. No problem with you all, just the people who run this place. Unless you're both in which case we'd like to have a chat with you. The rest of you I'd recommend leave, but hey, not my business. Enjoy your meals if you're not worried about getting caught in anything."

Try to talk down the diner.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 29, 2014, 08:33:11 pm
"Got it. Let's go, Konrad."

Approach the diner. If the shooting starts, take cover and fire at hostiles with goop thrower.

Action from the last two turns that was glossed over:
(Maybe treat one of the turns as preparing a Con bonus for the goop thrower?)


What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.
I distinctly remember replying to both of those, one telling you to ask the driver in character and the other asking if Miya ever actually finished the goop launcher because I don't remember him ever assembling it. He got it prototyped, but prototype stuff still just gives you the pieces, not the whole. You have to assemble them.

Also, next time, you might want to be a bit more specific then "Approach the diner." Piecewise runs on absolute statements.

You walk straight down the center of the street, space flame thrower in hand, whistling a jaunty tune. You walk straight up to entrance of the diner and then stand there.

You may have typed the replies, but they weren't actually posted. The last two turns are here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5317121#msg5317121) and here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5319734#msg5319734), and there was no response in either.

And I believe Miyamoto had the original namite thrower modified - the prototype part was just so that the modification would be free. The relevant post is in the spoiler:


Spoiler (click to show/hide)

If some assembly is still required, can I do that retroactively?
Also retroactively ask the driver where the smoke grenades we were promised are.



If Faith calms the diners down, examine the interior of the diner for possible stairways. If the diners clear out, check the kitchen area to make sure none of the staff are hiding.

If Faith doesn't manage to calm the diners down and the aggressive guys are still headed our way, use the goop thrower on them, then shout the diners:

"EVERYBODY OUT!"
If that doesn't get them moving, fire a shotgun shell into the ceiling.

Defend myself with the goop thrower or nightstick, if necessary.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on May 29, 2014, 09:18:54 pm
"Looks like things might go south fast."
If Faith's attempt fails get out the nightstick and counter any attacks made by diners.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 29, 2014, 10:01:30 pm
Stare harder buddy, maybe you'll intimidate the door into opening, Yttra thinks sarcastically to herself.

@Team "We're at the back of the building. There's a one-way door here. Keeping watch."

@Morul "Hey… do you, uhh, do you feel that?" Yttra says, a little nervously.

Point tranq pistol at door. Keep slightly well away from crazy teammate who's staring at the door like he's gonna blow it up with his mind. If anyone comes thru the door and tries to escape, shoot them with the pistol.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 29, 2014, 10:19:01 pm
"What am I supposed to be feeling?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 29, 2014, 10:21:59 pm
@Team "We're at the back of the building. There's a one-way door here. Keeping watch."
"Good job. We'll see if we can open it for you once we're in and ready to fan out."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 29, 2014, 10:25:03 pm
"What am I supposed to be feeling?"
"There's something making noise. Underground.". Yttra looks super uncomfortable.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 29, 2014, 10:40:13 pm
"Already working on it Faith. Just needs an amp powered nudge. And yes, I'll be careful. And underground noises eh? We'll head down there when we get in then."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 29, 2014, 10:50:15 pm
*&^%. He wants to go towards the weird underground thing making weird underground noises? And why the hell is he talking like he is actually gonna blow the door off its hinges? Oh $#@!…

Yttra moves a bit further away, still pointing her pistol at the door.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 29, 2014, 10:58:27 pm
"Bit scared buddy? Don't worry, I just plan on pushing the other side a little. Just enough to swing it out."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 30, 2014, 03:29:29 am
"Bloody useless civies, STAND DOWN!"
riot shield up and if attacked/threatened use superior strength to hold riot shield while applying vigourous abuse with nightstick , block the doorway with it if possible but allow fleeing civies out
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 30, 2014, 06:05:27 am
"Bloody useless civies, STAND DOWN!"
riot shield up and if attacked/threatened use superior strength to hold riot shield while applying vigourous abuse with nightstick , block the doorway with it if possible

"Don't block the door, we want them to run away."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 30, 2014, 08:01:29 am
Observe the diner scene with cameyes. If I see any of the diners pull out a weapon, jerk it out of their hands with my amp
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 30, 2014, 04:24:54 pm
"urg fine"
edited action
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on May 31, 2014, 01:00:25 pm
((Who wants D'usse? Also, she got a Vest donated to her PW.))

Join whoever wants her and take point with them.
Kyle will take her if Tadock doesn't object and no one else wants her.
[eyebrow waggling intensifies]

"Uuh. Faith, everyone. I just scanned the outside of the building with my cameyes and...eh. Well, it's just a solid black mass. Not a single method of scanning shows anything but solid black. The only thing that's normal is the diner area."

So we draw whatever's living in fun black zone out of black zone, where we can promptly lase it into oblivion.

Stare down angry guys. Point weapon at them if they're armed.


"Got it. Let's go, Konrad."

Approach the diner. If the shooting starts, take cover and fire at hostiles with goop thrower.

Action from the last two turns that was glossed over:
(Maybe treat one of the turns as preparing a Con bonus for the goop thrower?)


What about the smoke grenades?
The nightstick is just a Strength roll, not an Uncon, right?


Check to make sure the namite thrower is loaded with Stick GoopTM and not namite. That would be bad. Also count how many Sticky GoopTM canisters I have.
I distinctly remember replying to both of those, one telling you to ask the driver in character and the other asking if Miya ever actually finished the goop launcher because I don't remember him ever assembling it. He got it prototyped, but prototype stuff still just gives you the pieces, not the whole. You have to assemble them.

Also, next time, you might want to be a bit more specific then "Approach the diner." Piecewise runs on absolute statements.

You walk straight down the center of the street, space flame thrower in hand, whistling a jaunty tune. You walk straight up to entrance of the diner and then stand there.

You may have typed the replies, but they weren't actually posted. The last two turns are here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5317121#msg5317121) and here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5319734#msg5319734), and there was no response in either.

And I believe Miyamoto had the original namite thrower modified - the prototype part was just so that the modification would be free. The relevant post is in the spoiler:


Spoiler (click to show/hide)

If some assembly is still required, can I do that retroactively?
Also retroactively ask the driver where the smoke grenades we were promised are.



If Faith calms the diners down, examine the interior of the diner for possible stairways. If the diners clear out, check the kitchen area to make sure none of the staff are hiding.

If Faith doesn't manage to calm the diners down and the aggressive guys are still headed our way, use the goop thrower on them, then shout the diners:

"EVERYBODY OUT!"
If that doesn't get them moving, fire a shotgun shell into the ceiling.

Defend myself with the goop thrower or nightstick, if necessary.


"Looks like things might go south fast."
If Faith's attempt fails get out the nightstick and counter any attacks made by diners.

Lerman suddenly looks up a bit and says "Oh."  He spins on his heel, pulls the pin from a flashbang and then tackles Jack and Hasala to the ground, screaming "LEAVE LEAVE LEAVE" until the grenade goes off. Alarith is unaffected, but both Hasala and Lerman are rendered temporarily blinded and deaf, flailing around randomly near the entrance as the filters on their helmets reset.

"Hrmm. Diner must just be a diner. Alright. Let's go check out what's behind door number one."

CAREFULLY open the door using my amp. Try to keep the door intact. If I get the door open, and it's still intact, put something small in the doorway to jam it open.
You get the door open a half inch and jam your fingers into the crack, carefully edging it open a few inches and peaking inside. The door seems to lead into the kitchen and, luckily for you, the cook who is standing maybe 10 feet away is too distracted by whats going on out front to notice you. The kitchen itself is fairly small and ordinary, the only strange thing being a metal door that seems like it would lead to the stairs up to the second floor. There is also a metal hatch set in the floor near the stairs.   You wedge a brick in place to prevent  the door from completely closing.

"Oh sassafras," Faith mumbled, looking up at the walls. It was such a good plan, too...

"Alright, so they're paranoid or, more likely, alien weirdness. Had a feeling it couldn't be that easy.

Also what did I say about not intimidating the customers?"

She ran to the building at a jog, trying to intercept the toughs at the door.

"Hello!" she called into the diner. "We're here on business, if you catch my drift. No problem with you all, just the people who run this place. Unless you're both in which case we'd like to have a chat with you. The rest of you I'd recommend leave, but hey, not my business. Enjoy your meals if you're not worried about getting caught in anything."

Try to talk down the diner.
The flashbang going off has shattered the nearest window and rendered anyone who was looking at the front door effectively blind. The group of angry patrons has been transformed into a cluster of flailing idiots and anyone not blinded is making a run for it through the broken window. Hard to say if they did your job for you or ruined your attempt before it ever got started, but the problem seems mostly solved, one way or the other.

Stare harder buddy, maybe you'll intimidate the door into opening, Yttra thinks sarcastically to herself.

@Team "We're at the back of the building. There's a one-way door here. Keeping watch."

@Morul "Hey… do you, uhh, do you feel that?" Yttra says, a little nervously.

Point tranq pistol at door. Keep slightly well away from crazy teammate who's staring at the door like he's gonna blow it up with his mind. If anyone comes thru the door and tries to escape, shoot them with the pistol.
The light and Sound filters on your helmet trigger as the flashbang goes off, leaving you temporarily blind and deaf as they reset. Well, at least these only take a few seconds, not like the restaurant patrons who are gonna be blind for the next ten minutes.

"Bloody useless civies, STAND DOWN!"
riot shield up and if attacked/threatened use superior strength to hold riot shield while applying vigourous abuse with nightstick , block the doorway with it if possible but allow fleeing civies out
You walk into the restaurant, stepping through the broken window as the civies run out, and proceed to bash the blinded men upside the head with your nightstick until the go down. Man, being a cop is easy AND fun.

Observe the diner scene with cameyes. If I see any of the diners pull out a weapon, jerk it out of their hands with my amp
None of them had weapons, at least nothing more then a knife and fork.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 31, 2014, 01:04:04 pm
"... Well, it probably would have been more subtle to just ram the APC in..."
Kyle says watching the scene with a look of near awe.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 31, 2014, 01:11:31 pm
Do this:
I distinctly remember replying to both of those, one telling you to ask the driver in character and the other asking if Miya ever actually finished the goop launcher because I don't remember him ever assembling it. He got it prototyped, but prototype stuff still just gives you the pieces, not the whole. You have to assemble them.

Also, next time, you might want to be a bit more specific then "Approach the diner." Piecewise runs on absolute statements.

You walk straight down the center of the street, space flame thrower in hand, whistling a jaunty tune. You walk straight up to entrance of the diner and then stand there.

You may have typed the replies, but they weren't actually posted. The last two turns are here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5317121#msg5317121) and here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5319734#msg5319734), and there was no response in either.

And I believe Miyamoto had the original namite thrower modified - the prototype part was just so that the modification would be free. The relevant post is in the spoiler:


Spoiler (click to show/hide)

If some assembly is still required, can I do that retroactively?
Also retroactively ask the driver where the smoke grenades we were promised are.

Wait for my helmet's filters to reset, then shove Lerman off of me and give him a good kick and stand up. Count how many floors there are in the target building, then go look for twist-ties or something else I could use to bind the unconscious diners' hands. If they're wearing belts and I can't find anything else, use those. If they're not wearing belts and there is absolutely nothing in either the diner or the kitchen that could be used to bind their hands, use their shirts.
Once they're tied up, drag them away from the broken windows, behind the counter preferably.

Tell the driver to bring the APC over to the diner.

Check the Venetian blinds on the windows. Can they still be closed? If so, close them.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 31, 2014, 01:16:44 pm
"Well, for what it's worth, the back door is open. Although, with that noise, I have a feeling the front door is just as valid an option now. Anyway, I have two doors back in the kitchen, one looks like it goes up, the other down. Me and squishy here are heading down."

Get over to the hatch, and get it open. If it's locked, look for a key.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 31, 2014, 01:30:28 pm
"What the hell, Lerman?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on May 31, 2014, 02:58:01 pm
Explore ground floor of building. If confronted, attack person with nightstick.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 31, 2014, 03:44:56 pm
"... Well, it probably would have been more subtle to just ram the APC in..."
Kyle says watching the scene with a look of near awe.
"Welcome to ARM," Faith said over the comms.

"You and you," she said, pointing at Hasala and Konrad. "Thanks to you and you-like behaviors, we most likely have cops incoming. That means it's your responsibility to deal with them if they do. Ideally, you won't have to because someone more qualified will take care of it. But you broke it, so you're officially on copwatch for it.

Meanwhile, I still don't like that satellite dish. Going rooftop, with a quick stop to a window."

Climb the building properly, like an enraged lizard not afraid to damage the masonry. Look inside a window using various vision modes on the third floor; bash it open and stick my head in if necessary. See if it's still black from the inside.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on May 31, 2014, 03:50:38 pm
Approuching the diner, pan turns to faith.

"So, that impenetrable blackness goes all the way to the top, and extends below the building. Where would you like me to go first, up? or down?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 31, 2014, 03:53:07 pm
Stare harder buddy, maybe you'll intimidate the door into opening, Yttra thinks sarcastically to herself.

@Team "We're at the back of the building. There's a one-way door here. Keeping watch."

@Morul "Hey… do you, uhh, do you feel that?" Yttra says, a little nervously.

Point tranq pistol at door. Keep slightly well away from crazy teammate who's staring at the door like he's gonna blow it up with his mind. If anyone comes thru the door and tries to escape, shoot them with the pistol.
The light and Sound filters on your helmet trigger as the flashbang goes off, leaving you temporarily blind and deaf as they reset. Well, at least these only take a few seconds, not like the restaurant patrons who are gonna be blind for the next ten minutes.
((seeing as Yttra was looking at the back door and there was a building in between her and the flashbang i'm just gonna assume she's fine?))

Yttra watches her teammate telekinetically open the door with zero craziness, zero explosions and perfect effectiveness. Well how about that.

@Morul "Huh. Wow. Nice one. Wow. Neat."

Enter via now-opened back door. Cover Morul, shooting anyone who attacks him (or me) with the pistol. Scope out the kitchen to see who's in here with us. Say to them:
@Kitchen Staff "We don't have any business with you, keep out of the way and you won't get hurt."
and, after listening to the screams in the diner, add: "And if ya wanna just scram out the back door here, which i would 100% recommend, now's the time.".
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on May 31, 2014, 04:17:09 pm
"What? I told you I was good at this."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 31, 2014, 04:33:01 pm
Approuching the diner, pan turns to faith.

"So, that impenetrable blackness goes all the way to the top, and extends below the building. Where would you like me to go first, up? or down?"
"Your call. Morul's rushing downstairs, I want to know what that satellite's transmitting or receiving, the artifact's most likely downstairs... plus we may have trouble from the outside, so you might be needed back at ground level at some point. And all of this is assuming none of us go insane or get trapped in a pocket dimension.

Really, your call. You've got the hardware to do pretty much anything, I'd think."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on May 31, 2014, 04:42:33 pm
"What? I told you I was good at this."
"Yeah, like how you told me your goggles ate your memories." Yttra scoffs, aiming for ‘playful’ and hitting ‘kind of insulting actually’.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 31, 2014, 07:28:36 pm
"I haven't had this much fun in ages"
start exploring for a way up to the next floor, wait for allies meatshields before progressing to next floor
NEXT POST PW
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 31, 2014, 07:31:54 pm
((yeeeep, still the butt monkey))

Lerman retreats mentally from the verbal and physical assault.

"I-I was trying to help... I got civvies out, right?"

Mope. Go sit in the APC's turret and be depressed. If Faith can't get to the radio dish, see if I can't shoot it into little pieces.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on May 31, 2014, 07:36:54 pm
"I haven't had this much fun in ages"
start exploring for a way up to the next floor, wait for allies meatshields before progressing to next floor

"We've been ordered to stay down here to watch for the police, Konrad."



"I-I was trying to help... I got civvies out, right?"

"...I suppose. That wasn't the best way to handle that situation, though. Try to pay attention to what your teammates are doing, and think about whether what you're doing would actually help, next time."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on May 31, 2014, 07:52:45 pm
Kyle follows anyone who isn't going through restaurant. Upstairs preferably.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on May 31, 2014, 07:54:04 pm
"We've been ordered to stay down here to watch for the police, Konrad."
"You don't HAVE to stand right here waiting for them, but they're your responsibility now. If they steal our APC and start cordoning off the area, I'll be looking at you two."

She did a double take.

"I meant Hasala and Lerman, not Hasala and Konrad. Got confused because Konrad was beating incapacitated civilians unconscious at the time. Easy mistake to make."


((yeeeep, still the butt monkey))

Lerman retreats mentally from the verbal assault.

"I-I was trying to help... I got civvies out, right?"

Mope. Follow teammate around, Gungnir ready to shoot crazy cultists.
"Yes, but you got them out in a blind panic, and half of them are plain blind and still in, and there was an explosion.

That's not great."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on May 31, 2014, 08:17:28 pm
"Sigh... understood. I'll go sit in the APC."

no loot waaaaaaaaaagh
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on May 31, 2014, 10:41:50 pm
"Orders Ma'am?"
look to faith await orders, stand at attention respond to orders as neccessary
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on June 01, 2014, 01:41:28 am
"Sigh... understood. I'll go sit in the APC."

no loot waaaaaaaaaagh
"...everybody makes mistakes. I'm sure you'll do better next time. Though you do still need to clean up this time."


"Orders Ma'am?"
look to faith await orders, stand at attention respond to orders as neccessary
"Either go with whoever's exploring upstairs, or guard the ground floor if nobody's headed that way. Morul's checking out downstairs, but that racket probably woke the cultists. They may be on their way shortly. Don't attack them if you can help it, subdue if they're hostile and you can, pull out if they've got more firepower than you. We've got plenty of cavalry here, no need to go into a losing fight.

You may also do something different if you prefer or feel the need. That's a good default job, but it's not the only one."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Corsair on June 01, 2014, 04:19:19 am
"Yes ma'am"
guard bottom floor of the diner contact faith on any signs of police and then follow her orders/begin moving to extraction point
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on June 01, 2014, 05:49:15 am
"Whelp, upstairs it is then. I'll start sweeping floors, maybe I can learn something."

Start going upstairs, stop at the 1st floor (That is the first floor above ground level) and sweep the hallway with cameyes. try and keep riot shield somewhat in font of me at all times
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Parisbre56 on June 01, 2014, 06:06:43 am
((Why is everybody going to the second floor? Don't you want to clear the first floor and the ground floor first?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on June 01, 2014, 06:11:07 am
((Why is everybody going to the second floor? Don't you want to clear the first floor and the ground floor first?))
((The diner is the ground floor, so we've got that covered. But you're right, might as well do all floors.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 01, 2014, 06:22:36 am
"...everybody makes mistakes. I'm sure you'll do better next time. Though you do still need to clean up this time."
((has failed at literally everything he's done since being unfrozen))
siiiiiighhhh
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on June 01, 2014, 10:17:43 am
((Why is everybody going to the second floor? Don't you want to clear the first floor and the ground floor first?))
((Basements are always home to the worst stuff. Although someone should raid the cash register to make it look like a robbery.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 01, 2014, 10:19:59 am
(("Ground floor" there means what Americans would call the first floor.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on June 01, 2014, 10:21:15 am
((I know. I'm an American.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 01, 2014, 10:40:11 am
((I know. Since you seemed to think that people were searching the basement, I was under the impression that you didn't realize that the first floor was the second floor up.
You know, I think that's the only quirk in differences between dialects that I've heard any speaker say that his dialect's version made less sense.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on June 01, 2014, 01:49:43 pm
"...everybody makes mistakes. I'm sure you'll do better next time. Though you do still need to clean up this time."
((has failed at literally everything he's done since being unfrozen))
siiiiiighhhh
((Welcome to ARM. :P

...actually you haven't killed anyone yet. What are you doing, newbie?! You think we bring ten people a mission because we need to end with ten people?!))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on June 01, 2014, 02:33:08 pm
Take point at the top of stairs leading to the basement.

"Find anything?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on June 01, 2014, 08:23:22 pm
Jack stands up and dusts himself off from being tackled.  "A bit more warning would have been nice."  He looks around the diner.  "I guess I'll head up.
Team up with Pancaek.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on June 02, 2014, 01:57:07 pm
Do this:
I distinctly remember replying to both of those, one telling you to ask the driver in character and the other asking if Miya ever actually finished the goop launcher because I don't remember him ever assembling it. He got it prototyped, but prototype stuff still just gives you the pieces, not the whole. You have to assemble them.



Also, next time, you might want to be a bit more specific then "Approach the diner." Piecewise runs on absolute statements.

You walk straight down the center of the street, space flame thrower in hand, whistling a jaunty tune. You walk straight up to entrance of the diner and then stand there.

You may have typed the replies, but they weren't actually posted. The last two turns are here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5317121#msg5317121) and here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5319734#msg5319734), and there was no response in either.

And I believe Miyamoto had the original namite thrower modified - the prototype part was just so that the modification would be free. The relevant post is in the spoiler:


Spoiler (click to show/hide)

If some assembly is still required, can I do that retroactively?
Also retroactively ask the driver where the smoke grenades we were promised are.

Wait for my helmet's filters to reset, then shove Lerman off of me and give him a good kick and stand up. Count how many floors there are in the target building, then go look for twist-ties or something else I could use to bind the unconscious diners' hands. If they're wearing belts and I can't find anything else, use those. If they're not wearing belts and there is absolutely nothing in either the diner or the kitchen that could be used to bind their hands, use their shirts.
Once they're tied up, drag them away from the broken windows, behind the counter preferably.

Tell the driver to bring the APC over to the diner.

Check the Venetian blinds on the windows. Can they still be closed? If so, close them.

We'll assume it got assembled.

You walk into the diner, hop the counter and walk past a screaming waitress to grab a box of zipties from under the counter. They're clearly not designed to be used as cuffs, but they should work.

You ziptie the unconscious patron's hands behind their back and their feet together before closing the metal shutter on the window and locking it in place.

 
"Well, for what it's worth, the back door is open. Although, with that noise, I have a feeling the front door is just as valid an option now. Anyway, I have two doors back in the kitchen, one looks like it goes up, the other down. Me and squishy here are heading down."

Get over to the hatch, and get it open. If it's locked, look for a key.
You just bust straight in to the kitchen, walk right past the cook, who has spun around to look at you, and head for the hatch. You're about to kneel down and mess with the hatch when the hairs on the back of your neck stand on end. You throw yourself back as a meat cleaver hisses through the air and embeds itself 6 inches deep in the solid ceramic tile and brick of the wall. The cook grabs a butcher's knife from the cutting board near him and charges toward you.


Explore ground floor of building. If confronted, attack person with nightstick.

Well the front seems fairly secure but there's a hell of a ruckus coming from the kitchen.


"... Well, it probably would have been more subtle to just ram the APC in..."
Kyle says watching the scene with a look of near awe.
"Welcome to ARM," Faith said over the comms.

"You and you," she said, pointing at Hasala and Konrad. "Thanks to you and you-like behaviors, we most likely have cops incoming. That means it's your responsibility to deal with them if they do. Ideally, you won't have to because someone more qualified will take care of it. But you broke it, so you're officially on copwatch for it.

Meanwhile, I still don't like that satellite dish. Going rooftop, with a quick stop to a window."

Climb the building properly, like an enraged lizard not afraid to damage the masonry. Look inside a window using various vision modes on the third floor; bash it open and stick my head in if necessary. See if it's still black from the inside.
You climb up to the third floor like a particularly angry gecko and attempt to see through the window. There are cloth curtains blocking your view. You sign and  attempt to push your hand through the glass, which should be as easy is puncturing plastic wrap with a sledge hammer. It doesn't budge. You try harder. Nothing. Finally, you draw your arm back and give it one good punch. It holds for a second, as a sound like distant whistling reverberates around you. And then you're flying backwards, slapped right off the building by some sort of unseen wall of force. You fall a good story or so down to the closest roof and straight into an air conditioning unit. You sit there, half embedded in the thing with a sour look on your face.

"Oh, so thats how we're gonna play it eh?"


((yeeeep, still the butt monkey))

Lerman retreats mentally from the verbal and physical assault.

"I-I was trying to help... I got civvies out, right?"

Mope. Go sit in the APC's turret and be depressed. If Faith can't get to the radio dish, see if I can't shoot it into little pieces.
(Low will is a bitch eh?)

You go sit in the turret. Yeah, you could shoot the shit out of that dish from here. Hell, as close as the APC is now, parked right beside the building, it would be hard to miss.

Not that you wouldn't royally fuck it up somehow. Somehow.


Kyle follows anyone who isn't going through restaurant. Upstairs preferably.
You see Morul  almost get murdered and are now face to face with a very cheesed off short order cook.


"Orders Ma'am?"
look to faith await orders, stand at attention respond to orders as neccessary
Back in the day, everyone was standing at attention when faith was around.

Hey-o


"Yes ma'am"
guard bottom floor of the diner contact faith on any signs of police and then follow her orders/begin moving to extraction point
You stand guard out front, ready to gun down any law enforcement that comes to ruin the party. You hope you get an entire squad that only has 2 days till retirement. They always go down easy.

"Whelp, upstairs it is then. I'll start sweeping floors, maybe I can learn something."

Start going upstairs, stop at the 1st floor (That is the first floor above ground level) and sweep the hallway with cameyes. try and keep riot shield somewhat in font of me at all times
Again, the Cook is very angry about what you said about his food. He would like a word with your stomach and he is willing to go through your chest cavity to facilitate this discussion.

Take point at the top of stairs leading to the basement.

"Find anything?"

Jack stands up and dusts himself off from being tackled.  "A bit more warning would have been nice."  He looks around the diner.  "I guess I'll head up.
Team up with Pancaek.
I'M RUNNING OUT OF WAYS TO SAY YOU PISSED OFF THE COOK.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on June 02, 2014, 02:00:04 pm
Kyle looks surprised.
"Sorry! We just came in to compliment your cooking... Well, I did, I don't know what these idiots were doing."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: swordsmith04 on June 02, 2014, 02:19:05 pm
Investigate commotion in the kitchen. When I see the armed cook, shoot him with the goop thrower. Observe the effects.

Continue to ignore screaming waitress, unless she becomes hostile, in which case shoot her with the goop thrower, too.
Are the cook and her the only civilians left, besides the tied up, unconscious guys?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on June 02, 2014, 02:24:15 pm
((I fail to see why I need to go through the kitchen to get upstairs, but whatevs.))

"You seem to be attcking us. This is unacceptable. Allow me ot back you up, Has."

If Hasala fails to immobilize the cook with the goop thrower, Jerk the knife out of his hand and fling it towards one of the walls, ina direction so it doesn't hit anyone. If hasala does manage to immobilize him, do nothing. If the cook is immobilized/dead at the end of this turn, go one floor up and scan the floor with all cameye settings
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Toaster on June 02, 2014, 02:36:12 pm
((I fail to see why I need to go through the kitchen to get upstairs, but whatevs.))

((That's where the only stairs up are.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on June 02, 2014, 02:59:41 pm
((I fail to see why I need to go through the kitchen to get upstairs, but whatevs.))

((That's where the only stairs up are.))
((Ah, I must have read over that bit. It all makes just a little more sense now. thanks.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Alarith on June 02, 2014, 03:13:21 pm
"They say too many cooks spoil the stew, looks like you guys should have this."
If the cook isn't taken care of, and he makes a break for the dining area, then strike him with the nightstick.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 02, 2014, 03:23:27 pm
Shoot the dish with the chaingun. Watch out for cops.

"Take that, inanimate object!"

((can't wait to see how this fails))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kisame12794 on June 02, 2014, 03:53:14 pm
"I got this one."

Using my amp, grab his head and twist a full 360 degrees.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Hapah on June 02, 2014, 03:57:42 pm
((You guys are all about excessive force, aren't you?))

Run into kitchen. Scream "CIVIC DEFENSE, GET ON THE GROUND!" at the cook. If he resists and isn't shot, gooped, burnt, or decapitated, subdue with nightstick.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: kj1225 on June 02, 2014, 04:03:28 pm
((You guys are homicidal bastards.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Pancaek on June 02, 2014, 04:22:01 pm
((You guys are homicidal bastards.))
((Welcome to the HMRC, try not to scream too loudly))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: yobbo on June 02, 2014, 07:39:14 pm
((seeing as Yttra was looking at the back door and there was a building in between her and the flashbang i'm just gonna assume she's fine?))

Yttra watches her teammate telekinetically open the door with zero craziness, zero explosions and perfect effectiveness. Well how about that.

@Morul "Huh. Wow. Nice one. Wow. Neat."

Enter via now-opened back door. Cover Morul, shooting anyone who attacks him (or me) with the pistol. Scope out the kitchen to see who's in here with us. Say to them:
@Kitchen Staff "We don't have any business with you, keep out of the way and you won't get hurt."
and, after listening to the screams in the diner, add: "And if ya wanna just scram out the back door here, which i would 100% recommend, now's the time.".

You seem to have missed the action that would probably have involved me shooting the cook with a tranq pistol as soon as he attacked Morul.

So, this turn i guess is…

Stand around looking shocked at the quickly unfolding brutality.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: IronyOwl on June 02, 2014, 09:31:03 pm
"Bad news, alien fuckery's higher than we thought. That void's not just an information barrier, it's an outright sheath. Tried to punch through it, bounced me across the street.

Hopefully it won't be as hard getting in from the top or bottom, but if so we may have problems."

Extricate self from air conditioner, leap and/or gecko back up to cult roof. Cameye the satellite dish's connections to see what they look like vanishing into the building. If there's a trapdoor or other obvious way in, attempt to use it.


((can't wait to see how this fails))
((You're welcome. With me in the way, the failure should be obvious. :P))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 04, 2014, 06:01:34 am
((You're welcome. With me in the way, the failure should be obvious. :P))

((my current list of possible failures;
shoot Faith
shoot other teammate through window
shoot barrier, rebounding bullets explode the APC
shoot barrier, let out alien fuckery
shoot barrier, anger alien fuckery
shoot buidling, destroy structural support
shoot down nearby aircraft
shoot dish, squash Faith
shoot dish, cave in roof, see previous mentions involving alien fuckery
shoot dish, summon military
shoot dish, summon cultists

I could go on for ages, I have pages of this shit))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: Radio Controlled on June 04, 2014, 06:07:27 am
((You're welcome. With me in the way, the failure should be obvious. :P))
I could go on for ages, I have pages of this shit))
((You have pages upon pages detailing the various ways you can screw up?
That's so sad. You need a pat on the shoulder, smurf?
*pat pat* There there.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 04, 2014, 06:25:00 am
((No, I will screw up, it's only a matter of how. Stupid willpower rolls.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: piecewise on June 04, 2014, 12:38:06 pm
Kyle looks surprised.
"Sorry! We just came in to compliment your cooking... Well, I did, I don't know what these idiots were doing."
Investigate commotion in the kitchen. When I see the armed cook, shoot him with the goop thrower. Observe the effects.

Continue to ignore screaming waitress, unless she becomes hostile, in which case shoot her with the goop thrower, too.
Are the cook and her the only civilians left, besides the tied up, unconscious guys?

((I fail to see why I need to go through the kitchen to get upstairs, but whatevs.))

"You seem to be attcking us. This is unacceptable. Allow me ot back you up, Has."

If Hasala fails to immobilize the cook with the goop thrower, Jerk the knife out of his hand and fling it towards one of the walls, ina direction so it doesn't hit anyone. If hasala does manage to immobilize him, do nothing. If the cook is immobilized/dead at the end of this turn, go one floor up and scan the floor with all cameye settings
(because the only stairway to go upstairs is through the kitchen? Unless you meant you wanted to try and punch through a wall.)
"They say too many cooks spoil the stew, looks like you guys should have this."
If the cook isn't taken care of, and he makes a break for the dining area, then strike him with the nightstick.
"I got this one."

Using my amp, grab his head and twist a full 360 degrees.
((You guys are all about excessive force, aren't you?))

Run into kitchen. Scream "CIVIC DEFENSE, GET ON THE GROUND!" at the cook. If he resists and isn't shot, gooped, burnt, or decapitated, subdue with nightstick.
((seeing as Yttra was looking at the back door and there was a building in between her and the flashbang i'm just gonna assume she's fine?))

Yttra watches her teammate telekinetically open the door with zero craziness, zero explosions and perfect effectiveness. Well how about that.

@Morul "Huh. Wow. Nice one. Wow. Neat."

Enter via now-opened back door. Cover Morul, shooting anyone who attacks him (or me) with the pistol. Scope out the kitchen to see who's in here with us. Say to them:
@Kitchen Staff "We don't have any business with you, keep out of the way and you won't get hurt."
and, after listening to the screams in the diner, add: "And if ya wanna just scram out the back door here, which i would 100% recommend, now's the time.".

You seem to have missed the action that would probably have involved me shooting the cook with a tranq pistol as soon as he attacked Morul.

So, this turn i guess is…

Stand around looking shocked at the quickly unfolding brutality.

CAN DO!

Well, Morul is closest, so he goes first, then We get huge cluster of dex rolls.

[exo:5+1]

The cook's head twists straight off his body. Then explodes like an over ripe melon being hit by a sledgehammer. Amongst the splattered gore and blood you can see something metallic and shiny.

Well, that renders a lot of these posts superfluous. Except for pancaek.

Pancaek steps over the corpse and walks toward the stairs. The stairs lead up maybe 6 steps before dead ending with a suspiciously heavy duty metal door. Seriously, it looks like they tore it off a armored truck or a safe or something. You can't see anything with your cam eyes; but that in and of itself is something odd. It's not like the normal inability to see through metal or seeing only dull, unfocused material, it is pitch black. Something is actively blocking your sight.



"Bad news, alien fuckery's higher than we thought. That void's not just an information barrier, it's an outright sheath. Tried to punch through it, bounced me across the street.

Hopefully it won't be as hard getting in from the top or bottom, but if so we may have problems."

Extricate self from air conditioner, leap and/or gecko back up to cult roof. Cameye the satellite dish's connections to see what they look like vanishing into the building. If there's a trapdoor or other obvious way in, attempt to use it.


((can't wait to see how this fails))
((You're welcome. With me in the way, the failure should be obvious. :P))
You pull yourself free and clamber back up the building until you reach the roof. The satellite's connections look remarkably normal, just wires bundled together going through a small hole in the roof. Of course, your cam eyes can't see anything besides utter blackness again, even if you try to peek down through the hole. This is problematic.

And yes, there's a metal hatch over in the corner of the roof that looks like a good way down. It's got a padlock on it but, well, thats not really an issue for someone who can dig their fingers into brick.


Shoot the dish with the chaingun. Watch out for cops.

"Take that, inanimate object!"

((can't wait to see how this fails))
(you put the guy with a -1 to will in charge of a mounted machinegun? Is it my birthday?)

(http://i.imgur.com/4ILnZLO.png)

Lerman twitches for a few seconds then straightens up and cracks his neck.

"No respect for private property. Kids these days."

Lerman holds down the trigger on the heavy mounted machine gun and just starts randomly sweeping it across the first story of the building. Armor piercing rounds the punch straight through glass, brick, metal and drywall, spraying debris and dust as they hiss through the diner and kitchen and tear great holes through anything in their way.

Morul and D'usse-clearly utilizing her experience with driveby's and the importance of getting the fuck down- hit the deck.  Taddok takes a round to the left arm, about halfway between his shoulder and elbow. His Longcoat manages to just barely absorb the force, but the fabric shatters like glass, as does Taddok's Humerus.  Hasala takes a round flat against the right side of his chest and it punches through his vest as though it wasn't even there. He drops without a sound. Jack gets hit twice, the first straight through his gut, which, being a robot, doesn't effect him much, but the second catches him in the left shoulder and rips the limb off entirely. He goes spinning into the wall and then falls to the ground. Yttra just happens to be standing in the right position to have a round otherwise destined for her chest to hit her riot shield. It punches straight through the shield but that plus her longcoat is enough that she gets away with nothing but a nasty bruise. Kyle takes a round straight to the side of his gut and his belly bursts like a pinata. He gurgles and collapses.





Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 04, 2014, 01:12:24 pm
((WHY SMURF WHY MUST YOU DO SOMETHING THAT EXCEEDINGLY DUMB))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 04, 2014, 01:38:34 pm
"Uh, Faith? I think we've got a situation here. I believe our APC just shot up the diner area. Also, the stairs leading up are blocked by a very large metal door, same utter blackness effect as with the outside of the building. How are things on your end?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 04, 2014, 01:57:06 pm
((I suspect that giving the chef a job is now out of the question.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 04, 2014, 01:59:04 pm
"FUCK!"

Scramble towards the hatch on the floor and see if it'll open. If it opens, climb down if I can. If not, try to find some piece of cover to hide from the angel of death that's spewing murder through the walls.

Also, try to evaluate how badly my arm is hurt. Can I still use it?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 04, 2014, 02:25:03 pm
((I WARNED YOU ALL
also, I give up at this point, bring on the chaos from my bad luck))

((WHY SMURF WHY MUST YOU DO SOMETHING THAT EXCEEDINGLY DUMB))

((Don't you 20/20 hindsight me!))

Try getting off the turret.

If because mindfuckery I can't, turn on the radio! Mow down the blackness!


*manical laughter* THIS IS GREAT! I should probably stop though...
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Radio Controlled on June 04, 2014, 02:39:06 pm
((Can't blame that solely on pure bad luck smurf, your action was still to use that machinegun to shoot up things that posed no threat whatsoever, and without charging a bonus.

But hey, keep it up, maybe we'll get to send a rescue party after all.  :P ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Kriellya on June 04, 2014, 02:40:26 pm
((I WARNED YOU ALL
also, I give up at this point, bring on the chaos from my bad luck))

((WHY SMURF WHY MUST YOU DO SOMETHING THAT EXCEEDINGLY DUMB))

((Don't you 20/20 hindsight me!))

Mow down the blackness!

*manical laughter* THIS IS GREAT!

(( .... Please continue. I'm just going to go update a certain script. No reason. :P ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 04, 2014, 02:43:55 pm
((Can't blame that solely on pure bad luck smurf, your action was still to use that machinegun to shoot up things that posed no threat whatsoever, and without charging a bonus.

But hey, keep it up, maybe we'll get to send a rescue party after all.  :P ))

((How the hell does one charge a bonus?
I am blaming it on bad luck anyway, since he turned shooting a radio dish into me mowing down the first floor of the building. I think lerman's insane now though.))

((I WARNED YOU ALL
also, I give up at this point, bring on the chaos from my bad luck))

((WHY SMURF WHY MUST YOU DO SOMETHING THAT EXCEEDINGLY DUMB))

((Don't you 20/20 hindsight me!))

Mow down the blackness!

*manical laughter* THIS IS GREAT!

(( .... Please continue. I'm just going to go update a certain script. No reason. :P ))

((Happy to oblige.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 04, 2014, 02:47:15 pm
((...are you sure you're not even going to try resisting/moving away from the gun? Because one way or another we're going to have to get Lerman to stop using the APC.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 04, 2014, 02:49:30 pm
((I'm willing to bet a couple tokens that this is mind control. And not just because tokens have no meaning on Hephaestus.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 04, 2014, 02:52:12 pm
((...are you sure you're not even going to try resisting/moving away from the gun? Because one way or another we're going to have to get Lerman to stop using the APC.))

((Edited my action. I have a will of 0, and I'm using a minigun. Pretty sure I'm an alien thrall by this point, so the minigunning will prolly continue.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 04, 2014, 03:25:54 pm
"God dammit, I knew that APC would be nothing but trouble. Any medics still in one piece, tend to the wounded and stay the fuck down. And don't touch the shiny implant in what's left of the chef's head."

Crawl up to the shiny thing and use an artifact container to scoop it up. Then continue crawling to the door, and try and get a good look at the APC. Charge an exo bonus to rip the gun off, trying to leave Lerman in one piece.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 04, 2014, 04:22:50 pm
((This is objectively terrible but also just hilarious. OOC I'm laughing like PW probably is.))


"Uh, Faith? I think we've got a situation here. I believe our APC just shot up the diner area. Also, the stairs leading up are blocked by a very large metal door, same utter blackness effect as with the outside of the building. How are things on your end?"
"Wh- why would- Lerman? Hasala? Who's down there and what happened?

As for my end, I can't see through the barrier even by looking through wires that presumably go through it. There's a hatch, though, so that's good. Would like to go down into it, but I'm not sure if I can afford to be out of radio contact right now."

"God dammit, I knew that APC would be nothing but trouble. Any medics still in one piece, tend to the wounded and stay the fuck down. And don't touch the shiny implant in what's left of the chef's head."

Crawl up to the shiny thing and use an artifact container to scoop it up. Then continue crawling to the door, and try and get a good look at the APC. Charge an exo bonus to rip the gun off, trying to leave Lerman in one piece.
"...chef's head?

And just so we're clear, I have medical training but no medical supplies. I can come help with obvious stuff, but unless somebody else brought tools but can't use them, I suspect we're stuck shoveling bodies into the APC.


...how many bodies do we have, anyway?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 04, 2014, 04:27:25 pm
"Looks like a bunch of wounded, one friendly casualty, and a chef who had a shiny thing in his skull. It's okay, the chef threw a cleaver at me and buried it about six inches into a brick wall, so I'm pretty sure he wasn't civilian."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 04, 2014, 04:36:11 pm
"If you'd like, I can try coming up there the same way you came and go in through the hatch first. I'm not entirely positive trying to force this door is a good idea anyway."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 04, 2014, 04:36:35 pm
Just seeing the cook's head splatter into gore would have been enough. But then Yttra's teammates start exploding. Kyle's guts are on the floor. Bullets are coming out of the walls. This shit is not shit that happens on a good day.

Get down. Flee via back door. Hide behind building and damaged riot shield. Curl up into a ball. Whimper.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 04, 2014, 04:44:44 pm
Stay on the floor.

"YO STOP."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 04, 2014, 07:00:57 pm
"Of course it would be my left arm.  I expected friendly fire, but this is crazy."
Army crawl to the arm and grab it and whatever it was holding.  Army crawl to the hatch to the basement.  How does it open?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 04, 2014, 09:19:04 pm
"BLOODY CHAINGUN!"
Charge around the side of the chaingun then get into the apc and beat person manning chaingun thoroughly from inside the apc thus out of the line of fire, keep head protected by arms and riot shield, try and stay in blind spot while approaching
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 05, 2014, 11:25:20 am
Leave through the back door of the building. Make sure I'm on the opposite side of the building than the APC. Climb the walls like GeckoFaith did to the roof. Once there, see about opening that hatch by tearing off the padlock. If opening is succesfull, peer into the hatch with cameyes.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 05, 2014, 02:31:59 pm
((piecewise
smurfington said that he added 3 Will at the end of the Hephaestus missions. Has this been accounted for?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 09, 2014, 04:10:19 am
"Thanks, Pancaek.

Steve, got any information on police activity? I find it hard to believe they haven't been alerted. Any idea what their procedure is for something like this, how open they'll be to threats or letting us deal with the cult for them, anything?"

Haul Chestless and Gutburst to the APC. Ask Steve about the fuzz.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 09, 2014, 06:30:45 am
((I hope I'm not actually being mind controlled or y'all are screwed.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 09, 2014, 10:52:07 am
"FUCK!"

Scramble towards the hatch on the floor and see if it'll open. If it opens, climb down if I can. If not, try to find some piece of cover to hide from the angel of death that's spewing murder through the walls.

Also, try to evaluate how badly my arm is hurt. Can I still use it?

Your arm is, for lack of a better word, Floppy. The bone in your upper arm has snapped right in the middle and everything below that breaking point is all tingling and numbness. You drag yourself and your dead arm over toward the hatch, keeping yourself pressed against the tile, small as possible under the bumble bee buzz of bullets overhead. The hatch itself is secured by a padlock, but that seems to be the extent of its security measures.

((I WARNED YOU ALL
also, I give up at this point, bring on the chaos from my bad luck))

((WHY SMURF WHY MUST YOU DO SOMETHING THAT EXCEEDINGLY DUMB))

((Don't you 20/20 hindsight me!))

Try getting off the turret.

If because mindfuckery I can't, turn on the radio! Mow down the blackness!


*manical laughter* THIS IS GREAT! I should probably stop though...
[Will:2]
Ho ho ho.

"God dammit, I knew that APC would be nothing but trouble. Any medics still in one piece, tend to the wounded and stay the fuck down. And don't touch the shiny implant in what's left of the chef's head."

Crawl up to the shiny thing and use an artifact container to scoop it up. Then continue crawling to the door, and try and get a good look at the APC. Charge an exo bonus to rip the gun off, trying to leave Lerman in one piece.
You slither across the tile and scoop up the shiny thing along with a fair chunk of gray matter and deposit them in the artifact container. That done, you slither back out of the room and into the alley, slowly making your way over to the back corner of the building where you can look down the side alley and see the apc. You get an eye on it, careful to stay as much in cover as possible.

Just seeing the cook's head splatter into gore would have been enough. But then Yttra's teammates start exploding. Kyle's guts are on the floor. Bullets are coming out of the walls. This shit is not shit that happens on a good day.

Get down. Flee via back door. Hide behind building and damaged riot shield. Curl up into a ball. Whimper.
You follow Morul out of the building but not around toward the side alley. You crawl the opposite way, getting the dumpster between you and the building, and by extension you and the gun. You then wedge the shield against the dumpster and cower behind the shield.

Stay on the floor.

"YO STOP."
"YO STOP. CUT THAT SHIT OUT, YOU BIG BAKKA!~"

"Of course it would be my left arm.  I expected friendly fire, but this is crazy."
Army crawl to the arm and grab it and whatever it was holding.  Army crawl to the hatch to the basement.  How does it open?
You grab your arm, an action done with a lot more nonchalance then you would expect from someone grabbing their own severed limbs, and then crawl over to the hatch. It opens outward, or at least it would if there wasn't a padlock on it.

"BLOODY CHAINGUN!"
Charge around the side of the chaingun then get into the apc and beat person manning chaingun thoroughly from inside the apc thus out of the line of fire, keep head protected by arms and riot shield, try and stay in blind spot while approaching

You charge the APC from the side and leap straight to the roof of the vehicle. Lerman sees you coming and releases the gun, instead taking up his riot shield in one hand and his cutting torch in the other. You swing your night stick at his temple, and he deflects it with his shield. He bashes his shield against yours and then swings the cutting torch toward your knees. You leap back, dodging the blow. You're left standing there, face to face, glaring at each other from opposite ends of the APC roof.

Leave through the back door of the building. Make sure I'm on the opposite side of the building than the APC. Climb the walls like GeckoFaith did to the roof. Once there, see about opening that hatch by tearing off the padlock. If opening is successful, peer into the hatch with cameyes.
You wait until the shooting stops and then sprint out into the back alley and climb the wall. You skitter up to the roof and join faith, pushing past her and reaching for the hatch. You're about to touch it when you suddenly stop yourself.  There's something wrong here. It can't be this easy. With the shit down stairs and that blacknesses within and those unbreakable windows it is becoming increasingly clear that there are quite unnatural forces at work here. Forces that want to keep this building secure. You doubt they're just gonna let you pry open the door and walk in.

"Thanks, Pancaek.

Steve, got any information on police activity? I find it hard to believe they haven't been alerted. Any idea what their procedure is for something like this, how open they'll be to threats or letting us deal with the cult for them, anything?"

Haul Chestless and Gutburst to the APC. Ask Steve about the fuzz.
..You sure you wanna do that?

>Oh they're alerted alright. But they're gonna be a bit. They're assembling the Swat team equivalents so you've got, probably about a half hour before they show up. But when they do show up, they're coming hard and angry.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: GreatWyrmGold on June 09, 2014, 12:42:14 pm
((It's canon: D'usse talks like a hybrid between a gangsta and an otaku.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 09, 2014, 12:44:51 pm
((It's canon: D'usse talks like a hybrid between a gangsta and an otaku.))
((A FRENCH hybrid between a gangster and an otaku.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 09, 2014, 03:14:44 pm
"Nap time."

Use the Force my amp to grab Lerman's shield, and carefully bash him in the head with it, trying to knock him unconscious.

((So glad I grabbed this amp. Has served me admirably.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 09, 2014, 03:15:21 pm
((Let's hope for a six.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 09, 2014, 03:16:40 pm
((And get him permakilled?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 09, 2014, 03:17:49 pm
((You could just cut him in half.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 09, 2014, 03:22:17 pm
((Takes more juice and runs the risk of totaling the APC, which I think will come in very handy while evading the fuzz.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 09, 2014, 03:25:42 pm
((What about just cutting the head off.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 09, 2014, 03:51:55 pm
D'usse peeks her head off when a reasonable amount of time goes without chain-gun fire.

"I'll deal with the 5-0, the rest of you can handle this Eldritch bullshit. Okay? Y'all with me?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: syvarris on June 09, 2014, 04:59:19 pm
((What about just cutting the head off.))
((What about just asking Steve to zap him?

And yes, I know, OOC thread.  It's been said there already.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 09, 2014, 07:57:42 pm
If I fail my will (again): Lightning bolt that motherfucker. If that fails, cutting torch his riot shield (and him) in half.

If I succeed in my will check: Drop weapons, cower in APC. Keep eyes open for cops.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 09, 2014, 08:40:28 pm
Go through dead Cook's pockets, look for key or similar items. Determine if I can still work the shotgun with my one good arm.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 09, 2014, 09:26:28 pm
Quote from: piecewise
It opens outward, or at least it would if there wasn't a padlock on it.
Does that mean I can see the hinges?  If I can see the hinge pull out the part holding the hinge together, think it's called a pin.  Also try breaking the padlock with something.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on June 09, 2014, 09:28:50 pm
((It you took a shotgun that'd be very easy.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 09, 2014, 09:31:19 pm
Yttra hides behind at least seven layers of brick, metal and armour. Whatever's shooting her teammates, it isn't shooting her. That's for sure.

$#@! what the *&^% %^!*banging bullets coming out of the %^&*licking walls and what the *&^% everyone's acting like this $#@! is *&^%ing normal *&^%ing day at the office oh $#@! oh #@!$ oh *&^% me

Yep. Calm and collected.

Continue cowering.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 09, 2014, 09:50:35 pm
Crawl towards front of the restaurant.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Sean Mirrsen on June 09, 2014, 10:26:34 pm
If I fail my will (again): TESLA ARC UP IN THIS BITCH ((gungnir))
((You might want to specify which you're using. Electrolaser will use Conventional, Tesla Saber will use Unconventional (and maybe Dexterity).))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 09, 2014, 10:44:21 pm
"A little help faith?"
Ready shield, keep head protected from cutting laser and running-shield-bash lerman off of the APC roof with shield then beat senseless and confiscate all weaponry, continue beating untill cured
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 09, 2014, 10:50:30 pm
If I fail my will (again): TESLA ARC UP IN THIS BITCH ((gungnir))
((You might want to specify which you're using. Electrolaser will use Conventional, Tesla Saber will use Unconventional (and maybe Dexterity).))

((I'm using the Tesla Arc. There's one on the Gungnir, it uses Uncon.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Sean Mirrsen on June 09, 2014, 11:00:11 pm
If I fail my will (again): TESLA ARC UP IN THIS BITCH ((gungnir))
((You might want to specify which you're using. Electrolaser will use Conventional, Tesla Saber will use Unconventional (and maybe Dexterity).))

((I'm using the Tesla Arc. There's one on the Gungnir, it uses Uncon.))

((No Tesla Arc on the Gungnir. The Tesla Arc is a device the size of a minigun (it's kinda like the electro-cannons from the Matrix sequels), and the Gungnir is meant to be a rifle, so it uses the more compact Tesla Saber.

If it were a Tesla Arc you'd just get fried, by the way. You're sitting in the top of a metal box, and the Arc doesn't quite understand the concept of "aiming".))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 10, 2014, 12:27:45 am
((Curses! I was lied to  :'())
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 10, 2014, 01:44:56 pm
"Hmm"

Scan the hatch with cameye modes. See if the padlock is the same blackness as the rest of the building. Then gently knock on the hatch, as if I were to knock on a door. If nothing happens after knocking and the padlock is not the same blackness, then break the padlock.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 11, 2014, 10:18:42 am
"Nap time."

Use the Force my amp to grab Lerman's shield, and carefully bash him in the head with it, trying to knock him unconscious.

((So glad I grabbed this amp. Has served me admirably.))
You point at Lerman and jerk your hand to the side. His shield, as though pulled by invisible wire, obeys, and is torn from his grasp and hurled somewhere far to your right, down the street and out of view.

If I fail my will (again): Lightning bolt that motherfucker. If that fails, cutting torch his riot shield (and him) in half.

If I succeed in my will check: Drop weapons, cower in APC. Keep eyes open for cops.

[Will:5]
Aw, fun's over.

You immediately drop your cutting torch and raise your hands over your head.

"WASN'T MY FAULT. ALL OF IT WAS AN ACCIDENT. I JUST TRIPPED AND FELL ONTO THE GUN AND MURDERED HALF THE TEAM. I'M GONNA GO LOCK MYSELF IN THE APC NOW."

And so you did.

Go through dead Cook's pockets, look for key or similar items. Determine if I can still work the shotgun with my one good arm.
You search through the pockets of the nearby corpse. You find a keyring in his left pocket.

And yes, you think you could use the shotgun, but not very fast. You're gonna have to do the pump action by catching it between your neck and shoulder or with the back of your knee or something similar. Not easy, not fast, but doable.

Quote from: piecewise
It opens outward, or at least it would if there wasn't a padlock on it.
Does that mean I can see the hinges?  If I can see the hinge pull out the part holding the hinge together, think it's called a pin.  Also try breaking the padlock with something.
We'll just assume Hap lets you borrow the keys he just found and you unlock the padlock, but don't open the door yet, since you didn't say to.

Yttra hides behind at least seven layers of brick, metal and armour. Whatever's shooting her teammates, it isn't shooting her. That's for sure.

$#@! what the *&^% %^!*banging bullets coming out of the %^&*licking walls and what the *&^% everyone's acting like this $#@! is *&^%ing normal *&^%ing day at the office oh $#@! oh #@!$ oh *&^% me

Yep. Calm and collected.

Continue cowering.

[Cowering Intensifies]

Crawl towards front of the restaurant.
You crawl out to the front of the restaurant. The Waitresses and handcuffed patrons are still there, still alive amidst a dusting of drywall, concrete, broken glass and smoldering wallpaper. Sunlight shines through the perforated metal window grating in grubby, thick beams.

"A little help faith?"
Ready shield, keep head protected from cutting laser and running-shield-bash lerman off of the APC roof with shield then beat senseless and confiscate all weaponry, continue beating untill cured
He appears to have spontaneously healed himself. Hmmm. You still really wanna whack him though...

"Hmm"

Scan the hatch with cameye modes. See if the padlock is the same blackness as the rest of the building. Then gently knock on the hatch, as if I were to knock on a door. If nothing happens after knocking and the padlock is not the same blackness, then break the padlock.
Looking at the hatch reveals nothing; a normal metal hatch over a void of nothing.

You knock against the hatch, your knuckles connecting only for an instant against the metal. As you pull your hand back, a glowing trail of electricity, a twisting yellow stream of light, arcs from the hatch to your hand, following it as you pull your hand back. Your entire body spasms and jumps backwards involuntarily, slamming into the concrete banister running around the perimeter of the roof and twitching uncontrollably for several seconds. A few small arcs dance across the surface of the hatch afterwards, before it settles back down to normalcy.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 11, 2014, 03:38:49 pm
"Hrmm. Steve, if it comes to it, what would our chances of an aerial extraction be? Or are we just gonna have to make a run for it in the APC?"

Head back to the downstairs hatch, and open the container with the implant in it, and examine the implant. Ask Steve if he recognizes it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 11, 2014, 04:38:50 pm
"Folks, I have the basement unlocked, any objections to me heading down there?"
Head to the basement, go slowly and watch for traps.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 11, 2014, 04:56:04 pm
Go for it. I'll be right behind you.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 11, 2014, 05:18:13 pm
Peek my head out of the turret. Who looks angry?

Also, meerkat watch for the police.


"I DENY EVERYTHING"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 11, 2014, 06:17:40 pm
As the bullets seem to have stopped some time ago, Yttra starts to calm down. Well, as much as a heart rate of 180bpm can be considered calm.

She knows she's heard most of the team speak up just like they're fine. But Kyle didn't seem fine. And he was the doctor. Even if he was lying about having a medkit so he could chase kitty tail. He was still the doctor. And now he's splattered all over the kitchen, guts mixed in with chef brains.

Well they'll be sending the *&^%ing army now. Unless that was the army. $#@!. No. No it was that guy who said he didn't do it. It was him on the *&^%ing APC! What the *&^%! $#@!! It was that thing! That thing in the basement! It overrode the Almighty Steve and it's gonna kill us all!

Yttra sits behind her dumpster, torn between being a sitting duck just waiting for an army sniper to take her out, and being closer to her teamkilling teammates. It's a tough choice.

*&^% this.

Crawl back inside and find Kyle. Hide under the riot shield. See if he was really lying about having a medkit. If he wasn't, see if there's any way the medkit can fix "guts outside the body" type problems. ((put my medic hat on? meditate on medicine? charge a med bonus? how does this work?))

Also try not to throw up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 11, 2014, 07:08:16 pm
"I'm thinking of transferring some of the hostages to another building, to draw the police away from here. There's some mystic voodoo shit going down and I don't want a part in it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 11, 2014, 08:05:24 pm
"Police coming in half an hour. We need to move quickly. They will be coming angry and fast when they come. We can handle them if we need to, would be best if we didn't have to.

Moving the civilians far away is a good idea, as the odds of this building remaining standing in the near future are not great. Anyone wants to avoid weird aliens, helping to haul people away is a good way to do it.

Pancaek, how are things on your end?"


Examine door leading upstairs. If it has a keyhole, borrow the key and use it. If not, shrug and knock politely.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 11, 2014, 09:05:19 pm
Begin rounding up the hostages. Take a look outside at the other buildings in the surrounding area.

"Can someone outside give me some info on what we have around here? Apartments? Shops? Office complexes?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 12, 2014, 02:42:17 am
"Orders Miss Faith?"
follow orders given, otherwise support/backup faith
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 12, 2014, 12:03:29 pm
"Pancaek, how are things on your end?"

"Well, I tried touching the hatch. Now I'm currently flat on my ass on the other side of the roof, still slightly twitching with electrical aftershock. I'm starting to think that forcing my way through that hatch won't be a good idea at all."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 12, 2014, 03:09:56 pm
"Can someone outside give me some info on what we have around here? Apartments? Shops? Office complexes?"
"I think everything around here is apartments, but I can't swear to that. Might wanna dump them a building or two away, you know how we get with explosions."

"Orders Miss Faith?"
follow orders given, otherwise support/backup faith
"Not sure. Right now we've got at least three ways in, but they're not looking as simple as we'd like. Brute force appears to be failing, so I think we're all bottlenecked trying the subtle way in."

"Well, I tried touching the hatch. Now I'm currently flat on my ass on the other side of the roof, still slightly twitching with electrical aftershock. I'm starting to think that forcing my way through that hatch won't be a good idea at all."
"Figures. I wonder if this thing is alive? Can't imagine why it wouldn't want us inside if so...

Anyway, we found a key down here, and we're trying the downstairs hatch with it. If that works, it might work up there too."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 12, 2014, 03:17:23 pm
"Having experience with living architecture, I think it just might not want people crawling around it's guts. Would you?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 12, 2014, 03:31:48 pm
"Figures. I wonder if this thing is alive? Can't imagine why it wouldn't want us inside if so...

Anyway, we found a key down here, and we're trying the downstairs hatch with it. If that works, it might work up there too."

"Allright, I'm not going to try and force the thing again. I'll stay up here and watch for cops. Tell me if that key works, and I'll try it up here as well. How's that sound?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 12, 2014, 03:44:55 pm
"Having experience with living architecture, I think it just might not want people crawling around it's guts. Would you?"
"With this crew I'd be more worried about explosions than ickiness, but no."

"Allright, I'm not going to try and force the thing again. I'll stay up here and watch for cops. Tell me if that key works, and I'll try it up here as well. How's that sound?"
"Good."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 12, 2014, 04:01:00 pm
Get up and ge to the edge of the roof. Look around with camaye zoom for cops/hostiles
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 12, 2014, 04:55:33 pm
Grab twist-ties. Move to a nearby apartment complex, or a building of the same size, and then fire a shotgun round in the air before taking there as new hostages. Keep an eye out for anyone trying to come downstairs or from another entrance.

"Hey, one or two of you that ain't doing shit, we need to move these hostages to this building."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 12, 2014, 08:39:34 pm
Ask Yttra to take a look at my arm and put a splint on it, or whatever sort of wizardry can be done with the medkit. Head downstairs after, following whoever goes down.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 13, 2014, 12:22:07 pm
"Hrmm. Steve, if it comes to it, what would our chances of an aerial extraction be? Or are we just gonna have to make a run for it in the APC?"

Head back to the downstairs hatch, and open the container with the implant in it, and examine the implant. Ask Steve if he recognizes it.

>run for the APC. I'd rather not have us associated with this sort of thing, if I can help it.

You head back to the downstairs hatch and let steve see the implant through your camera.

>It looks something like an amp, but modified. I think It might be a burnout amp. Not sure what kind though.

"Folks, I have the basement unlocked, any objections to me heading down there?"
Head to the basement, go slowly and watch for traps.
The trap door opens up into darkness. The light from the kitchen shines down onto nothing, save for the first dozen or so rungs of a metal ladder that appears to be suspended over nothing, attached to nothing, and leading to nowhere. Uh...

Peek my head out of the turret. Who looks angry?

Also, meerkat watch for the police.


"I DENY EVERYTHING"

You peek your head out for a moment, look around and then scuttle back inside.

As the bullets seem to have stopped some time ago, Yttra starts to calm down. Well, as much as a heart rate of 180bpm can be considered calm.

She knows she's heard most of the team speak up just like they're fine. But Kyle didn't seem fine. And he was the doctor. Even if he was lying about having a medkit so he could chase kitty tail. He was still the doctor. And now he's splattered all over the kitchen, guts mixed in with chef brains.

Well they'll be sending the *&^%ing army now. Unless that was the army. $#@!. No. No it was that guy who said he didn't do it. It was him on the *&^%ing APC! What the *&^%! $#@!! It was that thing! That thing in the basement! It overrode the Almighty Steve and it's gonna kill us all!

Yttra sits behind her dumpster, torn between being a sitting duck just waiting for an army sniper to take her out, and being closer to her teamkilling teammates. It's a tough choice.

*&^% this.

Crawl back inside and find Kyle. Hide under the riot shield. See if he was really lying about having a medkit. If he wasn't, see if there's any way the medkit can fix "guts outside the body" type problems. ((put my medic hat on? meditate on medicine? charge a med bonus? how does this work?))

Also try not to throw up.
It appears (going by the wiki) That he was lying about it. He's very unconscious but doesn't seem dead yet. For better or worse, his injuries are horrific to look at, but rather slow to kill. You think you might be able to....maybe...sorta squish the guts back up inside him and then cover the hole with something. That would help, right? You look at the body for a bit too long and have to quickly turn away and suppress a dry heave.

"Police coming in half an hour. We need to move quickly. They will be coming angry and fast when they come. We can handle them if we need to, would be best if we didn't have to.

Moving the civilians far away is a good idea, as the odds of this building remaining standing in the near future are not great. Anyone wants to avoid weird aliens, helping to haul people away is a good way to do it.

Pancaek, how are things on your end?"


Examine door leading upstairs. If it has a keyhole, borrow the key and use it. If not, shrug and knock politely.
You use the keys to open the door. That was easy enough. Through the door is the second floor, what appears to be the main living area. It has been renovated fairly significantly, old walls torn away, leaving nothing but a large open space punctuated with support beams. Scattered across this open space are beds, maybe 3 dozen of them, neatly lined up along the walls, more like a barracks than a private residence. In lieu of walls, dividing curtains, like those around beds in hospitals, have been hung in seemingly random intervals around the room, cordoning off chucks of beds, what looks like a bathroom and shower, and other areas. There are several people in the room, about 3 that you can see, a fourth or more you can hear stirring around in some nearby, but obscured area. There three you can see are odd looking. Two men and a women: One of the men has something very clearly implanted under the skin of his right arm and part of his torso; some sort of lattice of thin forms that causes his skin to have a tiled or scaled appearance. The Second man doesn't appear to have a head; just a bit of gristle and scar tissue at the end of an otherwise vacant neck. The woman is normal in appearance but she's standing in a very strange way, sort of hunched forward with her arms drawn back behind her, almost as though she's handcuffed.

They all look at you.

Begin rounding up the hostages. Take a look outside at the other buildings in the surrounding area.

"Can someone outside give me some info on what we have around here? Apartments? Shops? Office complexes?"
So just to get this straight. You want to leave this building, walk to a neighboring one, take as many hostages as you can, at gun point, and walk them back into the diner.

Just checking so I know this wasn't like...some sort of spasm or you wrote this while having a stroke.

"Orders Miss Faith?"
follow orders given, otherwise support/backup faith
Gonna assume you followed her up to the second floor.

Get up and ge to the edge of the roof. Look around with camaye zoom for cops/hostiles
No sign of them yet. Best you can see are some people still running from the diner a few blocks away. Everyone else seems to have huddled down in a building or at least off the streets.

Ask Yttra to take a look at my arm and put a splint on it, or whatever sort of wizardry can be done with the medkit. Head downstairs after, following whoever goes down.
I hope she rolls 6 so I can have her splint your arm with  his guts and then push you down the hatch into the yawning void below.

Because it would be funny.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 13, 2014, 12:29:08 pm
No, take hostages to another building, then take everyone in building number two hostage as well. Mainly, move everyone to another building.

@ piecewise: in case this still isn't clear, with 'hostages' he means the civilians in the diner, who are tied up and who survived the apc onslaught. He wants to transport them away from the diner.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Radio Controlled on June 13, 2014, 12:45:11 pm
No, take hostages to another building, then take everyone in building number two hostage as well. Mainly, move everyone to another building.

@ piecewise: in case this still isn't clear, with 'hostages' he means the civilians in the diner, who are tied up and who survived the apc onslaught. He wants to transport them away from the diner.

((Hey TCM, might want to be extra clear so you don't lose another turn))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 13, 2014, 01:00:39 pm
((Thanks Radio. Yeah, guess I need to clarify.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 13, 2014, 02:13:34 pm
"Okay, that's pretty weird.  I've found a void here at the basement.  Total darkness, I'm going to test if I can hear from it."
Find a large piece of debris and toss it down the steps.  Pay attention to when I can't hear it anymore.  Wait for someone to look into the abyss.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 13, 2014, 03:49:01 pm
Turn on the APC's radio, try and find the police channel. Check if driver man is still there. Keep checking for cops.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 13, 2014, 03:52:23 pm
"Burnout amp? From the sound of it, I'd wager that it fries your brain when activated? And I'd hold off on tossing that down there until we've had a better look. Someone with Cameyes wanna gaze into an abyss?"

Take a peek into the abyss, and turn on my headlamps. If I still see nothing, turn them off, and look with the light amplification mode.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 13, 2014, 05:22:07 pm
"Umm... "
if one of them is slightly away from the others shield charge and lay the beatdown, if the one that is stirring is much further away then perform shield charge and lay beatdown
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 13, 2014, 05:32:29 pm
"Burnout amp? From the sound of it, I'd wager that it fries your brain when activated? And I'd hold off on tossing that down there until we've had a better look. Someone with Cameyes wanna gaze into an abyss?"
"I'm guessing it's the same void we've been staring at, and thus isn't going to get any clearer with the hatch off."

Faith held out an arm to let Konrad know to hold up a minute.

"Um... hello! My name is Faith. Might I ask who you are?"

Threaten to molest their children Diplomacy! Wrestle them into submission if they attack.

Also make sure everyone else who wants it is getting a video feed of this.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 13, 2014, 05:52:28 pm
"Hey, Faith, did that key work?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 13, 2014, 06:12:34 pm
Yttra doesn't find a medkit. She does find some strange pills, but having no idea what they do leaves them alone. Only one thing she can do, really.

Use med bonus to stuff Kyle's guts back inside and tie the dead chef's clothes around Kyle's midsection to try to make sure the guts stay inside.

@Taddock: "Uhh. Hang on. Umm. Kinda… guts… urgh." Then as an afterthought: "He didn't have any splints or anything. Wanna look for something that might work?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 13, 2014, 06:29:18 pm
"Hey, Faith, did that key work?"
"Uh, it did. You can... I'm a little busy right now, but if you don't mind three people who are a little odd and one of them's missing a head and they don't take offense to me handing you the key..."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 13, 2014, 06:37:15 pm
"Hey, Faith, did that key work?"
"Uh, it did. You can... I'm a little busy right now, but if you don't mind three people who are a little odd and one of them's missing a head and they don't take offense to me handing you the key..."
"Oh dear, sounds like you've got quite the party going there. I'll come down and help keep our partygoers calm and docile."

clamber back down from the roof, go to where Faith is. Should anyone grab a weapon/attack Faith/me, gives them a nice pulse of force to the chest with my mass amp
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 15, 2014, 10:30:32 am
No, take hostages to another building, then take everyone in building number two hostage as well. Mainly, move everyone to another building.

@ piecewise: in case this still isn't clear, with 'hostages' he means the civilians in the diner, who are tied up and who survived the apc onslaught. He wants to transport them away from the diner.
Alright, There are several buildings around here you could try to take over, but which one you want to take depends on how hard of a time you want to have and how many hostages you want to try and take in the new building. Ie, do you want to try to take one of the tenement houses on your own? An single story store? Do you want to try and take it with all these hostages in tow? Do you want to wake up the unconscious hostages, since they are, right now, still passed out on the floor with their hands bound. Or do you want to run over and take the building then move the people to it? In general, what kind of building do you want to take and how do you want to take it? Since I assume you have some sort of plan to go along with this action and, depending on how you carry out this action, it determines which rolls I gotta do. I would ask you in PM but you're not around right now, so we'll act as though this action took place this turn, if the roof falls in and would otherwise crush the hostages next turn.

"Okay, that's pretty weird.  I've found a void here at the basement.  Total darkness, I'm going to test if I can hear from it."
Find a large piece of debris and toss it down the steps.  Pay attention to when I can't hear it anymore.  Wait for someone to look into the abyss.
Afraid it's gonna look back up at you?

Turn on the APC's radio, try and find the police channel. Check if driver man is still there. Keep checking for cops.
The driver is still there, looking a bit too non-chalant for whats going on. You click on the radio and scan through it, but an ordinary radio isn't the same thing as a police scanner. You can't find their signal, if they even transmit via radio.

"Burnout amp? From the sound of it, I'd wager that it fries your brain when activated? And I'd hold off on tossing that down there until we've had a better look. Someone with Cameyes wanna gaze into an abyss?"

Take a peek into the abyss, and turn on my headlamps. If I still see nothing, turn them off, and look with the light amplification mode.

>Sort of. Burnout amps are more powerful and easier to use then normal amps but they actively damage brain tissue through use. They're rarely used, as such, and I don't believe they've even been produced for centuries.

You look down into the darkness. You notice something weird: the unnatural dark which envelops the ladder has a hard boundary, like the ladder is dropping down into a pool of oil or through a black curtain. The dark leading up to this boundry is easily penetrated by your lamps, revealing a rough-hewn shaft carved into the concrete of the foundation. Wherever this shaft leads, it wasn't put there by the city or the builders; this was made later, probably by the people who own this building.

Yttra doesn't find a medkit. She does find some strange pills, but having no idea what they do leaves them alone. Only one thing she can do, really.

Use med bonus to stuff Kyle's guts back inside and tie the dead chef's clothes around Kyle's midsection to try to make sure the guts stay inside.

@Taddock: "Uhh. Hang on. Umm. Kinda… guts… urgh." Then as an afterthought: "He didn't have any splints or anything. Wanna look for something that might work?"
You squish his guts back in as best you can, making sure not to cause any undo harm, and bandage him up using a combination of plastic wrap, duct tape and strips of fabric from the cook's clothing. He's gonna have all kinds of sepsis from having his guts just laying on a dirty kitchen floor, but you hope the team won't be around long enough for that to be a problem.   

"Umm... "
if one of them is slightly away from the others shield charge and lay the beatdown, if the one that is stirring is much further away then perform shield charge and lay beatdown
"Burnout amp? From the sound of it, I'd wager that it fries your brain when activated? And I'd hold off on tossing that down there until we've had a better look. Someone with Cameyes wanna gaze into an abyss?"
"I'm guessing it's the same void we've been staring at, and thus isn't going to get any clearer with the hatch off."

Faith held out an arm to let Konrad know to hold up a minute.

"Um... hello! My name is Faith. Might I ask who you are?"

Threaten to molest their children Diplomacy! Wrestle them into submission if they attack.

Also make sure everyone else who wants it is getting a video feed of this.

Faith gets out all of maybe 4 words, the bog standard "Hold on, we're not-", before the trio charges. The Woman charges Konrad and the man with the pattern on his arm bumrushes faith while the headless man runs off in the opposite direction, through one of the dividing sheets and off toward someplace unknown. Konrad raises his shield and charges straight at the woman, who jerks both her arms forward, apparently freeing herself from whatever was holding them back. She reaches out toward the shield as she runs and, as the two come together, her hands pass straight through the shield. Konrad sees it happen but only barely has time to evade, jerking his head and chest out of the way, but not his left arm. Her fingers pass straight through into his shoulder and her entire arm vanishes the instant it touches his flesh.

The man charging faith swings his arm in an arc, as though delivering a powerful backhand slap to her from 20 feet away. Faith, almost unconsciously, drops down as a matching lattice of deep cuts appears all along the walls and pillars in the direction the man just swung.

"Hey, Faith, did that key work?"
"Uh, it did. You can... I'm a little busy right now, but if you don't mind three people who are a little odd and one of them's missing a head and they don't take offense to me handing you the key..."
"Oh dear, sounds like you've got quite the party going there. I'll come down and help keep our partygoers calm and docile."

clamber back down from the roof, go to where Faith is. Should anyone grab a weapon/attack Faith/me, gives them a nice pulse of force to the chest with my mass amp

You jump back down to the ground floor and get up to the half open door to the second floor just in time to see it get sliced into a couple dozen neat, square pieces.




Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 15, 2014, 02:33:44 pm
Change radio to music. Bolt out of the APC, grab my shield, then run back into the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 15, 2014, 02:41:32 pm
Alright. First one-story building across the street, whatever it is. Run over there, bust down the door, fire shotgun into ceiling. Command everyone to get down, anyone who doesn't comply has their jaw introduced to the shotgun's butt. Take everyone in this building hostage. This'll be phase one of the plan.

"I'm moving. Get the hostages back in the restaurant ready for movement, leave the unconscious ones here."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 15, 2014, 06:08:12 pm
Hustle upstairs. If there's trouble take the best shot I have with the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 15, 2014, 06:17:29 pm
Yttra examines her gut patchup job.

Huh. That kinda worked? I'm a *&^%ing nurse. Ha!

@Team: "Hey. Umm, anyone wanna help move these two back to the APC?" she says to the team in general, completely ignorant of the fight going on upstairs and the abyssal blackness problem downstairs.

She then looks at Taddok, flopping his arm up and down in front of her like some sort of wet noodle, and almost throws up again.

@Taddok: "*&^% doesn't that *&^%ing hurt!?"

*&^%, don't gotta be a nurse to know that $#@! ain't good.

Take spare plastic wrap and any remaining strips of chef's clothing. Go get some zipties. See if i can find something that could be used as a makeshift splint. Think about how i could apply these to Taddok's arm to make it less floppy (charge med bonus).

If there's room for another minor action, briefly check how dead Hasala is on the way past.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 15, 2014, 07:10:13 pm
((I'm gonna get a splint made out of saran wrap and a soup ladle. We are super prepared.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 15, 2014, 07:18:02 pm
((Nek minute I fail my will roll again and start blowing more holes in people))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 15, 2014, 08:24:26 pm
"Right, I'm going in. Whatever happens next, do not follow me, under any circumstance. In fact, shut the trap behind me, and if anything come out of the trap, get ready to shoot it, even if it looks like me. You got all that?"

Enter the abyss. Make sure they close the trapdoor behind me.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 15, 2014, 10:08:59 pm
"I don't like it, but I'll follow those orders."
Close the hatch after him.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 15, 2014, 10:16:21 pm
"Good. Remember don't open it for any reason, and keep a gun on whatever comes out, especially if It looks like me. "
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 16, 2014, 05:20:21 am
"Alien fuckery!" Faith shouted over the comms as she rushed her attacker.

Rush wifebeater, break his arms.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 16, 2014, 06:37:10 am
Seeing the door fall into small cubes and hearing faith shout about alien fuckery, Pan jumps into action

"Fethin' xenos, man."

Use mass amp on the woman and do the corkscrew manoeuvre, decapitating her. Afterwards, if the the man hasn't been succesfulyl dealt with by faith, do the same on him. Be ready to dodge back at all times should they start attacking me. I'd like to point out that I should have 30 willpower now, though IdiotsInspace still says 22. I'll update it on my sheet in the wiki, eventually
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 16, 2014, 03:06:13 pm
"Watch out, they've got access to burnout amps. They're apparently easier to use, but actively damage brain tissue."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 17, 2014, 02:23:48 am
"Run away!"
tactical retreat from frontline with weird people
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 17, 2014, 08:39:30 am
Change radio to music. Bolt out of the APC, grab my shield, then run back into the APC.
You change the radio station. The driver changes it back. You glare at the driver. He glares back at you. Surely this shall be a be a battle of wits for the ages.

OH and you get your shield.

Alright. First one-story building across the street, whatever it is. Run over there, bust down the door, fire shotgun into ceiling. Command everyone to get down, anyone who doesn't comply has their jaw introduced to the shotgun's butt. Take everyone in this building hostage. This'll be phase one of the plan.

"I'm moving. Get the hostages back in the restaurant ready for movement, leave the unconscious ones here."
You charge across the street, kick in the door of the nearest one story building, and fire your shotgun into the ceiling. The occupants of the building, all seemingly sitting in a large single room at cheap looking desks, look up with a start, some screaming.

"LISTEN UP YOU MOTHERFUCKING BAKA-FACES! YOUR ASSES NOW BELONG TO ME! HANDS IN THE AIR, PANTS AROUND YOUR ANKLES, LETS MAKE THIS A QUALITY SLEEPOVER!"

Your nose starts bleeding.

"NOW. WHERE THE FUCK AM I?"

One of the hostages says something in a scared, quiet voice.

"SPEAK UP SON, I'M EXTREMELY ANIME!"

"Freeman's Bail Bonds." He repeats.

"WELL FUCKING NYAAAAAN~ TO THAT. I MIGHT HAVE TO USE YOUR SERVICES AFTER THIS. THAT WORKS OUT JUST PERFECTLY."

Yttra examines her gut patchup job.

Huh. That kinda worked? I'm a *&^%ing nurse. Ha!

@Team: "Hey. Umm, anyone wanna help move these two back to the APC?" she says to the team in general, completely ignorant of the fight going on upstairs and the abyssal blackness problem downstairs.

She then looks at Taddock, flopping his arm up and down in front of her like some sort of wet noodle, and almost throws up again.

@Taddock: "*&^% doesn't that *&^%ing hurt!?"

*&^%, don't gotta be a nurse to know that $#@! ain't good.

Take spare plastic wrap and any remaining strips of chef's clothing. Go get some zipties. See if i can find something that could be used as a makeshift splint. Think about how i could apply these to Taddock's arm to make it less floppy (charge med bonus).

If there's room for another minor action, briefly check how dead Hasala is on the way past.

You gather up some zipties, a long handled wooden spoon, and the rest of your supplies from the other surgery. That done, you check on Hasala. He's proper dead, the round punched straight through both lungs and tore off the bottom of his heart. He was probably unconscious before he even hit the ground and dead a few moments after that.

"Right, I'm going in. Whatever happens next, do not follow me, under any circumstance. In fact, shut the trap behind me, and if anything come out of the trap, get ready to shoot it, even if it looks like me. You got all that?"

Enter the abyss. Make sure they close the trapdoor behind me.
You climb down onto the ladder and wait as they close the door after you. Once it has been closed, you start down the ladder. Passing through the blackness is an odd sensation, a feeling of cold and vertigo, disorientation that leaves you unsure if you're climbing up or down any more. Eventually, after you've been climbing for what feels like several minutes, the feeling passes and you find yourself standing in a large drainage tunnel, a brickwork ovoid passage with a stream of grayish water flowing knee deep through it. You, however, are not in that water. The ladder lets you down on a wooden walkway which follows the right side of the tunnel off into the distance, around a bend in the tunnel maybe thirty feet away.

"I don't like it, but I'll follow those orders."
Close the hatch after him.
You close and lock the door as soon as Morul is safely inside.

"Run away!"
tactical retreat from frontline with weird people

Your arm suddenly begins moving of it's own accord: it drops your shield, grabs the nightstick from your belt and promptly cracks you in the back of the knee. You drop to the ground, forced to your knees by the blow. The woman is on you in an instant, wrapping herself around you in a full body embrace. And then she's gone. Your body jerks back up into the air, like a puppet on strings, and draws your laser rifle.

"HELP! HELP! I'M BEING PSYCHICALLY OPPRESSED!"

"Alien fuckery!" Faith shouted over the comms as she rushed her attacker.

Rush wifebeater, break his arms.
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Faith pops back up, leans slightly to the left, and then vanishes, leaving nothing more then pulped wood and a burst of dust where she used to be. Her progress across the room can be tracked only by the impact craters of her feet; three distinct steps, one of which is on a nearby wall. When she reappears an instant later, behind the man, she's already in the middle of a round house kick. The blow sends the man cartwheeling away,  smashing through dividing curtains and into the far wall like meaty cannon ball.

Faith stands up, smiles for a moment and then staggers. Her legs are both shaking, suddenly weak.

Seeing the door fall into small cubes and hearing faith shout about alien fuckery, Pan jumps into action

"Fethin' xenos, man."

Use mass amp on the woman and do the corkscrew manoeuvre, decapitating her. Afterwards, if the the man hasn't been succesfulyl dealt with by faith, do the same on him. Be ready to dodge back at all times should they start attacking me. I'd like to point out that I should have 30 willpower now, though IdiotsInspace still says 22. I'll update it on my sheet in the wiki, eventually
You charge up into the room. You see Faith round house kick a man across the room, and you see Konrad pulling is laser rifle out, but you don't see anyone else.

Hustle upstairs. If there's trouble take the best shot I have with the shotgun.
You run up right behind Pancaek, waving your shotgun around with one hand.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 17, 2014, 10:04:55 am
Situation...normal?

Go back downstairs to get amazing wooden spoon arm splint.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: swordsmith04 on June 17, 2014, 10:55:26 am
((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 17, 2014, 03:09:05 pm
'Alright, can you guys hear me? I'm in some sort of drainage tunnel, or maybe a sewer. Got a bend in the tunnel about thirty meters in front of me."

Check behind me, then slowly advance down the tunnel, and peer around the corner.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 17, 2014, 05:27:32 pm
((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))
((let's say she borrowed Yttra's, she's busy playing nurse anyway))

Use med bonus to splint Taddok's arm with the wooden spoon, zipties, plastic wrap and cloth if necessary.

If for whatever reason that doesn't work, just tie his arm to his body in a crude sling made of ripped clothes and plastic wrap.

(also retroactively have given D'usse my shotgun for hostage-taking purposes)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 17, 2014, 06:03:34 pm
Figure out how to best fire the shotgun with one arm, (Con bonus).  If I can hear Morul say the following,  "Yeah, I hear you."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 17, 2014, 06:09:05 pm
((PW writing about gangster catgirls is the best thing ever. I demand a new forum game.))


Faith looked wildly around her for a moment, trying to figure out what had just happened, before remembering Headless.

"Craaaaaaaap, headless psychic and bodysnatcher! Third one's in the sheets somewhere!"

Scurry at Konrad using just my arms (you know, like a native of this building), then pry his rifle out of his hands.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 17, 2014, 06:47:41 pm
Engage in epic change radio station battle. Keep eyes open for cops.

"...Can I come out yet?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 17, 2014, 08:47:54 pm
D'usse snorts the blood back into her nose. "ALRIGHT! ALLONS!"

Restrain everyone in the little bonds building, keep the shotgun propped up in case they start acting funny. Afterwards, run back to the restaurant, and move all of the conscious restaurant hostages at gunpoint over to the Bonds building.

"Ayyo' team, I've secured the bonds building. Everyone busy?"

((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))

((I think I cleared that up before. Maybe the wiki's not updated?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: swordsmith04 on June 17, 2014, 09:32:46 pm
((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))

((I think I cleared that up before. Maybe the wiki's not updated?))

((No, the wiki's accurate. I just went through the thread again to check, and D'usse is never given a shotgun. Maybe you're confusing it with the vest Pancaek gave her?
Anyway, if yobbo makes Yttra's retroactive shotgun lending an action, it's moot. I'm just trying to keep accurate notes. :P))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation
Post by: TCM on June 17, 2014, 09:55:49 pm
Get out of the car, load up on Armor, Shotgun, and Grenades.

((Dis good nuff right ere))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 17, 2014, 11:04:03 pm
((well we only got the gear later and there were only four shotguns. Anyway, action updated. Yttra doesn't need or want hers, and funnily enough agrees with the hostage taking))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 18, 2014, 06:45:54 am
"Right, Faith, I'll try and see about the guy in the sheets."

Pan begins scanning around, tapping the nightstick against the wall.

"Headless man, come out to pla~ay"

Scan through the sheets with cameyes. If I see anyone that is not Faith, me or Konrad, heat 1 foot sphere by 150 degrees in center mass. If this proves effective, keep heating such spheres in different parts of their body until they are dead. If they seem resistant to this, pull them apart with mass amp. Be sure to remember to dodge if they should get too close
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 18, 2014, 04:25:20 pm
"HELP! HELP! I'M BEING PSYCHICALLY REPRESSED!"
become un repressed
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 19, 2014, 12:04:23 pm
Situation...normal?

Go back downstairs to get amazing wooden spoon arm splint.
You spin on your heel, ignoring anything that might be happening in the second story room and walk back down stairs to get your arm fixed.

((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))
((let's say she borrowed Yttra's, she's busy playing nurse anyway))

Use med bonus to splint Taddok's arm with the wooden spoon, zipties, plastic wrap and cloth if necessary.

If for whatever reason that doesn't work, just tie his arm to his body in a crude sling made of ripped clothes and plastic wrap.

(also retroactively have given D'usse my shotgun for hostage-taking purposes)
You carefully affix the spoon and zipties to his arm, resetting the bone so that the splint will hold it in place. That done, you make a sling for his arm out of some fabric and tie it around his neck. That should do for now.

'Alright, can you guys hear me? I'm in some sort of drainage tunnel, or maybe a sewer. Got a bend in the tunnel about thirty meters in front of me."

Check behind me, then slowly advance down the tunnel, and peer around the corner.
The walkway doesn't extend behind you; all you see back there is ordinary sewer tunnel and the occasional vermin. Thus assured you're not about to be stabbed in the spine, you head forward, along the creaking walkway, until you reach the corner and peek around. This appears to be a side tunnel of sorts, an offshoot or tributary to this main branch. The smaller tunnel has only a thin stream of water flowing along its very nadir. The stream comes from a grate, which is set into newer looking brickwork wall, just below a large metal door, which is embedded near the center of the wall, several feet up from the ground. The walkway leads to that door, and two men are standing guard outside it.

Figure out how to best fire the shotgun with one arm, (Con bonus).  If I can hear Morul say the following,  "Yeah, I hear you."
The con bonus we can do, but you can't hear morul.

Engage in epic change radio station battle. Keep eyes open for cops.

"...Can I come out yet?"
You spend several minutes arguing with a man who barely speaks your language about which station to listen to, all the while changing the station only to have him change it back. He remains surprisingly passive amongst all this, staring out the window, changing the station without looking, and muttering about how Neo-slushnoir music is better then your Classic Punkmonk.

D'usse snorts the blood back into her nose. "ALRIGHT! ALLONS!"

Restrain everyone in the little bonds building, keep the shotgun propped up in case they start acting funny. Afterwards, run back to the restaurant, and move all of the conscious restaurant hostages at gunpoint over to the Bonds building.

"Ayyo' team, I've secured the bonds building. Everyone busy?"

((D'usse doesn't have a shotgun, at the moment. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Provided_Gear)))

((I think I cleared that up before. Maybe the wiki's not updated?))
You quickly restrain everyone in the building and toss them into a corner along with the waitresses from the diner.

"Now, lets all be good, cooperative little friend peoples so I don't have to use buck shot to clear your fucking sinuses, nyaan~. Because I will not hesitate to make any and or all of you into the subject of a candle light vigil and a closed casket funeral. Ya catch my drift? Ya huff my catnip, felineophiles? Ya grok what I talk? Goooood~."

((PW writing about gangster catgirls is the best thing ever. I demand a new forum game.))


Faith looked wildly around her for a moment, trying to figure out what had just happened, before remembering Headless.

"Craaaaaaaap, headless psychic and bodysnatcher! Third one's in the sheets somewhere!"

Scurry at Konrad using just my arms (you know, like a native of this building), then pry his rifle out of his hands.
You attempt to crawl over toward Konrad on just your hands. You do a pretty good job of it, all things considered, but he's faster at aiming then you are at scuttling. You manage to throw yourself out of the way as he sweeps a beam towards you, burning a black gap straight through the floor as it passes.

"Right, Faith, I'll try and see about the guy in the sheets."

Pan begins scanning around, tapping the nightstick against the wall.

"Headless man, come out to pla~ay"

Scan through the sheets with cameyes. If I see anyone that is not Faith, me or Konrad, heat 1 foot sphere by 150 degrees in center mass. If this proves effective, keep heating such spheres in different parts of their body until they are dead. If they seem resistant to this, pull them apart with mass amp. Be sure to remember to dodge if they should get too close
You scan around with your cam eyes but that fucking darkness is here too. This entire area is nothing but black. It's not natural, and it's very annoying.

"HELP! HELP! I'M BEING PSYCHICALLY REPRESSED!"
become un repressed
You can scream, but you can seem to do anything else. You have no practical control over your body.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 19, 2014, 12:29:04 pm
"Fethin' hell, Faith, the entire room is also pure black, I can't see jack shit in here. Do you think there's any chance we can get Steve to just glass the entire planet? Because this is getting pretty annoyi-"

Pan sees Faith on the ground with Konrad still pointing the gun

"New blood, you better put that fething weapon down right now before I tear your goddamned arms off. I've had enough annoyances for one day."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 19, 2014, 02:54:55 pm
Peep head through the turret. What the shit is going on outside?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 19, 2014, 03:49:22 pm
"You still there? Shit. Tunnel must block the signal, or whatever that void was. Guess I'm on my own."

Did I notice anything strange about the men, or am I too distant to make out much detail? Can I get under the walkway, and would it be enough to keep the two men from seeing me? If yes to those questions, carefully get off and under the walkway, and slowly move closer to the two men, trying to stay quiet. If not, spend this turn charging an exo bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 19, 2014, 04:39:29 pm
"Awww I was gonna return that...."
consider if laser rifle can still be sold back for 2 considering that I didn't use it kinda
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 19, 2014, 04:48:18 pm
"Return that? Boy, are you talking about reselling that laser rifle when you just tried to kill your commanding officer? Put, the gun, down."

Pan glares at konrad, as much as someone with syntheyes can glare
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: swordsmith04 on June 19, 2014, 04:50:04 pm
"Awww I was gonna return that...."
consider if laser rifle can still be sold back for 2 considering that I didn't use it kinda

((The gun has been used. The user doesn't matter. Also, nice priorities. :P ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 19, 2014, 04:59:03 pm
"Awww I was gonna return that...."
consider if laser rifle can still be sold back for 2 considering that I didn't use it kinda

((The gun has been used. The user doesn't matter. Also, nice priorities. :P ))
(("STEVE! Steve, we're under heavy fire, request immediate assistance! IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE!"
"Hey Steve? Really need some help here. Yeah I'm kind of shredding my team, but I had intended to resell this weapon as unused, so is there any way I could do that?"))


"Fethin' hell, Faith, the entire room is also pure black, I can't see jack shit in here. Do you think there's any chance we can get Steve to just glass the entire planet? Because this is getting pretty annoyi-"

Pan sees Faith on the ground with Konrad still pointing the gun

"New blood, you better put that fething weapon down right now before I tear your goddamned arms off. I've had enough annoyances for one day."
"S'what they pay us for, and he's possessed!"

Kinetic amp air punch Konrad, aiming to disorient or disable.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 19, 2014, 05:07:12 pm
"possesed? What kind of occult hellhole did we just enter? Ah well, what do you want me to do with him, decapitate?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 19, 2014, 05:15:54 pm
Move the tables to barricade the front door and any other exits. Also reinforce the barricades with random miscellaneous crap lying around: Chairs, Shelves, Plants, Lamps, Boxes, Vending Machines, etc. Close and lock all of the windows. Strip the hostages, take anything useful such as money, wallets, phones, identity, weaponry, jewelry, electronic devices and so forth.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 19, 2014, 05:39:16 pm
"possesed? What kind of occult hellhole did we just enter? Ah well, what do you want me to do with him, decapitate?"

"I can still hear you perfectly fine jackass"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 19, 2014, 05:46:06 pm
Yttra finishes off her splinting job and immediately turns to begin dragging bodies to the APC. It's good to have something to focus on. Something other than the immense soul-crushing doom of whatever her life has become. Pushing guts back into bodies is rainbows and candy compared to thinking about what's going on.

She notices that Hasala had a shotgun, and moves to take that to replace the one she gave to D'usse, when she finds his goop thrower.

@Hasala who is dead: "Huh. I guess you didn't just spray it everywhere after all."

She's glad she can't see his face thru his helmet. This way she can kind of pretend he's just sleeping.

@Hasala who is dead: "I'm borrowing this."


Politely ask the driver to back the APC up to the entrance.

Drag Hasala and Kyle to the APC and strap them in.

"Borrow" Hasala's goop thrower, and also the spray bottle handily labeled "GOOP DISSOLVANT". And the flashbangs and artifact containers too. Why not.

If there are any civilians left in the diner, drag them across to the hostage building. Otherwise just go to the kitchen and stand around.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 19, 2014, 05:53:00 pm
"Huh, looks like guard duty for me."
Keep watch over the hatch and the stairs up, maintain Con bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 19, 2014, 06:01:04 pm
"Huh, looks like guard duty for me."
Keep watch over the hatch and the stairs up, maintain Con bonus
@Jack: "Hey, where did… uhh, my partner, go?" $#@! what was his name?… well whatever.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 19, 2014, 06:02:08 pm
"I can still hear you perfectly fine jackass"
"How wonderful for you. Sadly, you're still aiming the damn gun. Surely you realize we can't let you shoot at us again? We're in enough shit without our own people shooting at us...again. So my question stands, how shall I stop you from attacking us?"

((@Yobbo: you take care of that goop thrower. Even though I sold it, it's still my baby.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: swordsmith04 on June 19, 2014, 06:05:57 pm
((Talking to his corpse? Reminds me of Feyri. :P
Thanks for testing it for me. Just don't lose it. ;) ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 19, 2014, 06:46:03 pm
"possesed? What kind of occult hellhole did we just enter? Ah well, what do you want me to do with him, decapitate?"
"What no, just get his gun and get ready when the lady reemerges!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 19, 2014, 09:02:19 pm
"
@Jack: "Hey, where did… uhh, my partner, go?" $#@! what was his name?… well whatever.
"Uh, would that have been a robot with goggles, calls himself Morul?  If so, he went down the stairs.  Told me to watch it and keep a close eye on anyone coming up."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 19, 2014, 11:59:59 pm
@Jack: "Hey, where did… uhh, my partner, go?" $#@! what was his name?… well whatever.
"Uh, would that have been a robot with goggles, calls himself Morul?  If so, he went down the stairs.  Told me to watch it and keep a close eye on anyone coming up."
"Yeah, goggles, that's him. $#@!. Okay."

Ugh, does that mean i should follow? He's probably fine by himself. I don't think i could even help. I mean he ripped some guy's head off with his brain. Brain off with brain. Gllrrpp.

Yttra looks a little sick for some reason.

But what if he's not? $#@!. I'm probably supposed to be his backup. *&^%.

And something's going on upstairs. Someone shooting teammates again. I don't wanna be there. But then isn't that exactly the kinda thing this gun i just st-… borrowed is for?

Yttra sits down by the hatch and tries to open it but finds it locked.

"Lemme guess, he told you to lock it too, and not let anyone else down, right?" Well… i guess that suits me. But what if he's not okay? $#@!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 20, 2014, 07:40:15 am
"What no, just get his gun and get ready when the lady reemerges!"
"Right, I guess that works too."

Jerk Konrad's laser out of his hands with my mass amp. If the lady reemerges, rip off her head with mass amp.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 20, 2014, 08:46:08 am
"Lemme guess, he told you to lock it too, and not let anyone else down, right?"
"Yeah, that's pretty much what he said."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 20, 2014, 05:36:56 pm
Thanks Yttra!

Head back upstairs and try to figure out what in the hell is going on.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 21, 2014, 02:25:47 pm
Peep head through the turret. What the shit is going on outside?
Would seem so.

"You still there? Shit. Tunnel must block the signal, or whatever that void was. Guess I'm on my own."

Did I notice anything strange about the men, or am I too distant to make out much detail? Can I get under the walkway, and would it be enough to keep the two men from seeing me? If yes to those questions, carefully get off and under the walkway, and slowly move closer to the two men, trying to stay quiet. If not, spend this turn charging an exo bonus.
The man on the right looks fairly normal, physically, but he's wearing an...it looks like a scuba diver's mask and tank, but you can see water inside the mask. The second man, the one on the left, he's holding a rifle of some sort and looks pretty normal, though he also appears to be some what injured; he's got bandages over several places on his body and his neck is in a brace.

Hmm. Well, you might be able to; the walkway would prevent the guy on the right from seeing you, but the guy on the left probably had a pretty good view of at least part of the underneath of the walkway. You're not certain you can make it past him.

"Awww I was gonna return that...."
consider if laser rifle can still be sold back for 2 considering that I didn't use it kinda
Assuming you survive and the rifle isn't destroyed, you can probably get 1

Move the tables to barricade the front door and any other exits. Also reinforce the barricades with random miscellaneous crap lying around: Chairs, Shelves, Plants, Lamps, Boxes, Vending Machines, etc. Close and lock all of the windows. Strip the hostages, take anything useful such as money, wallets, phones, identity, weaponry, jewelry, electronic devices and so forth.
You shove the desks and a fair number of filing cabinets and chairs over to the front door and pile them up against it. It's a bit useless, since the door opens out, but still.

That done, you lock up all the windows, few that there are, and then proceed to strip the hostages of wallets, purses, jewelery, cell phones, etc. You throw all the personal items and clothing into a big pile in the center of the room.

Yttra finishes off her splinting job and immediately turns to begin dragging bodies to the APC. It's good to have something to focus on. Something other than the immense soul-crushing doom of whatever her life has become. Pushing guts back into bodies is rainbows and candy compared to thinking about what's going on.

She notices that Hasala had a shotgun, and moves to take that to replace the one she gave to D'usse, when she finds his goop thrower.

@Hasala who is dead: "Huh. I guess you didn't just spray it everywhere after all."

She's glad she can't see his face thru his helmet. This way she can kind of pretend he's just sleeping.

@Hasala who is dead: "I'm borrowing this."


Politely ask the driver to back the APC up to the entrance.

Drag Hasala and Kyle to the APC and strap them in.

"Borrow" Hasala's goop thrower, and also the spray bottle handily labeled "GOOP DISSOLVANT". And the flashbangs and artifact containers too. Why not.

If there are any civilians left in the diner, drag them across to the hostage building. Otherwise just go to the kitchen and stand around.

You get the APC backed up, the deaders strapped in, and the stuff stolen, but moving the rest of the unconscious people to May's anti-love shack is problematic because there's a giant wall of crap in front of the door.

"Huh, looks like guard duty for me."
Keep watch over the hatch and the stairs up, maintain Con bonus

Yep. Thats a hatch alright. Still a hatch...wait...nope. Still a hatch.

"Awww I was gonna return that...."
consider if laser rifle can still be sold back for 2 considering that I didn't use it kinda

((The gun has been used. The user doesn't matter. Also, nice priorities. :P ))
(("STEVE! Steve, we're under heavy fire, request immediate assistance! IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE!"
"Hey Steve? Really need some help here. Yeah I'm kind of shredding my team, but I had intended to resell this weapon as unused, so is there any way I could do that?"))


"Fethin' hell, Faith, the entire room is also pure black, I can't see jack shit in here. Do you think there's any chance we can get Steve to just glass the entire planet? Because this is getting pretty annoyi-"

Pan sees Faith on the ground with Konrad still pointing the gun

"New blood, you better put that fething weapon down right now before I tear your goddamned arms off. I've had enough annoyances for one day."
"S'what they pay us for, and he's possessed!"

Kinetic amp air punch Konrad, aiming to disorient or disable.
"What no, just get his gun and get ready when the lady reemerges!"
"Right, I guess that works too."

Jerk Konrad's laser out of his hands with my mass amp. If the lady reemerges, rip off her head with mass amp.

Faith punches the air in the direction of Konrad, and the force of her blow is enough to generate a not insubstantial shockwave in all directions around her. Konrad stumbles back a step or two, but remains standing. Pancaek, on the other hand, takes the shockwave like a fresh sapling takes a hurricane and is knocked flat on the ground. The good news, however, is that the shockwave is enough to tear away many of the dividing sheets around the room and reveal that the room is, at least as far as can be seen, empty. The others must have scampered away.

Konrad sweeps his laser towards Pancaek this time, but manages only to just clip him in the side and does no real damage.

Thanks Yttra!

Head back upstairs and try to figure out what in the hell is going on.
From what you can see as you run up, it appears that faith and pancaek are attempting to kill konrad.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 21, 2014, 02:31:25 pm
"Hey, Faith? If you don't want me to disarm him, you could have just said so, you know?" Pan says, still flat on his ass.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 21, 2014, 02:43:20 pm
"Sorry! Physics!"

If my legs work again, jump Konrad and get his gun. If they don't work again, scurry-jump Konrad and get his gun. Try to come at him from a different direction than Pancaek in either case.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 21, 2014, 04:08:26 pm
Stare at dead people in APC.

"Someone else has joined the battle to change the station! My job here is done. CHARGE!"

Grab my gear and find the action!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 21, 2014, 05:12:32 pm
"Hrmm."

Using my mass amp, rip the mask off of Scuba man(right), and crush Bandage's(left) chest. If successful, run up and disarm Scuba man.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 21, 2014, 07:52:38 pm
"Could someone just disarm me already this is getting boring"

see if I have enough control to turn on my radio and tune in to the local station
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 21, 2014, 07:53:25 pm
Keep guarding the hatch and the stairs.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 21, 2014, 08:01:59 pm
Try to disarm Konrad. If any new enemy combatants enter the room, give them a face full of shotgun.

((edited for clarity))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 22, 2014, 12:17:59 am
Make sure the building's back door is closed and locked, then try to figure out this goop thrower thing (charge con bonus) while nervously creeping upstairs. Don't enter the room where everybody is yet, just kind of peek in from the stairwell.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 22, 2014, 09:09:39 am
"You two have fun disarming him. I'll just take a step back before you kill me, okay?"

Get up and give faith and taddock some room to disarm konrad. If they are both not able to disarm him, jerk the rifle out of his hands with mass amp. If they are able to disarm him, wait for the woman to reemerge and heat 1 foot sphere 100 degrees on her head. Also keep an eye out on the rest of the room, just in case some enters. If another enemy enters, heat a sphere in their center mass.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 24, 2014, 11:29:19 am
"Sorry! Physics!"

If my legs work again, jump Konrad and get his gun. If they don't work again, scurry-jump Konrad and get his gun. Try to come at him from a different direction than Pancaek in either case.
You launch yourself forward like a Faith battering ram. You clip Konrad as you shoot past, spinning him around.

"Hrmm."

Using my mass amp, rip the mask off of Scuba man(right), and crush Bandage's(left) chest. If successful, run up and disarm Scuba man.
You point at the scuba mask and jerk your finger up and back. The mask follows the motion, ripping itself up and then flying off down the passage, landing in the deeper water of the main tunnel. Then you  thrust your fist toward the second man but nothing happens.

The scuba man, his tank spraying water about through a torn hose, immediately shrugs off the tank and charges down the tunnel, right past you, and jumps into the grayish water of the main passage. The Bandaged man leaps of the wooden platform and starts advancing down the passage, sweeping his rifle about.

"Could someone just disarm me already this is getting boring"

see if I have enough control to turn on my radio and tune in to the local station
Huh, thats sorta fitting.[url]

 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZLlLtSG7xe4&feature=kp/)
Keep guarding the hatch and the stairs.
Man, it sure is boring around here. But you guess that this peace is what all true warriors strive for.

Try to disarm Konrad. If any new enemy combatants enter the room, give them a face full of shotgun.

((edited for clarity))
You change Konrad. Well, less charge, more run...well, lazily saunter towards Konrad, who has plenty of time to spin around and fire at you before you're even halfway to him. You leap to the side, dodging the laser fire and landing on one of the beds near the wall.

"You two have fun disarming him. I'll just take a step back before you kill me, okay?"

Get up and give faith and taddock some room to disarm konrad. If they are both not able to disarm him, jerk the rifle out of his hands with mass amp. If they are able to disarm him, wait for the woman to reemerge and heat 1 foot sphere 100 degrees on her head. Also keep an eye out on the rest of the room, just in case some enters. If another enemy enters, heat a sphere in their center mass.
You yank the rifle out of Konrad's hands and place it neatly in your own. Konrad, thus disarmed, immediately charges toward faith, whose charge has left her partially embedded in a cot, tangled up in sheets and aluminum struts.

Stare at dead people in APC.

"Someone else has joined the battle to change the station! My job here is done. CHARGE!"

Grab my gear and find the action!
You grab your gear and run, screaming, into the diner. You stand there, screaming, and look around. When you don't find anyone, you run, screaming, into the kitchen. You find a few teammates and greet them by screaming, but no enemies. So you run, screaming, up the stairs and into the confused battle ground upstairs.

Make sure the building's back door is closed and locked, then try to figure out this goop thrower thing (charge con bonus) while nervously creeping upstairs. Don't enter the room where everybody is yet, just kind of peek in from the stairwell.
You make sure the back door is locked- which honestly seems a bit silly considering the front of the building is a giant gaping hole  at this point, but hey, whatever makes you feel better. That done, you mentally prepare to charge upstairs.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 24, 2014, 02:53:53 pm
Use the mass amp to pick up Scuba Man's discarded tank, and smash Bandages in the head with it.

((Hrmm. Dice failure, or amp protection?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 24, 2014, 03:55:48 pm
Find out who the bad guys are. Lase Konrad!

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 24, 2014, 07:23:03 pm
"You know, if I wasn't sure something nasty would come out the moment I turn my back, I'd head upstairs."
Keep guarding
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 24, 2014, 08:33:08 pm
"Hey this is my favourite song!"

put the music on the loudspeakers, full blast
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 25, 2014, 04:53:34 am
Use dynamic con bonus to goop Konrad, aiming to immobilize. Also goop any teammate who is attacking another teammate. Hell, gooping everybody would be fine. Except Pancaek. Try not to goop Pancaek.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 25, 2014, 05:34:23 am
Grab Konrad's arms, but avoid letting him grab me if at all possible.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 25, 2014, 12:35:08 pm
Interrogate hostages.

"So, any of you read any good books recently?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 25, 2014, 03:37:51 pm
Stand back and let everyone else do their thing. If everyone fails to restrain Konrad, lift him into the air by his legs. Should the weird woman that possesed him reappear, heat a 1 foot sphere 100 degrees on her head.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 26, 2014, 12:12:23 am
I've had just about enough of this shit.

If it looks like Konrad is going to make it to Faith before anyone else can stop him, try to cripple his legs with the shotgun. If he does get stopped, engage any enemy combatants that enter the room.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 26, 2014, 12:32:43 pm
Use the mass amp to pick up Scuba Man's discarded tank, and smash Bandages in the head with it.

((Hrmm. Dice failure, or amp protection?))
You psychically whip the tank into the bandaged man's head. It clanks off with a distressing wet crack and his head goes limp and floppy on his broken neck. That doesn't stop him from continuing to advance though, in fact, he's now jogging towards you. You hear a sloshing sound behind you and spin around to see the water behind you distorting and moving in an entirely unnatural way. It flows up into the air, coils up with visible force, and then sprays towards you in a needle thin stream.

You duck under the stream and it slices clean through the brick above your head. The mound of water bristles and twitches, swelling in several places.

"You know, if I wasn't sure something nasty would come out the moment I turn my back, I'd head upstairs."
Keep guarding
[Guarding Intensifies]
Interrogate hostages.

"So, any of you read any good books recently?"
"what?"

"WHAT PLANET YOU FROM?!"

"What?!"

"WHAT AIN'T NO PLANET I EVER HEARD OF. THEY READ BOOKS ON WHAT?"

"What?!"

"BOOKS MOTHER FUCKER, DO YOU READ THEM?!"

"YES!"

"GOOD, THEN YOU SHOULD HAVE A MOTHER FUCKING ANSWER TO MY QUESTION."

"What?!"

You press your shotgun to his head. "SAY WHAT AGAIN, SAY WHAT AGAIN. I DARE YOU, I DOUBLE DARE YOU, SAY WHAT AGAIN!"

"CITIZEN OF THE GALAXY!"

You purse your lips and squint at him, finger tensing on the trigger. Then you pull the rifle away and rest it on your shoulder.

"Yeah, that's a pretty good one. Prefer Moon is a harsh mistress myself, but to each their own."

Find out who the bad guys are. Lase Konrad!


Use dynamic con bonus to goop Konrad, aiming to immobilize. Also goop any teammate who is attacking another teammate. Hell, gooping everybody would be fine. Except Pancaek. Try not to goop Pancaek.
Grab Konrad's arms, but avoid letting him grab me if at all possible.
Stand back and let everyone else do their thing. If everyone fails to restrain Konrad, lift him into the air by his legs. Should the weird woman that possesed him reappear, heat a 1 foot sphere 100 degrees on her head.
I've had just about enough of this shit.

If it looks like Konrad is going to make it to Faith before anyone else can stop him, try to cripple his legs with the shotgun. If he does get stopped, engage any enemy combatants that enter the room.
(There's no small amount of irony here that Faith's Dex score is what let her go first.)
Faith grabs Konrad's arms just above the wrists. Both of them freeze.

An instant later a wave of rapidly expanding goop slams into Konrad, knocking him sideways and pinning him to the ground as it expands and hardens.  Faith remains standing there for a few more seconds before straightening up and whipping out her amp studded club.

"I probably shouldn't have touched him at all." She says, "I'd run if I were you."

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Gentlefish on June 26, 2014, 02:08:21 pm
((PTW here too. TCM is best hostage-keeper))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 26, 2014, 02:55:51 pm
"Alright motherfucker, now you die."

Create a one meter circle of force above where I think Scuba man is, and smack the water with it. Hard.

((Water is incompressible, so if I create a large enough pressure wave, it'll pulp Scuba man.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 26, 2014, 05:25:16 pm
"Well, it was nice knowin ya all."

Goop Faith.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 26, 2014, 06:06:26 pm
"I have no idea what's going on!"

When in doubt, electrocute teammates. Namely Faith.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on June 26, 2014, 08:29:21 pm
((This is exactly what I was afraid of. Oh well~))

"You guys need to disable me or get out now."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 26, 2014, 08:33:38 pm
Continue being a good guard.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on June 26, 2014, 10:15:40 pm
"I hate you all"
try and escape from goo then escape from house then hide in APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 27, 2014, 06:55:56 pm
"Steve, I hope you can hear me, because I really need you to shock Faith into unconsciousness right now. It seems alien fuckery has gotten control over her body"

Take a step back, attempt to contact steve to use Faith's shock implant. Try to use mass amp to lock her arms and the club in place, so that they are unable to be moved.. Should this not work and she gets to attack: evade, send a large blast of force her way to knock her back with amp and leg it out of there.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 29, 2014, 12:34:30 pm
Retreat down the stairs.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on June 29, 2014, 02:22:32 pm
"Alright motherfucker, now you die."

Create a one meter circle of force above where I think Scuba man is, and smack the water with it. Hard.

((Water is incompressible, so if I create a large enough pressure wave, it'll pulp Scuba man.))
You smash the swelling ball of water, or at least disrupt it enough so it can't attack this turn, but the ball immediately begins to reform, and the man with the bandages has turned the corner and got you in his sights.

You dodge as best you can on the small walkway, knowing you can't hurl yourself into the water unless you want it to shred you apart. The rifle emits a thick beam of what appears to be swirling greenish light with a cloudy black shell around it. The shot clips you in the ribs and you instantly feel as though someone has smacked you with a ball of razorblades. The horrible pain remains and begins to radiate out, crawling across your ribs.

"I hate you all"
try and escape from goo then escape from house then hide in APC
Nah, this is some good goo, man. Like, some really good goo. You ain't going nowhere friend. Nowhere no how.

Continue being a good guard.
Guarding continues to intensify.


"Well, it was nice knowin ya all."

Goop Faith.
"I have no idea what's going on!"

When in doubt, electrocute teammates. Namely Faith.
"Steve, I hope you can hear me, because I really need you to shock Faith into unconsciousness right now. It seems alien fuckery has gotten control over her body"

Take a step back, attempt to contact steve to use Faith's shock implant. Try to use mass amp to lock her arms and the club in place, so that they are unable to be moved.. Should this not work and she gets to attack: evade, send a large blast of force her way to knock her back with amp and leg it out of there.
Retreat down the stairs.
I rolled your dex's all at once you know, order that I quoted you with faith in last, since she's basically an NPC at this point. She has a +2 dex naturally.

(http://i.imgur.com/7Rz5oAR.png)

She also has +2 Uncon.

Faith is a white blur, an alabaster cannon ball which shreds the wood floor in its wake. She's amongst the team before they can even move, her bat swinging in a lazy, subsonic arc, the kinetic amps not even active.The blunt metal club catches Lerman at the knees sheers them both off, sending him cartwheeling into the ceiling and across the room.

Pancaek begins shouting into his coms about whats going on but barely gets "SHOCK FAITH!" out before the club is swinging his way, the Amps active this time. He can't dodge, so he does the only thing he can: he grabs her hands tries to lessen the blow and push it down into the ground. The shockwave that comes is surprisingly directed and confined, a pulse that eradicates Pancaek's legs, his left at the hip, right just above the knee, and the wood he's standing on. Oddly, the pulse, after blowing a hole in the floor, just vanishes, dissipating instantly into nothing. Pancaek drops through the hole in the floor and finds himself in the kitchen, with a very startled teammate staring at him.

Faith watches Pancaek fall and then is turning toward the others when a wad of goop catches her in the foot, and then another slams into her hand and pins it to her torso and a third catches her in the face.  Of the remaining two teammates, one is sprinting back down stairs white the other is firing goop as fast as the gun will let her.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on June 29, 2014, 03:20:59 pm
Crush Bandages against the side of the tunnel.

((Full robot, don't feel pain.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on June 29, 2014, 05:07:18 pm
Put my faith in the goop and goop all the Faith. With all the goop. If there's any chance of a last-ditch adrenalin burst magically giving me plusses, go berserk.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on June 29, 2014, 08:37:52 pm
"You girls call that breaking my legs off?!"

Drag myself over to my robot half-legs, and repair (Handiwork) them back on.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on June 29, 2014, 08:50:10 pm
D'usse hears commotion over on the other side of the street. "Y'all simmer down."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on June 30, 2014, 11:33:20 am
"What the heck?"
Get ready to shoot stuff.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on June 30, 2014, 12:02:04 pm
"Hey man, sorry I stepped out for a sec. So, what'd I miss? Why are we on the kitchen floor?"
"because we've lost our legs."
"Oh, sick, how'd that happen?"
"Faith smashed them with her magic club."
"Bitches be crazy. Why'd she do that, though? Was it sexual harassment?"
"Nah, I think she's possessed."
"Well you better unposses her soon then, up and at em'."


"For the love of the pantheon, don't touch her! Keep gooping her!"

Use mass amp to keep Fiath's body from moving. at all. keep her arms and legs and the club in compelete lockdown. Use the dynamic bonus for exo as we discussed in the OOC thread. Should the possessor-banshee-lady reemerge, release faith and use mass amp to tear the possessor into little fucking pieces
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on June 30, 2014, 10:43:11 pm
Run around until I think I can contact Steve.

"Shock Faith. Shock Faith NOW, she's been possessed by some kind of alien fuckery!"


If Faith shows up shoot with shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on July 01, 2014, 07:37:13 am
"Oh well time to be productive"
see if I can play any games on the inside of my helmet, that or watch a movie
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 01, 2014, 11:33:35 am
Crush Bandages against the side of the tunnel.

((Full robot, don't feel pain.))
In this case, you do. Though ribs should be Costal support structures.

You hold your side with one hand and swat the  air with the other, swinging toward Bandages. He slams into the wall with a wet crush and slides down, leaving blood and skin on the rough brick. He's back up on one knee almost instantly, left arm broken but right still pointing the rifle at you. He fires again.

You dodge to the side and end up rolling off into the water. You hit the surface and find it to be jelly-like in consistency, supporting your weight in a bouncy sorta fashion. You bob there for a second before it swells up under you and punts you down the length of the tunnel. You clang off the ceiling in a shower of sparks and slide down across the wall and smash through a section of the wooden platform on your way to the ground. Your side is throbbing and, in the dark under the remains of the pathway, you can see little green lights, like pinprick fireflies, digging through your metallic flesh in slow, semi-random paths.

"What the heck?"
Get ready to shoot stuff.
You point your rifle at the man who fell through the ceiling and he gives you a tired, dismissive glance before looking back up at the ceiling. You notice he's missing his legs.

"Oh well time to be productive"
see if I can play any games on the inside of my helmet, that or watch a movie
You play a game of tetris, guiding the pieces with a little chin switch.

"No, stop giving me "T" sections! I just need a straight block! NO NOT A FUCKING L!"

Run around until I think I can contact Steve.

"Shock Faith. Shock Faith NOW, she's been possessed by some kind of alien fuckery!"


If Faith shows up shoot with shotgun.
>I am. In fact, according her brainwave functions,
"You girls call that breaking my legs off?!"

Drag myself over to my robot half-legs, and repair (Handiwork) them back on.
she's unconscious. [/color]
You drag yourself over to your legs and spend a good 30 seconds just sort of trying to shove them back into place via pure force. It doesn't work.

"Hey man, sorry I stepped out for a sec. So, what'd I miss? Why are we on the kitchen floor?"
"because we've lost our legs."
"Oh, sick, how'd that happen?"
"Faith smashed them with her magic club."
"Bitches be crazy. Why'd she do that, though? Was it sexual harassment?"
"Nah, I think she's possessed."
"Well you better unposses her soon then, up and at em'."


"For the love of the pantheon, don't touch her! Keep gooping her!"

Use mass amp to keep Fiath's body from moving. at all. keep her arms and legs and the club in compelete lockdown. Use the dynamic bonus for exo as we discussed in the OOC thread. Should the possessor-banshee-lady reemerge, release faith and use mass amp to tear the possessor into little fucking pieces
Put my faith in the goop and goop all the Faith. With all the goop. If there's any chance of a last-ditch adrenalin burst magically giving me plusses, go berserk.
Ytta screams incoherently and just keeps pumping goop onto Faith (Hey-o), completely covering her in a dense, expanding mass.

A floor below a mildly annoyed Pancaek lifts himself up into a sitting position and raises his hands above his head, his real hands mimicking the actions of his mental manipulation. The ball of goop that covers Faith, along with lose chunks of the floor, a swirling cloud of dust and random debris, leaps into the air and hovers there. Pancaek brings his hands together and squeezes,as though trying to work a ball of clay into a sphere. The ball of goop responds, crushing down into a smooth sphere, with Faith somewhere at its center.


"If You've all got plans, now is the time to spring into action. I can't hold her like this forever!" He shouts, feeling, in some abstract way, that she's struggling inside the tomb of foam.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 01, 2014, 01:54:16 pm
Am I down at the end of the side tunnel? If so, look around for Scuba man's rifle, if he dropped it. If I find it, fire it at Bandages. If not, use my amp to create a fine mesh of force, and use it to shred Bandages.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 01, 2014, 05:28:35 pm
Reattach my legs. For real this time.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on July 02, 2014, 05:44:27 pm
"I'll take a dismissive look over being murdered any day."
Protect Pancaek from hostile actions
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 02, 2014, 06:02:30 pm
Yttra keeps pointing her gun at the ball of Despair and squeezing the trigger until nothing but small impotent spurts of goop come out, dribbling uselessly onto the mangled floorboards. She looks around wildly for another weapon and sees only Lerman futilely trying to stick his smashed legs back on, and Konrad apparently unconscious and trapped by the earlier goo-shot. Out of options she does the only thing she can.

Crawl / scramble over to Konrad and de-goop him with the spray de-gooper. Drag Konrad and Legless Lerman back to the APC in the least gentle manner possible.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on July 02, 2014, 07:50:32 pm
Expedite Stockholm Syndrome.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 03, 2014, 09:21:21 am
Am I down at the end of the side tunnel? If so, look around for Scuba man's rifle, if he dropped it. If I find it, fire it at Bandages. If not, use my amp to create a fine mesh of force, and use it to shred Bandages.
Well, scuba didn't have a rifle so...

You concentrate on trying to pulp bandages into a form that he most definitely won't be able to get up from, but you can't get your thoughts together. You can tell, vaguely, that bandages has gotten back on his feet and is walking, somewhat unsteadily, in your direction. You look to your left and notice the water starting to climb, unnaturally, up the embankment towards you. You scramble out of the way as it grinds up to where you were a half second ago, carving furrows in the brickwork.

Reattach my legs. For real this time.
You reattach your legs alright. You weld them back on super good. Unfortunately you weld them back on to your chest so that you now have leg boobs.

"I'll take a dismissive look over being murdered any day."
Protect Pancaek from hostile actions
You switch your guarding attention from the hatch, where everything is quiet, to pancaek, who looks like he may need some guarding.

Yttra keeps pointing her gun at the ball of Despair and squeezing the trigger until nothing but small impotent spurts of goop come out, dribbling uselessly onto the mangled floorboards. She looks around wildly for another weapon and sees only Lerman futilely trying to stick his smashed legs back on, and Konrad apparently unconscious and trapped by the earlier goo-shot. Out of options she does the only thing she can.

Crawl / scramble over to Konrad and de-goop him with the spray de-gooper. Drag Konrad and Legless Lerman back to the APC in the least gentle manner possible.
You degoop konrad and drag him and lerman back to the apc. You make sure to kick lerman down the stairs, just for the fun of it.

Expedite Stockholm Syndrome.

"HEY! HOSTAGE-SAN! Am I Kawaii?"

"I don't..."

You pull open your suit in such a way that it causes both normal cleavage and the ever illusive, gravity defying, anime underboob cleavage.

"How about now?~"

He seems noticably flustered, his face a mask of terror and confused arousal. "I'm not sure what that word mea-"

You flop down on the ground and yank him on top of you, so his head is laying in your cleavage, his bound arms working semi-desperately behind him.

"Oh, Hostage-san, what are we going to do on the floor?" You stare at him with entirely the wrong type of expression to match your innocent talk and waggle your eyebrows.

"I...I...what.."

You waggle harder.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 03, 2014, 10:12:50 am
((WHoops, looks like I missed the update because I fell asleep. Ah well.))

"All right, I'm gonna try something. You may want to get ready to run"

Let the sphere down the hole in the floor and put it on the other side of the kitchen. Switch to a cameye setting that lets me see Fiath inside of the ball. Then release my power on the ball and instead focus on Faith's arms. Once she starts breaking free of the sphere, use mass amp to hold her hands behind her back, observe results

IF after a few seconds of hands behind back nothing seems to happen, tear off her arms with amp, just to be sure. If the banshee does come out, create a sphere of force in her center mass that expands violently and very shortly outwards, EG make a very short explosion of force inside of her.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 03, 2014, 03:32:03 pm
Prime and lob a flashbang at the two, making sure I look away from the detonation. Then rush bandages, and attempt to wrestle the gun away from him. If, before I get there, he aims at me, jump into voidspace, take two steps, and then jump out, and, if in a position to do so, continue to rush him and take his gun.

((I realize he has no head, but I'm out of ideas. And who knows, it just might work. Also, the Wiki says I have a flamethrower, even though I'm pretty sure I don't. Do your notes say I have one? I just want to make sure of the location of Schrödinger's Flamethrower, so I can update wiki accordingly and stop confusing myself.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 03, 2014, 03:46:25 pm
Crawl into a safe-looking corner of the APC, hug own preciously-still-attached legs and start shivering.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 03, 2014, 07:03:07 pm
Can I walk with leg boobs? If not, unweld them off my chest onto the stumps where my legs were this time.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on July 03, 2014, 08:36:36 pm
"I'm not ready to run quite yet, but we'll see how this goes down.  Though if it does go bad would you like me to try to carry you to safety?"
If the restraining action goes bad throw a flashbang at Faith and run.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 04, 2014, 09:05:30 am
"Nice of you to offer, but if things go bad I want you to just run as fast as you can. I'll be fine by myself."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on July 04, 2014, 05:05:47 pm
Force hostages to enact a fanfiction. Now.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on July 05, 2014, 12:31:16 am
PLAY MORE TETRIS
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 05, 2014, 09:14:11 am
Force hostages to enact a fanfiction. Now.

OK (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jgky5qxSxmo)

PLAY MORE TETRIS
You realize you're free right?

Can I walk with leg boobs? If not, unweld them off my chest onto the stumps where my legs were this time.
You can indeed walk with them. You've somehow run the stump wires, through your suit, and up to the chest piece of the garment. You do walk in a hilarious, slightly uncanny fashion though.

Crawl into a safe-looking corner of the APC, hug own preciously-still-attached legs and start shivering.
I'd think you'd be more inclined to start banging on the driver's head and screaming for him to gun it, but hey, to each their own.

((WHoops, looks like I missed the update because I fell asleep. Ah well.))

"All right, I'm gonna try something. You may want to get ready to run"

Let the sphere down the hole in the floor and put it on the other side of the kitchen. Switch to a cameye setting that lets me see Fiath inside of the ball. Then release my power on the ball and instead focus on Faith's arms. Once she starts breaking free of the sphere, use mass amp to hold her hands behind her back, observe results

IF after a few seconds of hands behind back nothing seems to happen, tear off her arms with amp, just to be sure. If the banshee does come out, create a sphere of force in her center mass that expands violently and very shortly outwards, EG make a very short explosion of force inside of her.


You get Faith's arms behind her back and then...nothing. Specifically, she stops  fighting.  There's an odd release of heat and a bit of light but no sign of the banshee, as you put it.

Prime and lob a flashbang at the two, making sure I look away from the detonation. Then rush bandages, and attempt to wrestle the gun away from him. If, before I get there, he aims at me, jump into voidspace, take two steps, and then jump out, and, if in a position to do so, continue to rush him and take his gun.

((I realize he has no head, but I'm out of ideas. And who knows, it just might work. Also, the Wiki says I have a flamethrower, even though I'm pretty sure I don't. Do your notes say I have one? I just want to make sure of the location of Schrödinger's Flamethrower, so I can update wiki accordingly and stop confusing myself.))
You hurl a flashbang towards bandages and then look away. A moment later your helmet's audio receivers cut out and you jump up and run for bandages, who seems...not so much blind as just distracted. You grab his rifle.

As soon as you get your hands around it you know you've made a mistake. Bandages, who you can now tell has been dead for a while, slumps limply to the ground. You feel that same razorblade feeling you felt in your side, except now it's crawling up your arms. It reaches your shoulders and your arms, now completely out of your control, move to press the rifle against your chest.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 05, 2014, 11:55:08 am
"SHIT!"

Use my amp to toss the rifle away from me, making sure it doesn't land near bandages or Scubaman. Then yank sucbaman out of his bubble, and hurl him into the wall with the door. If he moves to get to the water, tackle him, and make sure he doesn't reach it.

((You still want that rifle Unholy?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 05, 2014, 02:22:20 pm
Crawl into a safe-looking corner of the APC, hug own preciously-still-attached legs and start shivering.
I'd think you'd be more inclined to start banging on the driver's head and screaming for him to gun it, but hey, to each their own.
((she's waiting for more teammates to get in the APC))

Looks like Yttra's out for the count.

pass turn
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Alarith on July 05, 2014, 02:51:41 pm
"Err, what now?"
Follow Pancaek's orders.
((I might not have access to internet next week so this is going to be my standing action.  If Pancaek dies then just have him go into survival mode.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 05, 2014, 05:10:24 pm
"Time to make do."

Back up the stairs, find what I am shooting next.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 05, 2014, 08:58:29 pm
Yttra watches, horrified, as Lerman starts tottering about on his chestlegs. (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=135884.msg5434935#msg5434935)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on July 06, 2014, 01:30:49 am
Wake up?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on July 06, 2014, 01:37:41 am
D'usse pulls her breastplate back on. "That's why abstinence is the only answer ever, chinennes."

Embrace inner cat.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on July 06, 2014, 02:52:42 am
Wait in APC for teammates
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 06, 2014, 05:14:57 pm
"Okay, Jack, go around her and grab her hands. Hold them behind her back and for the love of the pantheon don't let go of them. Also, scream if you feel yourself being controlled.

Hey Steve, you can stop zapping Faith if you haven't done so by now.""

"Oh yeah, let's have someone else touch her, great idea."


Keep holding her hands behind her back and order Alarith's character to go and grab her hands behind her back. Once Jack has grabbed faith's hands, stop using my amp. Observe results.

If Faith starts moving again, hold her hands behind her back with my amp once more

If nothing seems to happen, sigh a mental sigh of relief and look around for Faith's club, grab it if I can see it, use amp if I can't reach.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: NAV on July 06, 2014, 05:19:53 pm
((One slight problem: Jack only has one arm.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on July 06, 2014, 05:27:00 pm
((That's no excuse for not being a team player.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on July 06, 2014, 08:37:32 pm
Shuffle back upstairs. Figure out what the evac procedure is.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 06, 2014, 08:38:47 pm
((Run like cheap paint?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Toaster on July 06, 2014, 08:44:28 pm
((Curl into a corner and cry until a more experienced teammate gets you out?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kj1225 on July 06, 2014, 08:54:00 pm
((Beat a hostage to death from the comfort of the other building?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 07, 2014, 10:00:08 am
"SHIT!"

Use my amp to toss the rifle away from me, making sure it doesn't land near bandages or Scubaman. Then yank sucbaman out of his bubble, and hurl him into the wall with the door. If he moves to get to the water, tackle him, and make sure he doesn't reach it.

((You still want that rifle Unholy?))
You manage to yank the rifle out of your own hands and hurl it across the room. Then, perhaps caught up in the rush of actually being successful, grab scuba, pluck him out of the water and hurl him against a wall hard enough to leave a red starburst pattern.

You then collapse to the ground, fingers clawing at your chest with a combination of pain from the still expanding black green damage and the fact that you feel like your brain is on fire.

"Time to make do."

Back up the stairs, find what I am shooting next.
You leave the APC and walk back upstairs, looking for something to shoot. You tactfully decide not to shoot your teammates this time.

Wake up?
You wake up, though the only way you're really sure you're awake is that everything hurts. You feel like you're contained in some sort of black void, like you accidentally found yourself in the S&M club when the power went out. Cameyes don't show anything, and the only thing you can feel is that niggling soreness which is the most pain the synthflesh allows you to feel.

D'usse pulls her breastplate back on. "That's why abstinence is the only answer ever, chinennes."

Embrace inner cat.
You go over to one of their desks and attempt to lay down across their keyboard. You lay down, stretch, accidentally roll sideways and fall off. You immediately pop back onto your feet and saunter around with a pleased look on your face, as though you totally meant to do that.

Wait in APC for teammates
Waiting in the APC, acting like an NPC.

"Okay, Jack, go around her and grab her hands. Hold them behind her back and for the love of the pantheon don't let go of them. Also, scream if you feel yourself being controlled.

Hey Steve, you can stop zapping Faith if you haven't done so by now.""

"Oh yeah, let's have someone else touch her, great idea."


Keep holding her hands behind her back and order Alarith's character to go and grab her hands behind her back. Once Jack has grabbed faith's hands, stop using my amp. Observe results.

If Faith starts moving again, hold her hands behind her back with my amp once more

If nothing seems to happen, sigh a mental sigh of relief and look around for Faith's club, grab it if I can see it, use amp if I can't reach.

Faith is entombed in a highly dense foam sphere. How ya gonna get someone to grab her hands?

Shuffle back upstairs. Figure out what the evac procedure is.

With your shield, or on it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on July 07, 2014, 10:05:22 am
"Owwwwww..."

Try saying something over comms, see if there's any response. See if I'm capable of movement, or at least figure out how much of myself I can feel hurting.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 07, 2014, 02:51:46 pm
"Ugghhhhh.. time to go...."

Get up, and make sure scuba man is dead. If he isn't, forcefully apply my baton until he is. Then head back to the hatch, and knock.

((Daaaamn.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 07, 2014, 03:35:55 pm
Continue looking for things to shoot.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 07, 2014, 05:16:17 pm
Reload the goop thrower.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Hapah on July 07, 2014, 10:31:04 pm
Make sure the rest of the room is clear; check behind all the sheets. Try to locate a door/stair/ladder to get further upstairs, but don't go up. If I see anyone I don't recognize, shoot.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on July 07, 2014, 10:39:41 pm
Utilize keyboard to go onto Internet. Be Internet cat.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 08, 2014, 04:17:09 pm
"Faith, can you hear me?"

If I can release my amp-grip without them being able to get from behind her back, do so and search for her club.

If I'm not sure that is possible, do not release hold and try to communicate with faith via comms
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 09, 2014, 11:04:41 am
"Owwwwww..."

Try saying something over comms, see if there's any response. See if I'm capable of movement, or at least figure out how much of myself I can feel hurting.
You can still speak, or at least think, over the coms. You're pretty sure you're still in one piece, you feel like it at least. Unless you've got a wicked case of phantom "everything hurts" limb syndrome.

You can wiggle a little bit but whatever is holding you is very tightly holding your arms behind your back, while something a little less forceful is holding the rest of you. Hm.

"Ugghhhhh.. time to go...."

Get up, and make sure scuba man is dead. If he isn't, forcefully apply my baton until he is. Then head back to the hatch, and knock.

((Daaaamn.))
You drag yourself over to the scuba man, not easy considering your left arm is rapidly going numb...or more realistically just not obeying you since it still hurts like crazy. But you manage to get over to scuba and bash him in the head a few times. He doesn't move. Good.

You drag yourself back to the ladder and manage to get up using only one hand, though you have to keep stopping to breathe every few rungs. You get up into the strange darkness and it gets 10 times worse, your sense of direction wavering wildly. You cling to the ladder to stop from falling up and off the planet, and finally reach the hatch, banging your helmet against it. With your eyes still closed and both legs entwined around the ladder, you knock several times with your good hand and wait.

Continue looking for things to shoot.
Nothing yet.

This probably means the rest of the x(eno)-men have gone and holed up on the next floor. Great.

Reload the goop thrower.
You reload the goop thrower, tossing the expended tank into a corner of the APC, over next to the dead guy and the dying guy.

Make sure the rest of the room is clear; check behind all the sheets. Try to locate a door/stair/ladder to get further upstairs, but don't go up. If I see anyone I don't recognize, shoot.
You sweep the rest of the room quickly, tearing down the sheets as you go and looking under beds and behind debris. Nothing. The door to the next level is on the far wall, and it's just as big and intimidating as the one to this one. But it looks to have a key hole, just like that last one, and there's probably a key that fits it on that keyring stolen from the Cook.

Utilize keyboard to go onto Internet. Be Internet cat.

It was inevitable. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J---aiyznGQ&feature=kp)

"Faith, can you hear me?"

If I can release my amp-grip without them being able to get from behind her back, do so and search for her club.

If I'm not sure that is possible, do not release hold and try to communicate with faith via comms

Tomato pancaek? Yick.

You're not sure you can release your grip and it will still hold her arms tightly. The foam will probably still hold them, but if faith gets it in her head to stretch or try to escape on her own, you doubt the foam will stop her for long.

You can communicate with her though, the foam isn't blocking your signals.

You can only keep this up for 1, maybe two more turns though.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 09, 2014, 11:55:56 am
Tomato pancaek? Yick.
((It was the first colour I could find that wasn't already used and I could easily remember. I'll probably change later when I find an IC reason to, because it's not exactly the best colour. I'm kind of growing to like it, though))

"Faith? Can you hear me? Whatever you do, don't struggle against my hold on your arms. It's vitally important to my health that you keep your hands behind your back. It seems the possessor-banshee can't gain control when your hands are behind your back. Also, I kind of put you in a sphere of fam and debris. And more bad news, my brain is starting to hurt, so I can't keep this up much longer. We'll need to find a way to secure your hands behind your back, fast"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: kisame12794 on July 09, 2014, 02:52:46 pm
"Fuck. Alright, I don't know if you can hear this, but can someone open the hatch, or at least unlock it? I know I said not to, but just do it."

Keep knocking, and get out if the hatch opens. Charge an exo bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on July 09, 2014, 03:34:30 pm
"Faith? Can you hear me? Whatever you do, don't struggle against my hold on your arms. It's vitally important to my health that you keep your hands behind your back. It seems the possessor-banshee can't gain control when your hands are behind your back. Also, I kind of put you in a sphere of fam and debris. And more bad news, my brain is starting to hurt, so I can't keep this up much longer. We'll need to find a way to secure your hands behind your back, fast"
"Yeah. Got it. Damn it. Metal? Some kind of harness out of... barstools or car doors maybe?

Damn it."

Keep arms behind back at all costs, be prize ball egg thing.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: yobbo on July 09, 2014, 04:39:23 pm
Carefully examine the goop thrower. Does it have any extra functions? Or just a "squirt" trigger?

Maybe it vibrates.

Yttra snorts.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 09, 2014, 08:43:03 pm
Lerman waves to Faith.

"Hello, fellow teamkiller!"

Can I shoot through the floor with laser to the next level? If so, do so. Otherwise, scavenge weapons off of corpses.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: TCM on July 09, 2014, 11:13:19 pm
Prepare lunch for the hostages.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on July 10, 2014, 03:13:25 am
Get out of APC and go back into diner radio faith and ask for instructions  EDIT: FOLLOW ORDERS ONCE GIVEN
Quote from: @Faith
Orders?

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on July 10, 2014, 09:41:19 am
Get out of APC and go back into diner radio faith and ask for instructions
Quote from: @Faith
Orders?
"Uh

Get a head count of everyone if you could. Everyone's dead or missing limbs, and I'm stuck in a ball so I can't count how much of a team we've got left. While you're at it, get an ETA from Steve on those police. This might turn messy real quick; I probably won't be able to handle them and Pancaek might be low on juice, so it could turn into a traditional firefight.

And see if Morul or Drusse are back. One went into the lower hatch alone, the other was messing with the hostages."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Corsair on July 10, 2014, 11:05:40 pm
Get out of APC and go back into diner radio faith and ask for instructions
Quote from: @Faith
Orders?
"Uh

Get a head count of everyone if you could. Everyone's dead or missing limbs, and I'm stuck in a ball so I can't count how much of a team we've got left. While you're at it, get an ETA from Steve on those police. This might turn messy real quick; I probably won't be able to handle them and Pancaek might be low on juice, so it could turn into a traditional firefight.

And see if Morul or Drusse are back. One went into the lower hatch alone, the other was messing with the hostages."
Quote from: @Faith
Um, we didn't take hostages here so I thought you should know that D'usse has probably disappeared and possibly taken other people hostage.

FOLLOW FAITH'S ORDERS
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: Pancaek on July 11, 2014, 06:17:24 am
"Kay, just keep your hands behind your back, I'll dig you out and grab them and then we can both go and look for something to tie them up. You can help wiggle your way out when I've grabbed your hands. Do you feel any presence by the way? That possessor-banshee should still be inside of you."

Scuttle towards the foam ball, dig a hole to Faith's hands, then grab her hads together behind her back and release my amp-grip when I've grabbed them. Then use free hand to break up the rest of the foam ball, ask Faith to wiggle her legs or something to help with this.

After she is out, look for something sturdy to tie them behind her back and do so. Then look for the amp-studded club
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 10:02:38 am
Quote from: @Faith
Um, we didn't take hostages here so I thought you should know that D'usse has probably disappeared and possibly taken other people hostage.
Faith made some sort of distressed coughing noise.

"Th-Thank you, we'll... have something else to deal with, now."


"Kay, just keep your hands behind your back, I'll dig you out and grab them and then we can both go and look for something to tie them up. You can help wiggle your way out when I've grabbed your hands. Do you feel any presence by the way? That possessor-banshee should still be inside of you."
"No, and I can still feel my arms. They hurt, or as close as they can to hurt. Everything does."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Wrong side of the Dakka
Post by: piecewise on July 11, 2014, 11:24:52 am
Tomato pancaek? Yick.
((It was the first colour I could find that wasn't already used and I could easily remember. I'll probably change later when I find an IC reason to, because it's not exactly the best colour. I'm kind of growing to like it, though))

"Faith? Can you hear me? Whatever you do, don't struggle against my hold on your arms. It's vitally important to my health that you keep your hands behind your back. It seems the possessor-banshee can't gain control when your hands are behind your back. Also, I kind of put you in a sphere of fam and debris. And more bad news, my brain is starting to hurt, so I can't keep this up much longer. We'll need to find a way to secure your hands behind your back, fast"
I was more making a joke that a tomato pancake would taste bad.

"Fuck. Alright, I don't know if you can hear this, but can someone open the hatch, or at least unlock it? I know I said not to, but just do it."

Keep knocking, and get out if the hatch opens. Charge an exo bonus.
Bang
"HELP"
Bang
"HLEP"
Bang
"HPEL"
Bang
"OPEN THE FUCKING HATCH!"

"Faith? Can you hear me? Whatever you do, don't struggle against my hold on your arms. It's vitally important to my health that you keep your hands behind your back. It seems the possessor-banshee can't gain control when your hands are behind your back. Also, I kind of put you in a sphere of fam and debris. And more bad news, my brain is starting to hurt, so I can't keep this up much longer. We'll need to find a way to secure your hands behind your back, fast"
"Yeah. Got it. Damn it. Metal? Some kind of harness out of... barstools or car doors maybe?

Damn it."

Keep arms behind back at all costs, be prize ball egg thing.
You clasp your fingers together and try to make your shoulders touch. It's uncomfortable, but it's safe.

Carefully examine the goop thrower. Does it have any extra functions? Or just a "squirt" trigger?

Maybe it vibrates.

Yttra snorts.
There are no extra functions built in that I remember radio adding. If this is incorrect, someone kick my braincase and remind me.

And it does vibrate, but only when you're very cold.

Lerman waves to Faith.

"Hello, fellow teamkiller!"

Can I shoot through the floor with laser to the next level? If so, do so. Otherwise, scavenge weapons off of corpses.
You can try, I can't say if it will work or not.

What weapons? You were attacked by 3 mutants; one of which faith vaporized and the other of which is currently in faith. Or dead. Or something inbetween. Hard to say.

Prepare lunch for the hostages.
Not a lot of food around here. Unless you wanna order out using the computer.

Get out of APC and go back into diner radio faith and ask for instructions
Quote from: @Faith
Orders?

"Uh

Get a head count of everyone if you could. Everyone's dead or missing limbs, and I'm stuck in a ball so I can't count how much of a team we've got left. While you're at it, get an ETA from Steve on those police. This might turn messy real quick; I probably won't be able to handle them and Pancaek might be low on juice, so it could turn into a traditional firefight.

And see if Morul or Drusse are back. One went into the lower hatch alone, the other was messing with the hostages."
Quote from: @Faith
Um, we didn't take hostages here so I thought you should know that D'usse has probably disappeared and possibly taken other people hostage.

FOLLOW FAITH'S ORDERS
You run around, doing a quick head count in the APC and the building itself. While you're in the kitchen you let Morul out of the basement.

Dead: Hasala
Deadish: Kyle
Mangled: Jack, Pancaek, Lerman
Injured:Morul(?), Taddock
Seemingly ok: Faith, Yourself
Missing: D'usse

"Hey steve, got an ETA on the police"

>Tracking them. about 4-6 minutes depending on traffic and how eager they are. Armored van and several normal vehicles. Heat signatures indicate between 15 and 25 individuals, hard to say.

You radio all this to Faith, and let her know about D'usse's hostage situation.

"Kay, just keep your hands behind your back, I'll dig you out and grab them and then we can both go and look for something to tie them up. You can help wiggle your way out when I've grabbed your hands. Do you feel any presence by the way? That possessor-banshee should still be inside of you."

Scuttle towards the foam ball, dig a hole to Faith's hands, then grab her hads together behind her back and release my amp-grip when I've grabbed them. Then use free hand to break up the rest of the foam ball, ask Faith to wiggle her legs or something to help with this.

After she is out, look for something sturdy to tie them behind her back and do so. Then look for the amp-studded club

With faith's help (and the de-gooper that Yttra helpfully volunteers) you mange to get faith free and then wrap her hands in successive layers of metal bars ripped from the cots. Individually they're pretty weak, but you cocoon her damn hands in them. It won't stop a serious effort to get free, but it should hold them against any accidental movement.


About 4 minutes remain till steve predicted the cops would show up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 11:51:49 am
"Alright, cops are nearly here. I can't really deal with them without risking the arm thing, so it's pretty much either Pancaek or a more traditional response. Or an elaborate system of mirrors allowing me to use a manipulator with my hands behind my back.

So, how you feeling, Pancaek? Can you handle 15-25 soldier wannabes?"

Go wander over to the hatch, hoping Morul's alright while knowing he's probably fucked. If I hear him banging away down there, unlock it with my toes. Or puppet an ally into doing so.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 11, 2014, 01:50:58 pm
((Hey I've got internet again :)))
"Hey, is that someone at the hatch I hear?  I'll see if I can help him.  Oh hey, you made it."
Go open up the hatch then Keep the shotgun pointed towards Morul as his earlier orders stated.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 11, 2014, 03:13:36 pm
"Well, I've got no legs and my brain is hurting because I had to stop someone from murdering all of us. I don't think I can take them all on. Give me a few minutes to recover and I'll do my best to fry as many of them as I can, though.

Are we going to try to go all the way up? Because there's really not many of us left."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 11, 2014, 06:15:04 pm
"I think I might have a way to deal with the police without getting into a firefight, although it's really iffy, and can just as easily backfire. Permission to go ahead with it?"

((I'm already free guys. Corsair's char let me out.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 06:21:22 pm
"I think I might have a way to deal with the police without getting into a firefight, although it's really iffy, and can just as easily backfire. Permission to go ahead with it?"

((I'm already free guys. Corsair's char let me out.))
Quote
While you're in the kitchen you let Morul out of the basement.
((OH! So he did. Excellent, just as planned.))


"...can't you at least tell us what it is first? Especially if it's just hiding and letting the tower and police murder each other?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 11, 2014, 06:23:19 pm
((I mean my teammates weapons, there has to be one or two dead teammates lying around.))

Run back downstairs like a kid on Christmas Day and hop in the turret.

"Driver! Get me in range of the road!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 11, 2014, 06:26:31 pm
"Essentially I'm going to try and convince them that there is something seriously wrong about this place, and impress upon them that everything we have done here was for the benefit of the community, and hopefully convince them to either help out, or at least not interfere. Best case, we get some armed reinforcements. Worst case, we start praying they're horrible shots. So, permission to go ahead?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 06:59:09 pm
"Essentially I'm going to try and convince them that there is something seriously wrong about this place, and impress upon them that everything we have done here was for the benefit of the community, and hopefully convince them to either help out, or at least not interfere. Best case, we get some armed reinforcements. Worst case, we start praying they're horrible shots. So, permission to go ahead?"
"Uh... how do you intend to get them to not shoot you long enough to explain this to them? Steve said they were coming in angry.

I'm also not sure how I feel about trusting them, under your best case there. We can probably handle them clustered together better than we can handle them spread out."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 11, 2014, 07:10:40 pm
"Well, I was planning on standing out front with my hands in the air for one. As for their trustworthiness, as far as I care, as long as they aren't shooting at us, I'm good. For the most part, I'm hoping that the knowledge of the cult being evil or at least alien will get them to agree we aren't the problem. And really, do you have any better ideas?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 11, 2014, 07:13:00 pm
((I mean my teammates weapons, there has to be one or two dead teammates lying around.))
((Yttra put all the dead teammates in the APC. She also stole their weapons already. Unless you want a shotgun, there's still a shotgun here.))

So the army's almost here and we're still… i don't know what the *&^% we're doing.

Try to figure out how the suit's comms work and what they can do.

Quote from: @Kyle
Hey hw long d–

"*&^%"

Quote from: @D'usse
Hey hw long d yu thnk yu cn stall m?


Oh $#@! is that goggles? He's alive!? Maybe he got the thing!

Yttra feels a small twinge of hope that the mind controlling alien overlord might have been shut down.

@Morul: "Hey! Hey the thing, did you get the thing? That *&^%ing thing in the basement, did you get it?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 07:19:56 pm
"Well, I was planning on standing out front with my hands in the air for one. As for their trustworthiness, as far as I care, as long as they aren't shooting at us, I'm good. For the most part, I'm hoping that the knowledge of the cult being evil or at least alien will get them to agree we aren't the problem. And really, do you have any better ideas?"
"I'm not going to stop you, but it sounds unlikely to work to me and I'm not sure how much of a position we'll be in to rescue you if it goes south. Remember that we've, uh... got some explaining to do, and they might not believe you about the cult. Best of luck if you're going for it.

As for better ideas... having Pancaek ambush-roll them was my first choice. Dunno how well that'd have worked either, and now it's harder for him to get to a roof... so no, I suppose not."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 11, 2014, 07:32:06 pm
"Don't you have some funny looking corpses up there? Maybe some alien artifact? We can always show them that. If not, I can always ask Steve to send me the video from my helmet-cam for when I knocked off someone's head and they kept trying to kill me. Oh, and the magical mystical water controlling asshole. Because those are both things that happened. And if that fails, I have an amp recovered from a cult dude. If they don't believe us about the alien shit, they'll at least have to consider it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 11, 2014, 07:38:53 pm
Quote from: @D'usse
Hey hw long d yu thnk yu cn stall m?

Quote from: @Yttra
Can you resend that with proper grammar and syntax? Your message difficult to decipher in its immediate state.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 11, 2014, 08:25:52 pm
"Yeah, but remember that these are probably-angry goons. Probably not as bad as us, but probably not as used to dealing with serious stuff either. They might just look funny at whatever you show them and then throw it in a bag for somebody else to figure out later. Hell, that's half what we're doing, and we're supposed to be the professionals at this.

'Magical mystical water controlling asshole?' What happened with that?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 11, 2014, 09:49:17 pm
"I wanted a hostage to interrogate, so I was merciful. Didn't work out. I killed him."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 12, 2014, 12:09:08 am
Faith made a sighing sound over the comms.

"Same as it ever was.

...oh. You probably weren't here to see me get possessed and take a few people's legs off, were you? It's contained now as far as we can tell, but there's a reason my arms are like this. We think that keeps it in check; hopefully it's necessary or I'll feel very silly after this."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 12, 2014, 01:22:06 am
"Huh. You know, I still haven't cleared the basement out, so someone may want to cover that hatch. Or close and lock it again. And can I assume you've given the go ahead for my plan?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 12, 2014, 01:36:23 am
"Yeah. Good luck, and... hope you aren't shot or beaten repeatedly.

That didn't come out as positive as I was hoping for."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 12, 2014, 05:55:39 am
"Look Morul I want to get us all moving before the police get here we need to run... I'll get the APC out of sight but in an alley nearby so you can slip away (or escape) easily"
Get back in the APC and signal to the driver to move us into a nearby alleyway (Use pictures to communicate if necessary) with the rear-end facing back to the street we are in, if anyone is dead/unconscious get them dragged into the back.

Quote from: @Faith
I am moving everything to the APC you need to hide / move or something also wrangle cat lady sometime I am not going searching for some insane cat person and their hostages
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 12, 2014, 01:04:07 pm
"Thanks for the vote of confidence. Alright, Steve? Can you send me the video from the underground, starting after I rip the mask off of the scuba guy, and ending after I kill them? Also, is there any sort of rank I could pretend to have to make them more inclined to listen to me?"

Drop my weapons off near the door, and stand out front with my hands on my head. Hope they aren't as trigger happy as we are.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 12, 2014, 01:31:09 pm
"I'll get by a windows or something. Just yell if they decide they'd rather gut you, and I'll try to do something. There are windows on the second floor, right?"

Scuttle over to a window or hole so I can see how Morul's plan goes while still being somewhat in cover. Meanwhile, rest my brain and try to get a feel for how much brain juice I have left.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 12, 2014, 08:16:16 pm
"Thanks for the vote of confidence. Alright, Steve? Can you send me the video from the underground, starting after I rip the mask off of the scuba guy, and ending after I kill them? Also, is there any sort of rank I could pretend to have to make them more inclined to listen to me?"

"Once you are done and can slip away get into the APC so we can leave as soon as possible"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 12, 2014, 09:26:31 pm
"We're not going back until we're either done, or the situation becomes completely unstable. We still have a chance, so don't expect Steve to send a shuttle to pack you up."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 12, 2014, 10:38:48 pm
"There are windows but they're sheathed. You'll need to use a normal building if you want to see anything but void.

...or at least, that's how it was from outside. It's possible the barrier's one-way.


I'm with Morul on this. If we run now it'll be real hard to get away cleanly; we might be better off trashing the cops and then seeing how much of a team we have left.

Remember, these guys are more or less civilians. They're got guns that I'm sure they think are fancy, but do you think their APC comes with a machine gun?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 13, 2014, 09:44:59 am
((Hey I've got internet again :)))
"Hey, is that someone at the hatch I hear?  I'll see if I can help him.  Oh hey, you made it."
Go open up the hatch then Keep the shotgun pointed towards Morul as his earlier orders stated.

You keep your shotgun trained on the robot man. He appears to have a nest of glowing termites eating away at his chest.

((I mean my teammates weapons, there has to be one or two dead teammates lying around.))

Run back downstairs like a kid on Christmas Day and hop in the turret.

"Driver! Get me in range of the road!"
You get into the turret and shout for the driver to get in range of the road; which is a bit silly, since you're currently sitting on the road, but he turns the apc to be sideways, blocking most of the road in both directions.

((I mean my teammates weapons, there has to be one or two dead teammates lying around.))
((Yttra put all the dead teammates in the APC. She also stole their weapons already. Unless you want a shotgun, there's still a shotgun here.))

So the army's almost here and we're still… i don't know what the *&^% we're doing.

Try to figure out how the suit's comms work and what they can do.

Quote from: @Kyle
Hey hw long d–

"*&^%"

Quote from: @D'usse
Hey hw long d yu thnk yu cn stall m?


Oh $#@! is that goggles? He's alive!? Maybe he got the thing!

Yttra feels a small twinge of hope that the mind controlling alien overlord might have been shut down.

@Morul: "Hey! Hey the thing, did you get the thing? That *&^%ing thing in the basement, did you get it?"
We're gonna assume you know how to work the coms unless you'd very specifically like not to know.
"Look Morul I want to get us all moving before the police get here we need to run... I'll get the APC out of sight but in an alley nearby so you can slip away (or escape) easily"
Get back in the APC and signal to the driver to move us into a nearby alleyway (Use pictures to communicate if necessary) with the rear-end facing back to the street we are in, if anyone is dead/unconscious get them dragged into the back.

Quote from: @Faith
I am moving everything to the APC you need to hide / move or something also wrangle cat lady sometime I am not going searching for some insane cat person and their hostages
You direct the APC into the nearest alley way that will fit it, though only just barely. The man on the turret whines at you the entire time.


"Thanks for the vote of confidence. Alright, Steve? Can you send me the video from the underground, starting after I rip the mask off of the scuba guy, and ending after I kill them? Also, is there any sort of rank I could pretend to have to make them more inclined to listen to me?"

Drop my weapons off near the door, and stand out front with my hands on my head. Hope they aren't as trigger happy as we are.

You stagger out through the front of the diner, dropping your weapons on top of one of the plastic tables tucked into a booth, and then walk out onto the road. You try to lift your arms above your head but one of them isn't moving. Cool.


Steve sends you the video.

>If you get captured, tell them nothing. Comply with all orders, but tell them nothing. I don't want to have to send the black ops team in to break you out of jail, but I will.

"I'll get by a windows or something. Just yell if they decide they'd rather gut you, and I'll try to do something. There are windows on the second floor, right?"

Scuttle over to a window or hole so I can see how Morul's plan goes while still being somewhat in cover. Meanwhile, rest my brain and try to get a feel for how much brain juice I have left.
You watch from one of the broken windows of the diner.

You've gained a bit back, but you're still feeling rather tired. You think you could manage a few minor things or maybe something moderate, but if you want to kill 10 people in one move, thats gonna have to wait.






2 minutes left till the police arrive.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 13, 2014, 04:38:37 pm
Driver, move APC back in firing range of the road.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 13, 2014, 05:07:43 pm
"Don't tell 'em anything. Got it. Not planning on getting arrested, but I'll keep it in mind."

Await the police. Charge an exo bonus, just in case.

((I reeeeaaally hope I don't have to use my amp.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 13, 2014, 07:54:50 pm
Driver, move APC back in firing range of the road.
belayed, possibly with a baton to the stomach
"We are trying to NOT start a fire fight with the cops, manning a MACHINE GUN on an armoured personnel carrier is NOT helping that"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 13, 2014, 10:40:56 pm
"*&^% everything."

Get out of the APC and away from the "where shall we park it" battle, carefully staying away from wherever the machine gun is pointing. Stop to gawp at the crazy glowy things slowly eating Morul. Carefully stay away from him too. Get back inside the building, go to the kitchen and stand by the hatch to the basement, just happening to hold the riot shield in between me and wherever the APC machine gun is. Point the goop gun at Faith.

@Faith and Pancaek: "There's something weird in the basement."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 13, 2014, 11:11:35 pm
belayed, possibly with a baton to the stomach
"We are trying to NOT start a fire fight with the cops, manning a MACHINE GUN on an armoured personnel carrier is NOT helping that"

Lerman swots the interloper.

"Yes it is! You can have this turret when you pry it from my cold, dead hands. And even then, good luck! Because I will have welded it to my cold, dead hands!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 13, 2014, 11:33:46 pm
belayed, possibly with a baton to the stomach
"We are trying to NOT start a fire fight with the cops, manning a MACHINE GUN on an armoured personnel carrier is NOT helping that"

Lerman swots the interloper.

"Yes it is! You can have this turret when you pry it from my cold, dead hands. And even then, good luck! Because I will have welded it to my cold, dead hands!"

"Every time you have touched that machinegun it has been a disaster now, if IF the police begin firing THEN and only then will I allow you to open fire so that morul and the rest of the team can get in so we can drive off. Otherwise we will wait in the alley and NOT fire, hopefully allowing us to get out of here with the minimum collateral thus clearing us for an exit."

Quote from: @Faith
How much longer are you and the rest of the team going to be?, we are running out of time.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 13, 2014, 11:41:33 pm
Lerman grumbles, but he doesn't get off the turret.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 13, 2014, 11:58:18 pm
Go hide in the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 14, 2014, 08:41:30 am
Round up hostages to the back of the building. Check barrier on windows/doors. Menacingly pump shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 14, 2014, 10:39:26 am
"Oh boy oh boy, this is going just great. I wish miya was here...he could just hulk smash this entire frakking building and be done with it."

@Yttra "The basement? Could be. Best not to think about it, I doubt we'll get to finish our objectives here anyway."

@Lerman "Hey, mister I-love-shooting-teammates, I can see what you're doing from here. Get your grubby paws off of that machine gun before I make you. We ain't got no time for any more of your bullshit."

Keep an eye on what's happening with Morul. Be all zen and shit and rest my brain. Gauge how much brain juice I've got after brain resting.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 14, 2014, 03:12:33 pm
"Oh, looks like I have better things to be doing."
Take cover in the building close to the entrance and charge a Con bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 14, 2014, 04:52:02 pm
"If we're gonna run away we shoulda done that 5 minutes ago."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 15, 2014, 09:11:33 am
Driver, move APC back in firing range of the road.
Driver, move APC back in firing range of the road.
belayed, possibly with a baton to the stomach
"We are trying to NOT start a fire fight with the cops, manning a MACHINE GUN on an armoured personnel carrier is NOT helping that"
Lerman gets about halfway through his order when Konrad thwacks him in the head with his baton.

"Don't tell 'em anything. Got it. Not planning on getting arrested, but I'll keep it in mind."

Await the police. Charge an exo bonus, just in case.

((I reeeeaaally hope I don't have to use my amp.))
You don't have a whole lot of brain power, but you ready yourself to use it.

"*&^% everything."

Get out of the APC and away from the "where shall we park it" battle, carefully staying away from wherever the machine gun is pointing. Stop to gawp at the crazy glowy things slowly eating Morul. Carefully stay away from him too. Get back inside the building, go to the kitchen and stand by the hatch to the basement, just happening to hold the riot shield in between me and wherever the APC machine gun is. Point the goop gun at Faith.

@Faith and Pancaek: "There's something weird in the basement."
You walk back to the kitchen and huddle in the corner with the riot shield in front of you.

Go hide in the APC.
You pass Yttra as she heads the opposite direction, and crawl into the corner of the APC, hoping its armor plating will provide a few seconds of extra living.

Round up hostages to the back of the building. Check barrier on windows/doors. Menacingly pump shotgun.
You wrangle the hostages up and force them into the back of the building, specifically into a supply closet, and close the door.  Then you go check to make sure the doors and windows are locked and that your rather ineffective barrier is still in place. Then you walk back  and sit against the door to the closet, shotgun pointed at the entrance.

"Oh boy oh boy, this is going just great. I wish miya was here...he could just hulk smash this entire frakking building and be done with it."

@Yttra "The basement? Could be. Best not to think about it, I doubt we'll get to finish our objectives here anyway."

@Lerman "Hey, mister I-love-shooting-teammates, I can see what you're doing from here. Get your grubby paws off of that machine gun before I make you. We ain't got no time for any more of your bullshit."

Keep an eye on what's happening with Morul. Be all zen and shit and rest my brain. Gauge how much brain juice I've got after brain resting.
Whats happening with Morul seems to be that he's preparing for a showdown at high noon and  that one of his arms looks like it's got the glitter cancer and is about to fall off, along with a chunk of his chest.

You relax, sitting yourself in one of the booths near the smashed open window and concentrate on being very zen. You're starting to feel better, closer to normal, though still not 100%.

"Oh, looks like I have better things to be doing."
Take cover in the building close to the entrance and charge a Con bonus
You hunker down in the entrance doorway to the diner and get yourself ready.




The sirens come before you can see the cars. Strange sounding, all low and whooping, like some sort of giant goose honking its way toward you. Five vehicles turn the corner at the top of the street and come to a stop  in formation a good 100 feet or so from diner. Four squad cars, bright yellow with flashing red lights and two officers each, park in diagonal on the street, forming a road block while an armored, black van or truck pulls up behind them and men in what look to be body armor and long coats, wielding compact gauss rifles, stomp out and on to the blacktop.  A lot of men are now pointing a lot of guns down the road, most of them at morul. None of them is saying anything.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 15, 2014, 02:54:23 pm
Wiggle on the turret excitedly.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 15, 2014, 03:06:22 pm
"Greetings officers. Let's settle this peaceably. Now, I'd like to talk to the person in charge here."

Maintain the bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 15, 2014, 05:44:04 pm
"hope this works for us."
Wait, maintain bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 15, 2014, 10:33:36 pm
Christ, Morul is so screwed. What's he hope to accomplish?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 15, 2014, 10:40:30 pm
((I still have some amp juice left, and a bonus. Worst comes to worst, I go in a blaze of glory. But other than that, I hope to convince them to leave us alone.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 16, 2014, 12:26:51 am
((or you could die in a burst of bullet fire and Lerman's manical laughter if he fails his willpower roll))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 16, 2014, 02:02:26 am
((I would like to do or at least be ready to do something but I have no idea what. Other than breaking free of the bindings to either unleash Despair or enable manip usage, I've got nothin'. Other than maybe kickboxing, I guess. Un-raged kickboxing.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 16, 2014, 02:43:03 am
"I said off the turret"
if lerman doesn't get off of the turret use extreme prejudice (possibly a exoskeleton boosted baton nut shot)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 16, 2014, 02:48:42 am
Yttra just sort of ambles off and climbs the stairs, for no apparent reason.

Go back up to the second floor. Look around. Check if the door to the third floor looks locked. Try to guess how long Morul has left before he dies of chestworms.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 16, 2014, 03:21:03 am
"I said off the turret"
if lerman doesn't get off of the turret use extreme prejudice (possibly a exoskeleton boosted baton nut shot)

Swot this interloper! Weld my hands on the turret!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 16, 2014, 10:26:00 am
Pan scans around the street, trying to stay all zen

"Man, I've got to keep real calm now, gotta get some brain juice back for when these police guys inevitibly open fire on us."
"So, you shouldn't try to work yourself up over something? Get angry?"
"No no, like, zen, man."
"Guess what?"
"what?"
"He's on the turret again"


"Lerman I swear to any god Lars can come up with, if you don't get off of that goddamned turret I will make your life a living hell with a lot of missing limbs. I'm tired of your shit, son."

Stay zen, gauge brain juice. Watch how Morul does, scan police people with cameye settings while we wait
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 16, 2014, 11:37:42 am
Take one Hostage out of the closet area, sit on his/her back, pinning them to the floor, shotgun barrel pressed against the top of their spine.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 16, 2014, 03:05:54 pm
"Ha! Jokes on you! I don't have any meat limbs!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 16, 2014, 03:15:09 pm
"Ha! Jokes on you! I don't have any meat limbs!"
"...I will, very calmly and patiently, remind you that we are on a mission and that you are supposed to do your job. You've already pretty much single-handedly fucked up this mission. So I will give you, very generously, about one minute to let this sink through your thick skull; Get off of the turret or I squish your brain."

"We can't just kill a teammate, can we?"
"I don't know man, he has been shooting our forces just as much, if not more, than our enemies. Doesn't that make him an enemy as well?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 16, 2014, 07:16:42 pm
Lerman is holding the cutting torch on a low-heat setting near his robot arm and the turret.

"Do you mind? You're interrupting a very complex procedure."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 17, 2014, 12:16:10 pm
Wiggle on the turret excitedly.
Hey now, this is a family show.

"hope this works for us."
Wait, maintain bonus.
You stay hunkered down in the door way, weapon at the ready.

"I said off the turret"
if lerman doesn't get off of the turret use extreme prejudice (possibly a exoskeleton boosted baton nut shot)

Swot this interloper! Weld my hands on the turret!
"I said off the turret"
if lerman doesn't get off of the turret use extreme prejudice (possibly a exoskeleton boosted baton nut shot)
You both tangle up, fighting in a depressingly underwhelming fashion and end up rolling off the top of the APC and falling down behind it.

Yttra just sort of ambles off and climbs the stairs, for no apparent reason.

Go back up to the second floor. Look around. Check if the door to the third floor looks locked. Try to guess how long Morul has left before he dies of chestworms.
The door to the third floor is indeed locked.

Hard to say, probably not terribly long till they get into his brain case at this rate.

Pan scans around the street, trying to stay all zen

"Man, I've got to keep real calm now, gotta get some brain juice back for when these police guys inevitibly open fire on us."
"So, you shouldn't try to work yourself up over something? Get angry?"
"No no, like, zen, man."
"Guess what?"
"what?"
"He's on the turret again"


"Lerman I swear to any god Lars can come up with, if you don't get off of that goddamned turret I will make your life a living hell with a lot of missing limbs. I'm tired of your shit, son."

Stay zen, gauge brain juice. Watch how Morul does, scan police people with cameye settings while we wait

The police people are repleat with metal armor plating and weapons according to your cam eyes, but they are flesh and blood as well. Human, save for the occasional prosthesis and surgical pins.

"Greetings officers. Let's settle this peaceably. Now, I'd like to talk to the person in charge here."

Maintain the bonus.

Morul's body shakes violently and then straightens up a moment later.

"Time to die, is it?"

His head twitches to the side, and half of his upper body tears away; his infected arm and chest clatters across the ground and lands  near the diner window.  His body sags heavily to one side, lacking the muscles to stay straight, and his head sweeps about randomly, looking for something. Finally it stops, looking up at the second story windows of the diner building.

"There you are Anne. Let me help you."

He jerks his head upward so violently it looks like he's going to topple over backwards. He stumbles for a moment, then regains his balance.

"Come to me."

The second floor window explodes  outward and a flash of white screams down onto the pavement, spraying brick and glass across the street.  The police sweep their weapons about, screaming for everyone to get down. As the dust of powdered brick and blacktop clears  the hulking form of faith, club in one hand, the other arm slung protectively over Morul's body, her head leaning over his shoulder, teeth bared, comes into focus. One of her bonds is still clinging to her wrist, cleanly sliced in half.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 17, 2014, 02:53:34 pm
((OH FUCK. Welp, time to see if I can take passengers.))

Fight the mind control, and if I break it, grab Faith, and press the button on my voidsuit. If it doesn't work, use my amp to rip Faith's limbs off. Hope I don't overload my amp.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 17, 2014, 03:20:13 pm
Kill it! Kill it with turret! Cover retreat!

"This is why I get to sit on the turret."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 17, 2014, 03:34:11 pm
If I'm still conscious, try to negotiate with Anne. We can be reasonable about this. We can totally be reasonable about this.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on July 17, 2014, 03:39:37 pm
Somehow I can tell the driver to get us out of here.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 17, 2014, 06:10:42 pm
@Pancaek: "So Boss, ready to run yet?"

$#@! he's got no legs! $#@! i didn't mean that! $#@!!!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 17, 2014, 07:08:59 pm
We're so fucked. We need to leave!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 17, 2014, 09:12:44 pm
"Why can't I catch a break."
Continue cowering and maintaining Con bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 18, 2014, 05:04:44 pm
No response… yeah that just about sums up the situation.

Yttra sits down on one of the disarrayed beds, holds up her inherited gun and turns it over, looking at it from every angle.

I wonder if it's safer here than in the APC. That's probably gonna be the first target. There was some sort of crazy shield on this room. All the $#@! that went on here didn't even touch the kitchen or diner, and this room is pretty *&^%ed up. Jayne and statuette both couldn't get past it when they tried to come in from the outside. Normal bullets would probably just bounce off.

She rests the repurposed flamethrower on her lap, and looks down at her hands and legs. The suit she's wearing covers everything. It's almost like you could open it up and there wouldn't be anything there. Just a hollow empty space where normally there would be hands and legs.

Why do i feel so *&^%ing calm.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 18, 2014, 11:51:21 pm


"Ugh... shit morul...Okay then everyone I am now leader of this team and we are on the run, I will do my best to get us out of this mess."
Jump back into the apc and get driver to get us as far away as possible without being followed and to try not to attract too much attention doing so, belay counter orders, with violence if truly necessary, send messages to steve, pancaek and D'usse

Kill it! Kill it with turret!

"This is why I get to sit on the turret."

"LERMAN GODS HELP ME WE DO NOT NEED TO ATTRACT ATTENTION RIGHT NOW! GET OFF THAT TURRET"



Quote from: @Steve
Currently fleeing, need support, Faith and Morul possessed, taken command of APC and evacuating as much of team as possible. Pancaek and D'usse need evacuation. Also shock lerman if he doesn't get off the turret within the next few seconds or attempts to fire. he is posing a serious threat to the survival of everyone in this APC.

Quote from: @Pancaek
Taken APC and moving majority of team away from problems, requested assistance from steve. Suggest working with D'usse
Try to stay alive.
-Konrad


Quote from: @D'usse
Taken APC and moving majority of team away from problems, requested assistance from steve. Suggest working with Pancaek
Try to stay alive.
-Konrad



Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 07:31:20 am
"So, who do we want to win?"
"Not-faith and not-morul, obviously."
"Really, won't they just come back to finish us off?"
"Hmm, good point. So who do we want to fight most, 15 angry swat people or faith and morul?"
"I'll get back to you on that once our options start sucking less. By the way, people are talking to you."

@Yttra "No. I'm ready to make a retreat, but this place has annoyed me too much to just run away. But a slight tactical retreat seems in order, right now, I reckon."

Quote from: Pancaek->Konrad
Affirmative, try and get everyone out of here alive or mostly in one piece. You have my permission to either ask steve to shock Lerman or use excessive force yourself if he becomes a problem.

Godsspeed.

scuttle back a bit, continue to overlook the standoff. Should someone attack me, defend myself. Should not-Faith and not-morul turn back towards the building, try and scuttle away to where D'usse is without being seen.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 19, 2014, 07:56:27 am
Look at the beds. Try to guess how many were in use, and thus how many cultists there might be.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 19, 2014, 01:25:06 pm
((OH FUCK. Welp, time to see if I can take passengers.))

Fight the mind control, and if I break it, grab Faith, and press the button on my voidsuit. If it doesn't work, use my amp to rip Faith's limbs off. Hope I don't overload my amp.
You can't get control back, but you fight the cold, distant influence in your brain; struggling against a will greater and more prepared then your own. You can't get your hands to activate the suit, but at least you prevent your amp from firing or your body from moving.

If I'm still conscious, try to negotiate with Anne. We can be reasonable about this. We can totally be reasonable about this.
Faith's head squirms about a bit, seemingly possessed of a different consciousness then her body.

"Could you please give me my body back? I'm sure we could talk about this, find an amiable solution and laugh about it later! HA HA..ha...SHE'S NOT BUYING IT GUYS GET THE FUCK OUT OH GOD MY BODY IS A FUCKING MONSTER! IT WILL MURDER YOU SO GOOD. AND IF IT PRESSES THE BUTTON ON IT'S WRIST THEN SHIT GONNA GO EVEN WORSE.

WHY DID I SAY THAT OH GOD OHGOD. OH SHIT. GET THE FUCK OUT  OF HERE. WHAT ARE YOU DOING? GO! GET THE FUCK OUT OF HERE, YOU STUPID IDIOTS! FUCK WE'RE ALL DEAD! GET THE FUCK OUT!


Somehow I can tell the driver to get us out of here.


"Ugh... shit morul...Okay then everyone I am now leader of this team and we are on the run, I will do my best to get us out of this mess."
Jump back into the apc and get driver to get us as far away as possible without being followed and to try not to attract too much attention doing so, belay counter orders, with violence if truly necessary, send messages to steve, pancaek and D'usse

Kill it! Kill it with turret!

"This is why I get to sit on the turret."

"LERMAN GODS HELP ME WE DO NOT NEED TO ATTRACT ATTENTION RIGHT NOW! GET OFF THAT TURRET"



Quote from: @Steve
Currently fleeing, need support, Faith and Morul possessed, taken command of APC and evacuating as much of team as possible. Pancaek and D'usse need evacuation. Also shock lerman if he doesn't get off the turret within the next few seconds or attempts to fire. he is posing a serious threat to the survival of everyone in this APC.

Quote from: @Pancaek
Taken APC and moving majority of team away from problems, requested assistance from steve. Suggest working with D'usse
Try to stay alive.
-Konrad


Quote from: @D'usse
Taken APC and moving majority of team away from problems, requested assistance from steve. Suggest working with Pancaek
Try to stay alive.
-Konrad
Kill it! Kill it with turret! Cover retreat!

"This is why I get to sit on the turret."

The apc squeals back out of the alley and gets itself back in line with the road as Lerman strafes the street with machine gun fire, sweeping long, unaimed arcs of armor piercing rounds  across store fronts, police cars and blacktop until the gun runs out of ammo.

"DRIVE CLOSER! I WANT TO HIT THEM WITH MY BATON!" He shouts as the APC thunders off down the road in the opposite direction, leaving destruction in its wake.

As the dust clears it appears that Lerman has mowed down several police men, caused Faith and morul to duck close to the ground to stay out of the line of fire, and shot pancaek right in the head, as well as putting several rounds into D'usse's building, including one only a few inches from her head.

"Why can't I catch a break."
Continue cowering and maintaining Con bonus.
You cower as hard as you can, brick dust still settling on top of you from where the bullets strafed about a foot above your head.

"So, who do we want to win?"
"Not-faith and not-morul, obviously."
"Really, won't they just come back to finish us off?"
"Hmm, good point. So who do we want to fight most, 15 angry swat people or faith and morul?"
"I'll get back to you on that once our options start sucking less. By the way, people are talking to you."

@Yttra "No. I'm ready to make a retreat, but this place has annoyed me too much to just run away. But a slight tactical retreat seems in order, right now, I reckon."

Quote from: Pancaek->Konrad
Affirmative, try and get everyone out of here alive or mostly in one piece. You have my permission to either ask steve to shock Lerman or use excessive force yourself if he becomes a problem.

Godsspeed.

scuttle back a bit, continue to overlook the standoff. Should someone attack me, defend myself. Should not-Faith and not-morul turn back towards the building, try and scuttle away to where D'usse is without being seen.
You scoot back a bit as the shooting starts and get maybe 2 feet before a bullet catches you in the nose and splits your  head in half like a melon. Well great. You've lost the cam eyes, but you've still got other, lesser cameras to watch through.

Look at the beds. Try to guess how many were in use, and thus how many cultists there might be.
Someone has run through here, flipping things over and digging through, looking around for other hostiles hiding in the room. It's hard to tell anything with the scene disturbed as it is. You'd guess maybe 6-8 people?





Possessed faith doesn't leave morul's side; instead she waits for the shooting to stop and then scoops her unresponsive friend up and leaps backwards, springs off a wall and lands on a nearby roof, where she sets Morul down gently. The police, the ones that weren't mowed down by Lerman, are firing wildly. Some fire bursts at Faith as she ascends the building, others fire at the retreating APC, while still others fire at seemingly nothing in particular, just sweeping bullets across the road. Faith, or the thing controlling her, switches the club to her other hand and then leaps off the building. She falls toward the men below, a few shots punching into her, raising bursts of milk white blood as they sink maybe half an inch into her alabaster flesh.  The club itself is heavy, 40 kilos of solid metal. Faith herself is twice that, at least, of dense muscle and metal skeleton. The fall is at least three stories. The police don't know whats coming, but anyone who has ever used or seen a kinetic amp in use knows with terrifying certainty what will happen when the impact force of 140 kilos falling 10 meters is squared. 

There isn't anything to see; just a noise like the world ending and then a wall of wind and dust. Every window in a half mile radius shatters, and the two buildings closest to the impact zone collapse, much if the street punched straight into sewer below and reduced to pieces of rubble a few inches across at best. The entire street is lost in a haze of dust, obscuring everything and coating the world in a fine layer of reddish, black filth. The Diner is still standing, battered but seemingly in much better shape then the buildings around it. Pancaek finds himself smashed up against a wall, D'usse is on her head in a corner, the front of her hide out partially smashed in, and Jack is alive but buried in rubble in a completely different building, having been squeezed out of his cover and shot several meters by the shockwave.

....

Hotdrops are something very different to see from the ground. As Yttra runs over to the window to look out on what the fuck just happened in the street, she sees something. A blink of metal and a trail of fire. Two comets, each trailing a hell of exhaust and black smoke, are falling towards the street at a frightening speed, juking about rapidly as they zero in on their target. They're miles away one instant and then the next, they're altering direction, a nose dive banking sharply into a horizontal descent, skimming the rooftops. They hold there for a moment before nosing down and vanishing. For an instant she thinks they've crashed, before the scream of their engine's reach her, distorted as they echo down the street. She sticks her head out the window and there they are, a wall of flame and smoke, a two skeletal shuttles surfing a pyroclastic flow of rocket exhaust as they fly straight down the center of the street. They rise for an instant, just high enough to miss the APC driving away in the opposite direction, and then they're down over the road, so close the battle suit in the first shuttle is throwing up sparks as its toes scrape the ground.

The battlesuit disconnects while the shuttle is still slowing, throwing itself free and digging its heels into the ground, skidding to a stop and leaving a hundred feet of torn up street behind it. Renen is a blur of black, freeing himself and leaping onto the face of a building, clinging to it like a metallic gecko. The shuttles fire retrorockets and slow themselves coming almost to a complete stop as they drop the rest of the team off on the street, simply dropping them out of their harnesses and down 10 feet onto the blacktop.  And then the shuttles are gone, screaming back off into the air, almost straight up, miles away before the wall of sound and smoke can catch up with them and rumble down the street.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 19, 2014, 01:47:33 pm
Ah, perfect landing! Wish I had some music for that...
"Everyone okay?" asked Flint as he got his mining laser ready, looking around for any potential threats.

Scan the area with cameyes (looking for living/moving things and anything out of the ordinary (beyond the obvious)) as I move towards Pancaek's position, so that I can carry him around.

If possible, try to help Jack out of the rubble along the way.

While doing so, be on the lookout for any danger, be it space magic or possessed teammates. Industrial Mining laser is in position for a sweep against any potential target's legs, ready to retaliate in case of danger.

Ask Steve the following:
"Pancaek says some of our allies have been mind-controlled. Can you give us access to our possessed teammates camera feeds? Or their locations?"

EDIT: The building I pointed at was the one TCM is in.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 01:48:51 pm
"maybe I'll just rest here a bit. I seem to be losing body parts rather fast."
"He hurt us. He destroyed our body"
"Yeah, he's a dick"
"He shall pay"
"quite"


Quote from: Pancaek->friendly comms
rescue squad, please come in. This is Pancaek, glad that you're here. How briefed are you about the situation?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 19, 2014, 01:55:52 pm
Hey, it's that guy. I like that guy.
"Not at all. The big boss just rushed us down here to save you from some kind of possession with little time for questions."

"I'm happy to see you're still alive. Where are you all at?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 02:02:00 pm
Quote from: Pancaek-> flint
Right, yeah. So, most of the team is either dead or wounded. The majority just left on that APC you probably saw. I believe recruit Yttra is still with us here somewhere. Recruit D'usse is in one of the surrounding buildings as well, guarding the hostages. I'm currently inside of the diner, my legs are gone and my head was just hit by a gauss round. Faith and morul are somewhere here as well, but they are both possesed by cultists and hostile. And then there's the police, but I believe the local constabulary is the least of our problems.

I was able to restrain the possesion on faith earlier by forcing her hands behind her back, but the one that has possesed Morul brokek the chains holding her hands.

Also, perhaps we should send a message to miyamoto about recruit Lerman. The man has killed and wounded several teammembers and is a high threat.

So, how was your day?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 19, 2014, 02:07:44 pm
"Clearly not as interesting as yours..." replied Flint as he tried to process the information.
We still got it...

"Right, so first order of business is to take care of our immediate problems: secure Morul and Faith while keeping the rest of our teammates and civilians safe. What's their location?"
Once he got an answer, Flint continued.
"Are you and the rest of your team able to assist? Does anyone require immediate medical attention or evacuation?"

Flint looked at all the destroyed buildings around. He hoped that nobody was hurt.
Yep. We definitely still got it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 19, 2014, 02:11:10 pm
Calmly take off my helmet, and look around calmly, with a smile on my face, and think of those good old days when I fought with my clan against those who called themselves civilized

"Ahh yes, I know this smell, it brings back good memories, just like it was yesterday, smells all just the same."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 02:12:24 pm
Quote from: Pancaek->Flint
I believe all of the wounded and temporary dead were on the APC. I don't know how much D'usse and Yttra will be able to help, but I can surely give it a shot. I don't have legs and my head just got split open like a watermelon, but I can still move and still have acces to some smaller cameras. So I should be able to give some support still.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 19, 2014, 02:17:23 pm
Quote from: Jack->Pancaek
Uh, situation update here.  I appear to have been buried.  Not sure where, I'll see what I can do.
Can I struggle out of the rubble somehow, or am I packed in?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 02:24:14 pm
Quote from: Jack->Pancaek
Uh, situation update here.  I appear to have been buried.  Not sure where, I'll see what I can do.

Quote from: pancaek->Jack
Good to hear you're still with us, jack. See if you can get yourself out. If you can, try and regroup with the rescue team. If you can't get out, just stay where you are, someone will probably be able to find you with your suit's signal


Quote from: Pancaek-> rescue team
It seems Jack is also around here somewhere but he's buried underneath rubble.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 19, 2014, 02:26:08 pm
Head split open... Oh, right, robotic bodies.
@Pancaek:"Okay, I'll come get you as soon as I can, maybe try to help Jack while I'm at it. If you can move on your own, can you try to make your way to the entrance? You know, since I have some... size problems? I'll carry you the rest of the way. Together we can probably take care of Faith."
Kinda like Jim and Miyamoto in Hephaestus... Wait, who's Jack, again? Was he the guy who was stuck in that flesh thing?

((ACTION EDITED))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 19, 2014, 02:29:51 pm
"Orders?" Jack asks on the radio.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 19, 2014, 02:42:09 pm
Quote from: Pancaek->Flint
Yeah, I think I can manage crawling to the entrance. Just be ready to pick me up, I'm in no condition to be out in the open with all the hostiles still around

Crawl on my stomach to the diner entrance and be picked up by Flint
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 19, 2014, 02:51:51 pm
"Orders?" Jack asks on the radio.
"According to Team Origin, there were civilians in that building over there along with an allied soldier."
Flint said pointing to the building Pancaek said D'usse was in... whoever that D'usse dude was.
"Can you go check their status along with a teammate, maybe help them out? Otherwise, stick close and keep your gun ready."
Flint thought about it for a second.
"Also stay close to your teammate and keep your gun ready if you go to check the hostages out."
Wait a sec...
"But not too close. There is an unknown risk of mind control around here."
Flint sighed.
"Just generally be careful, keep your gun ready and try to help any allies around. Except if they become possessed and start attacking other allies. In that case, just try to disable them."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 19, 2014, 03:04:22 pm
"Very well."

Go check on the building Flint pointed at.

"Hello?" Jack says into the rubble.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 19, 2014, 03:06:59 pm
looks to Flint

"Okay."

walk into building and look around
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 19, 2014, 05:11:55 pm
Charge dynamic uncon bonus.

Climb a fire escape and try to get a good view of the diner and faith.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 19, 2014, 05:16:21 pm
Fight the influence. If I succeed, call out "Come to me Anna!", and if it works, attempt to bind her arms behind her back with my amp.

((Please work please work please work.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 19, 2014, 05:51:04 pm


Get to the top of the building and look around, ready to avoid any incoming attack. If I locate Faith or Morul enter BT and prepare to attack.

Renen here. I am at the top of a building right now. Will try to locate the problematic teammates from here. Miya, permission to use force?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 19, 2014, 06:39:57 pm
((Sorry for late reply, had to work really late. Still, it seems Flint is doing a decent job right now, luckily.))

Quote from: Pancaek->friendly comms
rescue squad, please come in. This is Pancaek, glad that you're here. How briefed are you about the situation?
((I'll just assume Pan said the same to Miya as he did to Flint, to save time.))
Relay info from Pan to rest of rescue team.

"Team, Flint has the right idea here. Everybody be careful and do not let any ally come close to you until that person is confirmed safe.

Pancaek, try to rip Morul's braincase out of his body with your amp, if you can get a lock. Secondly, anyone who has a clean shot should try to shoot off Faith's legs. Yes, I know that's dangerous for Faith, but letting that thing have her mobility is that even more so. We really don't want to give her any further chances to move or fight. We can try to tie her hands behind her back next, but we need to limit her mobility first.

Knuser, put your damn helmet on. I can't track your progress otherwise.

Steve, I need you to zap Lerman unconscious. Now.


Get to the top of the building and look around, ready to avoid any incoming attack. If I locate Faith or Morul enter BT and prepare to attack.
Renen here. I am at the top of a building right now. Will try to locate the problematic teammates from here. Miya, permission to use force?
"Permission granted, but be careful: it seems they can take control over bodies via touch, so don't let them. Do you have any ranged weapons? If not, you should wait with engaging for now, but stay ready for it. Or maybe provide targeting solution for Pan."

Orders, some for Steve.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 19, 2014, 06:55:49 pm
"Really? The helmet does nothing to protect oneself, I should know, my clan crack plenty of them during wartime with the gunend, my clan marks kept me from death more than these fishbowls, but, as you wish"

Put helmet back on in annoyance that noone can see my face
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 19, 2014, 07:00:43 pm
Quote from: D'usse to Team
I APPEAR TO HAVE BEEN DISCOMBOBULATED.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 19, 2014, 07:09:04 pm
"Really? The helmet does nothing to protect oneself, I should know, my clan crack plenty of them during wartime with the gunend, my clan marks kept me from death more than these fishbowls, but, as you wish"

Put helmet back on in annoyance that noone can see my face

"It's because I need to look through your helmet camera to keep track of your progress. "
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 19, 2014, 07:13:47 pm
Wow.

Wow.

Yttra watches in awe. Everything else so far has been… well, everything else. But this is unreal. It's like a scene from a movie. A scene from her favourite kind of movie.

Watch from the window, making sure to stay inside the building's protective shield.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 19, 2014, 09:24:41 pm
Switch to Gungnir laser rifle, shoot anything hostile that comes near the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 19, 2014, 11:21:53 pm
See if I can see Yttra, if I can,take off my helmet, and with a smile, wave at her before putting on the helmet again, if not, continue checking building out
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 20, 2014, 12:18:02 am
Hell yeah some action! Cecil looks for some good throwing rocks to throw at people or a nice sturdy club like object to bash some skulls in

((EDIT:: Goddamn auto-correct. cloud-like object!?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 20, 2014, 01:19:01 am
Quote from: @Steve
Require evac coordinates or other instructions.

Quote from: @Miyamoto
Currently evacing wounded team-members from danger zone.

once apc is out of danger zone order driver to get to pickup point or location told by steve, send message to steve / miyamoto
stop apc out of the way get wounded out of apc
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 20, 2014, 09:43:13 am
Quote from: @Steve
Require evac coordinates or other instructions.

Quote from: @Miyamoto
Currently evacing wounded team-members from danger zone.

once apc is out of danger zone order driver to get to pickup point or location told by steve, send message to steve / miyamoto

"Very good work on getting those people out of there. However, do not ask Steve for pickup yet. There might be more wounded shortly. Just hide out of sight somewhere nearby, once the situation is stabilized I'll see wether we can get a medivac."

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 20, 2014, 12:27:05 pm
Enjoy the ride.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 20, 2014, 12:42:27 pm
Stabilize self. Locate hostages. (Even though they probably won't be necessary anymore.)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 21, 2014, 08:03:19 am
"Understood, I'm just gonna wait here. I will act If something happens. Can someone tell me what is Faith's equipment?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 21, 2014, 09:20:28 am
"Understood, I'm just gonna wait here. I will act If something happens. Can someone tell me what is Faith's equipment?"
"As far as I know, she just has her synthflesh body and that amp club. The synthflesh was damaged, I believe. Didn't stop her from vaporizing my legs and destroying half of the city block, but you know."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 22, 2014, 11:08:56 am
Ah, perfect landing! Wish I had some music for that...
"Everyone okay?" asked Flint as he got his mining laser ready, looking around for any potential threats.

Scan the area with cameyes (looking for living/moving things and anything out of the ordinary (beyond the obvious)) as I move towards Pancaek's position, so that I can carry him around.

If possible, try to help Jack out of the rubble along the way.

While doing so, be on the lookout for any danger, be it space magic or possessed teammates. Industrial Mining laser is in position for a sweep against any potential target's legs, ready to retaliate in case of danger.

Ask Steve the following:
"Pancaek says some of our allies have been mind-controlled. Can you give us access to our possessed teammates camera feeds? Or their locations?"

EDIT: The building I pointed at was the one TCM is in.
Your cameyes are having something of a problem seeing. The dust and smoke has rendered motion tracking worthless, there's so much radiant heat from the fly over and something down the street that everything is just glowing an indistinguishable dull orange, and x-ray shows some stuff down the street, but none of it that looks like an enemy, just rubble.

You thud over to where jack is broadcasting from and lift the majority of the rubble off him with one hand before continuing to the diner. You grab pancaek and lift him up so that he can perch himself on your shoulder like the most terrifying parrot imaginable.

>The feed from Faith is black right now, but there's sound. She must be somewhere dark and not switching to a better vision mode. Morul is looking down at the street from the roof of a building, but the dust and smoke is giving  you cover. He can't see anything down there, at least through morul's eyes.




Calmly take off my helmet, and look around calmly, with a smile on my face, and think of those good old days when I fought with my clan against those who called themselves civilized

"Ahh yes, I know this smell, it brings back good memories, just like it was yesterday, smells all just the same."
You take off your helmet and inhale a nice big lungful of burning hot, toxic rocket exhaust and powdered brick. The next 30 seconds are filled with painful hacking and coughing, which leads to you inhaling even harder, which leads to even more coughing. Eventually you put your helmet back on, blink the tears away and sniff until your nose stops running.

"....yeah...nostalgia..."


Quote from: Jack->Pancaek
Uh, situation update here.  I appear to have been buried.  Not sure where, I'll see what I can do.
Can I struggle out of the rubble somehow, or am I packed in?
Flint saves you from your rubble tomb, and you shrug off the rest of the rubble he missed. You're scratched up and a bit mangled, but not really any worse for wear then before. Well, one of your mechanical eyeballs is hanging out of your skull, but thats fine. Now you'll always have one eye on the ground.

Quote from: Pancaek->Flint
Yeah, I think I can manage crawling to the entrance. Just be ready to pick me up, I'm in no condition to be out in the open with all the hostiles still around

Crawl on my stomach to the diner entrance and be picked up by Flint
I'm gonna assume you're now talking like Gilbert Gottfried (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5K1RcKJVbHA)

"Very well."

Go check on the building Flint pointed at.

"Hello?" Jack says into the rubble.
looks to Flint

"Okay."

walk into building and look around
You walk over to the building Flint pointed at and, after climbing through the smashed open storefront, find Someone in a MK I laying semi-conscious in a corner, near a closet that is screaming. Huh.

Charge dynamic uncon bonus.

Climb a fire escape and try to get a good view of the diner and faith.

You climb up to the roof of a nearby building, but all the smoke and dust is making seeing anything impossible. You hunker down and wait for the dust to clear, getting yourself set up in a good shooting position as you do.

Fight the influence. If I succeed, call out "Come to me Anna!", and if it works, attempt to bind her arms behind her back with my amp.

((Please work please work please work.))
The consciousness in your head seems to recognize you, smile, and then promptly crush you into some obscure corner of your own mind, completely disconnecting you from your body.



Get to the top of the building and look around, ready to avoid any incoming attack. If I locate Faith or Morul enter BT and prepare to attack.

Renen here. I am at the top of a building right now. Will try to locate the problematic teammates from here. Miya, permission to use force?

You skitter to the top of your building and look around. No sign of faith, but you can see morul standing on another nearby roof; an island of concrete and brick in a churning sea of dust. You concentrate and the world slows down.

((Sorry for late reply, had to work really late. Still, it seems Flint is doing a decent job right now, luckily.))

Quote from: Pancaek->friendly comms
rescue squad, please come in. This is Pancaek, glad that you're here. How briefed are you about the situation?
((I'll just assume Pan said the same to Miya as he did to Flint, to save time.))
Relay info from Pan to rest of rescue team.

"Team, Flint has the right idea here. Everybody be careful and do not let any ally come close to you until that person is confirmed safe.

Pancaek, try to rip Morul's braincase out of his body with your amp, if you can get a lock. Secondly, anyone who has a clean shot should try to shoot off Faith's legs. Yes, I know that's dangerous for Faith, but letting that thing have her mobility is that even more so. We really don't want to give her any further chances to move or fight. We can try to tie her hands behind her back next, but we need to limit her mobility first.

Knuser, put your damn helmet on. I can't track your progress otherwise.

Steve, I need you to zap Lerman unconscious. Now.


Get to the top of the building and look around, ready to avoid any incoming attack. If I locate Faith or Morul enter BT and prepare to attack.
Renen here. I am at the top of a building right now. Will try to locate the problematic teammates from here. Miya, permission to use force?
"Permission granted, but be careful: it seems they can take control over bodies via touch, so don't let them. Do you have any ranged weapons? If not, you should wait with engaging for now, but stay ready for it. Or maybe provide targeting solution for Pan."

Orders, some for Steve.



>Shocking.

Wow.

Wow.

Yttra watches in awe. Everything else so far has been… well, everything else. But this is unreal. It's like a scene from a movie. A scene from her favourite kind of movie.

Watch from the window, making sure to stay inside the building's protective shield.
Man, so that's what competence looks like! Neat!
Switch to Gungnir laser rifle, shoot anything hostile that comes near the APC.
I believe you will find that you are unconscious.

Hell yeah some action! Cecil looks for some good throwing rocks to throw at people or a nice sturdy club like object to bash some skulls in

((EDIT:: Goddamn auto-correct. cloud-like object!?))
You gather a few halfbricks, the best kind of throwable object, and a long piece of rebar you find in the rubble. Beatings mode: Activate.


Quote from: @Steve
Require evac coordinates or other instructions.

Quote from: @Miyamoto
Currently evacing wounded team-members from danger zone.

once apc is out of danger zone order driver to get to pickup point or location told by steve, send message to steve / miyamoto
stop apc out of the way get wounded out of apc
You have the driver pull into an alley a few miles away and unload everyone from the back of the APC. You have the wounded help you pile the dead up, kick Lerman off the turret and down into the alley, and then take your place in the passenger seat and wait for more instructions.

Enjoy the ride.
You enjoy the "sitting in an alley with dead people" ride.

Stabilize self. Locate hostages. (Even though they probably won't be necessary anymore.)
You feel mighty dizzy and dazed; everything is swimming and blurry in your vision, including the two guys in space suits standing over you. You wave at them, drunkenly.

"I fell down, Nyaan~"






No one can see anything from the crater up the street, but they can hear the thudding, the sound of slabs of concrete and asphalt being shifted, and something moving up and out of the hole. From his rooftop perch Morul just sort of stands there, idly scanning the scene. He looks over towards Auron and Renen for a moment, blinks and then keeps looking around, apparently uninterested.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 22, 2014, 11:18:47 am
Switch over to my echolocation visual filter and see if it can penetrate the smoke and dust floating around.

Use my dynamic bonus to melt faiths lower spine if i get a clear line of sight to her and shes moving slow enough that i can get a clear shot.

If i cannot see Faith, jump off the roof and through a window into the next building and begin working my way towards the crater through cover.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 22, 2014, 11:40:43 am
"That's strange, I didn't think closets are supposed to scream? New model?"
Charge uncon bonus, take out my blade, and prepare to open closet
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 22, 2014, 11:50:06 am
Ask Steve the following: "I assume you've isolated the possessed's comms from ours, right? If not, could you please do so now? Still listen for info, if possible, but don't let them listen back.

Also, pleaser report any changes from their cameras or beacons to Miyamoto and the rest of the team, OK?"


@Pancaek:"Okay, gotcha. Hold on tight and keep your eyes and ears open." Well, what's left of them, anyway. "Especially your ears."

Flint swithed to X-Ray again, given that it was the most likely to give him an early glimpse of the target as he slowly scanned the area in front of him while taking a few careful steps forward.

@Auron: "Auron, do you still have that sonar? If yes, it could be very useful for tracking Faith and any enemies we might have missed."

@Pancaek and everyone:"Listen up everyone.

Steve says Faith is somewhere dark. She's alive but I can't spot her with my cameyes due to all this interference. The moment you spot anything, the moment you hear anything weird, you notify me. Me and Pancaek will come as soon as we can, but until then, you have to keep her back. Her speed makes her extremely dangerous and all this dust is giving her extra concealment. So I suggest you stay put and keep your guns ready until we know where she is. Listen for suspicious noises. She's hidden from sight, but she can't hide her sound.

Morul is up on a roof. The dust is giving us cover, so he or anyone else around here can't use his amp on us, at least for now. I advise you to use that to our advantage and try to stay in the cover the dust provides. If you try to take him down, try to get him from behind and watch out for whatever possessed him."


Drop that crate Miyamoto had me carry inside/near the diner's entrance, so that it is concealed from the outside, if possible.
Start walking towards the crater. I don't know how much noise a battlesuit makes, but if it's not too much, try to move silently, if possible.
If I keep hearing slabs of concrete moving, walk faster. If nothing happens after a dozen seconds, stop moving and just look and listen.
Keep scanning with X-Ray and normal vision, hoping Faith's metallic skeleton will stand out. Keep my ears open.
If I spot or hear anything hostile, stop, take aim, report it and fire.
If someone says something hostile is coming my way, stop, take aim, and fire.
If someone else something hostile on the ground, run or rocket towards the target until they are close enough to fire upon them and fire.
Standard attack is slice its legs off/limit its mobility with my industrial mining laser. Be sure to also allow Pancaek to see the target so he can make his own attack.
If something bad gets too close, make a rocket-pod assisted jump away from it. Don't be shy to kick buildings or the blacktop if it would help me change my direction of movement and dodge.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 22, 2014, 11:55:38 am
"Sure i do, lemme switch it on. Oh and keep an eye on the dust cloud, Faith might just have her eyes closed to protect them from the debris her sub-orbital death strike kicked up."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 22, 2014, 01:27:27 pm
Feyri awaited the comms to come in from the rest as she analyzed the area. Three people from memory, easily recalled, yet as if galaxies away, standing right by her side. She knew these people.

It seemed like forever since urban combat became a sight to feel for her, and she wished it would remain a memory. It reminded her of a nightmare that put her in all this, in the first place.

(Radio/Wristpad)
Everyone, keep vigil in mind and sight. Keep with your thoughts and recognize any stray or intrusive ideas. We're dealing with cult and 'magic', but I know there's a system to all this. Order in what we know as chaos, which they operate on, and which our allies have fallen under.

We're on the low ground. Check the higher locations for shooters or any approaching enemies--usually the more dangerous group, the people we must rescue and the cultists.

Cecil, I want you to take point, if we're moving and call out anything you find amiss. Auron, you're our spotter. Switch optics to check the area where our friends are and use any other device capable of sensing them. Priority: Faith. If we're encountering any civilians, armed and against us or any local police--do not shoot unless you're either sure they're hostile or being...magick'd. Use these otherwise but save them for any of our allies if they prove...uncooperative.

Flint is in charge, yet stick to the open places when there's lacking cover. We do not want to be recipients of amps and whatever kinetic forces they can bring, with gravity being against us in this case.


Distribute stun grenades to the rest of my team. 2x to Jack and Auron, 1x to Cecil.
Examine the immediate vicinity. Also give Cecil my Rotary Gauss gun.


Feyri clasped Cecil's shoulder and lit up a :( using her holodisplay.
Looks like someone went into war without ammunition...or a gun, for that metaphor, anyway.
But you've an amp. Use it well--always be aware of the hand wielding the glove..


...And teach Cecil how to use it .__.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 22, 2014, 01:40:59 pm
"Well, I'm not in charge, technically. Miyamoto is. I'm just giving some advice when I can. If Miyamoto gives an order that contradicts what I said, then listen to him, he knows more."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 22, 2014, 01:47:38 pm
"Well, I'm not in charge, technically. Miyamoto is. I'm just giving some advice when I can. If Miyamoto gives an order that contradicts what I said, then listen to him, he knows more."
You receive a ping in your wristpad.
Quote
:P
Fire-team Leader, sorry. I missed that term.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 22, 2014, 02:25:02 pm
Jack takes out Shotgun before helping person in MK1 get up. Then initiate overwatch on the closet.

"Are you injured?" Jack asks D'usse after helping her/whatever up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 22, 2014, 02:29:37 pm
Quote
:P
Fire-team Leader, sorry. I missed that term.
Flint got his arms out of the battlesuit's control cuffs and typed a quick message in response while he continued walking forward.
Quote from: Flint Westwood to Feyri Nirel
Don't worry, just making sure there's no misunderstanding.
Glad to have you with us.

He had only worked with the girl on his first mission, but he remembered she was considerate of human life yet capable under pressure, traits that were both admirable and useful, especially on this kind of mission.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 22, 2014, 02:37:17 pm
Cecil hustles over to a sturdy wall and stands with hid back to it. Setting down his rebar and bricks, keeping one secure in his amp, asks Miyamoto,
So Boss. I'm not so good at this. What am I s'possed to do?

He scans the field of dust and debris, looking for something hostile to lob his brick at.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 22, 2014, 02:45:40 pm
Fight for control of my voice only. If I succeed, scream "Hit void button!".

((Maybe just fighting for control of my voice will make it easier?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 22, 2014, 03:23:11 pm
"That's much better, thanks.  Mind if I tag along?"
Try to follow Flint
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 22, 2014, 04:00:11 pm
Try to fight reality and wake up. Should that fail, do unconscious person things.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 22, 2014, 04:31:37 pm
"That's much better, thanks.  Mind if I tag along?"
"Sure. Three eyes are better than two." No, wait, I'm pretty sure that's not how it goes... Bah. "Just make sure to not stand very close to me. She's powerful and she's quick. I don't want her taking three of us out with one blow."
Title: Auron,
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 22, 2014, 05:11:10 pm
((When I asked pw about those things I requested, he answered with this:

Quote
We'll assume that they were packed in a backpack sorta thing on the back of Paris' battlesuit, since there's not a lot of places to stick a crate of materials on a hotdrop.


"Ok then, it seems Faith isn't out of action yet. Pan, I really really need you to rip out Morul's braincase now, that'll take out one enemy at least. Flint, position Pan so he can do that, if you can. If not, let Renen come over and take Pan off of you. Either way, try to make it quick, so pop out of smoke and immediately take him down, then get back in.

Renen, Auron, try to get a bit more concealed, at least until Morul's out of the way.

Flint, drop off the package Steve gave you, it contains the items I requested. Knuser, quickly check what exactly is in the package.

Feyri, keep that Rotary Gauss gun. there should be a spare weapon in the care package. Or maybe give your electro-laser. You can use that thing best, after all, and we might need the firepower.

Rest of you, try to use the cover from the smoke or a building or something, but spread out. And prepare to either dodge or use your weapons if you can *.

Konrad, good work. Now, I'd like you to tell me exactly who was with you in the APC, and their status (dead, wounded, what wounds,...). Oh, and take away all of Lerman's weapons please. Just put them in the APC for now."

Ask Steve to continue telling us what Faith and Morul can see and hear.

((*= aka prepare a dynamic bonus for your weapon of choice or dex, if you can.))


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 22, 2014, 05:55:41 pm
Got it, Boss.

Cecil keeps back to the wall, brick in amp-hand, eyes on the field for Faith or Morul. (Charge... A brick would be unconventional, wouldn't it?)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 22, 2014, 06:00:36 pm
Got it, Boss.

Cecil keeps back to the wall, brick in amp-hand, eyes on the field for Faith or Morul. (Charge... A brick would be unconventional, wouldn't it?)

"A brick won't do much against synthflesh. Go get a weapon from a teammate, or from the care package Flint will drop. Or use your kinetic amp, if you don't have another choice."

((You have a monorazor and a kinetic amp, you should use those instead of a brick. And throwing a brick would probably be dex.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Sean Mirrsen on July 22, 2014, 06:12:42 pm
((Lerman had a Gungnir. It's usable as both a gun and a melee weapon, at least for 30 seconds.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 22, 2014, 06:14:44 pm
Sure thing, Boss. Cecil says, hustling over to Flint.

He prepares his monorazor in his off hand, keeping an eye about the place while he sees what goods he can pick up from the package. (Charge whatever the hell amp-punch would be. Uncon if I remember.)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 22, 2014, 10:44:46 pm
If it comes down to shooting our allies, never aim for the head. Aim to maim, disable or disorient, in ascending order of priority. Feyri said as she lifted the Rotary and readied her other gun.
Unless they are synthetic and/or augmented. By which I mean do not aim for the chest at all.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 23, 2014, 04:53:50 am
"Flint, drop off the package Steve gave you, it contains the items I requested."
"I'm dropping it off inside the diner. It will hopefully give people accessing it some cover."
"Rest of you, try to use the cover from the smoke or a building or something, but spread out. And prepare to either dodge or use your weapons if you can *."
"I suggest we don't get too spread out though. That's just asking for her to take us out one by one or for people to get mind-controlled without us noticing. Better stay near other teammates."

"Ok then, it seems Faith isn't out of action yet. Pan, I really really need you to rip out Morul's braincase now, that'll take out one enemy at least. Flint, position Pan so he can do that, if you can. If not, let Renen come over and take Pan off of you. Either way, try to make it quick, so pop out of smoke and immediately take him down, then get back in.

Renen, Auron, try to get a bit more concealed, at least until Morul's out of the way."
"Are you sure that's a good idea? I'm not exactly quiet when I fly and I would be going up against a space wizard. Now, that might not be a problem for you mister "I'm a big fat avatar of war that can go toe to toe with an amp specialist" but I'd like to avoid having my body crushed if I could help it. The fact that I'm willing to risk my life if necessary does not mean you get to send me suicidal orders when there are alternatives. And I've seen videos of Renen taking care of a squad of sods in less than a second, I'm fairly certain he can approach Morul from behind, slice him up real nice before he has a chance to react and be back to cover in no time.

Even if we succeed, that will tire out Pancaek and he's the only one who can safely disable Faith, since he has done it before. Anything else we try is untested and unproven. And my armour means I'm much more suitable at facing Faith since her shockwaves will have less of an effect on me."


((And the mind controller is somewhere around here, even though I have no IC knowledge of him. I'd prefer it if the rest of the team didn't have to face a mind controlled Pancaek or a mind controlled battlesuit.))

"So, in short, unless you can give me a good reason why we should risk our lives doing something like throwing Pancaek into the air and then catching him after he's taken care of Morul, I will continue with my course of action."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 23, 2014, 07:47:36 am
Pan's split head gurgles some words

"I'm with Flint on this one, just let Renen and his super cool "look at me I'm faster than everyone 'cause the doc likes me" body take care of Morul, if Morul is still alive in that husk. Stopping Faith once was bad enough, and at least then I could see her clearly."

If I can see Faith at any point, force her hands behind her back with mass amp. If Flint attacks anyone else, heat 1 foot sphere in center mass of said target, unless it is Morul or Faith. If I can at no point see Faith or other hostiles, but I can see Morul, attempt to rip out his braincase with mass amp.

If absolutely none of the above happens, charge will bonus.


use flints cameyes if possible. Try and rip out moruls braincase if we can see him. Should Faith attack us, try and force her hands behnd her back with my amp.

if neither of these happen, chrge will bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 23, 2014, 01:53:05 pm
Go to other buildings out of Morul's and possible enemies' vision. Put a hand on the sword's hilt and get ready to attack (dynamic bonus).

Hey Pancaek it's more like it went "Hey you will be my new arbiter prototype test. Try to be better than an Arbiter." And they are a tough type of soldier.

And how was Morul controlled? Was it by touch like Faith? I could try to cut off all his arms and legs. Is he equipped with any amp?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 23, 2014, 04:13:40 pm
Jack takes out Shotgun before helping person in MK1 get up. Then initiate overwatch on the closet.

"Are you injured?" Jack asks D'usse after helping her/whatever up.

"I'm a bit dizzy really...is there somewhere I can lie down?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 23, 2014, 04:53:08 pm
"So I'm Faith, you're Anne, I believe? Nice to meet you Anne, sorry about murdering your friends and trashing your house. Lovely weather you have here, and I love what you've done with the impenetrable alien shell."

Continue Speech Rolling Anne.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 23, 2014, 05:42:06 pm
Jack takes out Shotgun before helping person in MK1 get up. Then initiate overwatch on the closet.

"Are you injured?" Jack asks D'usse after helping her/whatever up.

"I'm a bit dizzy really...is there somewhere I can lie down?"
"You should be fine once you have been standing for a few seconds."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 23, 2014, 06:07:20 pm
Loot Hasala's corpse! Also hop back in the APC if it looks like it's about to take off.

Edited because dead doesn't mean dead.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 23, 2014, 07:09:47 pm
((Important notice: Miyamoto is making decisions on incomplete information. I don't think it'd be fare to act as if he knows everything that has happened so far on the mission. And I'm doing my best to avoid going meta here. No offense Paris, but I do get the slight feeling Flint seems to be knowing a bit too well what's going on despite not even being able to quickly skim the camera feeds.

For example, Miya doesn't know what exactly is possessing Morul or how that works, so he's assuming it might also be something transferred by touch, like with Faith. So if you're wondering why I might be making some decisions that seems a bit strange when taking into account all the information, remember that Miya doesn't have all he information.))


Quote
"I'm dropping it off inside the diner. It will hopefully give people accessing it some cover."
"Very good, let's hope Steve delivered."

Quote
"I suggest we don't get too spread out though. That's just asking for her to take us out one by one or for people to get mind-controlled without us noticing. Better stay near other teammates."
"Of course you should stay within visual range of a teammate, I'm talking about not ganging up like a bunch of ants to be taken down in one strike. "

Quote
"Are you sure that's a good idea? I'm not exactly quiet when I fly and I would be going up against a space wizard. Now, that might not be a problem for you mister "I'm a big fat avatar of war that can go toe to toe with an amp specialist" but I'd like to avoid having my body crushed if I could help it. The fact that I'm willing to risk my life if necessary does not mean you get to send me suicidal orders when there are alternatives. And I've seen videos of Renen taking care of a squad of sods in less than a second, I'm fairly certain he can approach Morul from behind, slice him up real nice before he has a chance to react and be back to cover in no time.

Even if we succeed, that will tire out Pancaek and he's the only one who can safely disable Faith, since he has done it before. Anything else we try is untested and unproven. And my armour means I'm much more suitable at facing Faith since her shockwaves will have less of an effect on me."

((And the mind controller is somewhere around here, even though I have no IC knowledge of him. I'd prefer it if the rest of the team didn't have to face a mind controlled Pancaek or a mind controlled battlesuit.))

"So, in short, unless you can give me a good reason why we should risk our lives doing something like throwing Pancaek into the air and then catching him after he's taken care of Morul, I will continue with my course of action."


"Dammit, now you are starting to second-guess my commands as well. Look, every minute Morul is on that roof is another minute he poses a danger with his amp, or at the very least acts as another pair of eyes for whatever's controlling him. As such, I want him out of the equation as fast as possible, preferably before Faith is back in action. As to why I didn't send in Renen or Auron first, that's because Ripping out his braincase seemed like the only option that would both reliably take him out, as well as give him a slight chance to live. Secondly, Morul's possession might also be transferable through touch for all we know, like with Faith. And with her the possession moved from a person through an object, Konrad's suit', to Faith. So for all I know right now, it might jump to Renen via his sword the moment the blade hits him. And seeing as how that thing is apparently very good with Morul's amp, what with slicing the cuffs without a visual, I'm not sure he would be defenseless. I was planning to keep Renen as our ace-in-the-hole, to be used when things really couldn't get worse, but I guess that's now out of the picture.

And I told you before, Renen or Auron can come take Pan off of you if you aren't available or you think you'd be too loud. Also, why would you even need to completely move out of the smoke? Once your cameyes can see Morul, Pan can hit him on your direction, he's right on top of you.Or let him drag himself for a few meters out of the smoke, he's a big boy.

And as per stopping Faith, it's true that tying Faith's arms seems to be a reliable method of stopping her. However, if that's not an option we can always delimb her. that will either leave us with a possessed but harmless Faith, or the 'banshee' will re-emerge, in which case we can try to take it down. Both are things we can do with normal weapons or amps.

Anyways, it's too late to change direction now, better keep on a single course to avoid confusion. I'll have to trust your gut feeling and the fact that you're on the ground yourself there. Let's hope this works out, for all of your sakes."


Then, continuing the conversation on a personal link with Flint:

"However, I'll tell you this, and tell you once, but I never want to hear you talking like that again. What, do you really think I'd give you, or anyone else, suicidal orders? Did you, off all people, even think for a minute I hadn't considered the alternatives, including the one you're proposing? Because I certainly did, and I went for the option that seemed optimal to me.

Flint, as a commander, I am not afraid to use my assets to complete a mission. That sometimes means sending people into dangerous situations. But I would never waste a life. Not of a civilian, not even an enemy, but especially not a teammate, a friend. Do you really think I saved you from your orbital flight of doom to gamble with that same life now?"




((Note that Pan has a +2 to Will. If anyone can resist remote mind control, it'd be him. If there even is a mind controller still around, we have no confirmation of that. And I think Gilgamesh can be disabled by Steve remotely.

Oh, and if delimbing Faith let the banshee out again, I was planning to have Pan use his amp to push a civilian or a new recruit into her to force take-over (if that works) and then restrain that person (much easier if it isn't a synthflesh monster). Yes, a little bit of a heartless plan, but if that's what necessary to take her out, it might've been the best option.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 23, 2014, 08:23:25 pm
((Yeah, I'm also not using knowledge you don't have. I'm using the information provided by Pancaek here:
http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5490749#msg5490749
The OOC thing about the mind controller was just... What's the expression? Adding topping to the food? Anyway, it was a small argument that supported my position yet was ultimately unnecessary.

If you want to be totally realistic then, yes, in a real combat situation a man around his 70s probably wouldn't be able to process all that info Pancaek and his eyes are giving him so fast as to make a decision, but I think that's not been a problem in similar situations in the past. Maybe we can say it's the adrenaline?

And Flint did have a rather close and extremely dangerous encounter with a space wizard that ended very traumatically for him, so he has reason to avoid them. And I'm afraid of space wizards myself, so that might be my fear showing.

On the other hand, he was given no information that this might be transferable by touch, so he had no reason to believe using Renen might be bad. You never said not to touch enemies or possession might be transferable via touch. You said do not touch anything. Which I find it reasonable to interpret as "do not touch any strange object", which is a quite reasonable warning to give to HMRC newbies (or even veterans) on any mission. Notice how I never said anything about Faith's or Morul's possession, even in the form of actions, because I have no information of it.

So in Flint's eyes, you're sending him against something that can easily kill him for no good reason. He just wanted to make sure that there was a reason. But really, given Flint's character, you didn't even have to explain yourself. A "Look, just trust me on this, OK?" would have been enough for him, because he trusts Miyamoto.))

Flint stayed silent for a second.
"I... I see. I'm sorry for ever doubting you, sir."

Ask Steve the following: "I assume you've isolated the possessed's comms from ours, right? If not, could you please do so now? Still listen for info, if possible, but don't let them listen back.

Also, pleaser report any changes from their cameras or beacons to Miyamoto and the rest of the team, OK?"


Drop that crate Miyamoto had me carry inside/near the diner's entrance, so that it is concealed from the outside, if possible.

Fly towards the roof Morul is on.
If my cameyes allow me to see him, then put Pancaek behind my head and give him my camera feed so he can take care of him.
Else, punch the edge of the roof as I approach it from below to provide cover. As I rise through the cloud of debris, Pancaek should be able to use my cameyes to take care of Morul.
Regardless of whether or not the attack success, let myself drop down after the attack.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 23, 2014, 08:28:24 pm
Jack takes out Shotgun before helping person in MK1 get up. Then initiate overwatch on the closet.

"Are you injured?" Jack asks D'usse after helping her/whatever up.

"I'm a bit dizzy really...is there somewhere I can lie down?"
"You should be fine once you have been standing for a few seconds."

"Oh, it's way too dangerous out here. Not so...cat-friendly."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 23, 2014, 08:56:36 pm
Quote
And Flint did have a rather close and extremely dangerous encounter with a space wizard that ended very traumatically for him, so he has reason to avoid them. And I'm afraid of space wizards myself, so that might be my fear showing.

((Hey, I'm afraid from space wizards myself, so I can totally see why you'd want to avoid him. I agree that, taking into account all the relevant OOC info, this might not be the most optimal course of action. But it's what I think Miya would do based on what he knows right now. And yes, I admit Miya has not given certain info yet that would be important for Flint, but I also kinda chalk that up to not having had the time yet. Because Miya isn't sure that his conjectures and guesses from his quick skimming the video are fully correct, and he would want to avoid giving out false or contradicting intell.))

We have a slight problem now though. Mainly, that people might not get to alter their actions in time. So, should we just keep going with Flint's original plan, or hope people can adjust their actions on time?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 23, 2014, 11:25:34 pm
Feyri checked her MKIII suit and looked at Flint.

Need Aerial support or some covering fire?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 24, 2014, 02:25:47 am
Stand with back against the wall next to the window, holding the goop thrower. Peek out, trying not to be seen. Charge dex bonus. Wonder what's gonna happen next.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 24, 2014, 03:46:42 am
wait for teammates in fight at diner to become wounded / dead, then get APC to drive by pick them up and get them to wounded pile
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 24, 2014, 04:33:44 am
Feyri checked her MKIII suit and looked at Flint.

Need Aerial support or some covering fire?
"I would appreciate a distraction, if you could give me one. Maybe fly behind the building Morul is on and 'make some noise'? That would probably make it a bit safer for me.
Otherwise, just help the rest of the team. Faith is still around here somewhere and you're fast enough to reach her and good enough to disable her, should she re-emerge."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 24, 2014, 05:31:55 am
"He sure does like talking, doesn't he?"

((edited my action to go after morul first))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 24, 2014, 06:59:51 am
"Hello cat lady. I am Knuser. Do you know who's in this closet? I don't want to stab a friend of yours, or I really want to. Depends on who closet man is."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 24, 2014, 09:57:04 am
Myamoto, Renen here. I will be just waiting for you to give me the order to attack. If that thing gets this body, things will turn bad.

(( My action was just to hide and prepare for an atack. I will wait the order to do so ;D))
Title: Re: Auron,
Post by: piecewise on July 24, 2014, 11:57:54 am
Switch over to my echolocation visual filter and see if it can penetrate the smoke and dust floating around.

Use my dynamic bonus to melt faiths lower spine if i get a clear line of sight to her and shes moving slow enough that i can get a clear shot.

If i cannot see Faith, jump off the roof and through a window into the next building and begin working my way towards the crater through cover.

Echolocation gives a bit better of a picture through the slowly dispersing smoke, but you still can't see Faith; she must be down in the rubble somewhere, hidden.

You jump off the roof and through the window of an adjacent building, working your way slowly toward the crater. Eventually you reach the diner building, jump for the window and smack into it like a pigeon into a glass wall. You fall a few stories into the alleyway below, unhurt, except for your pride.


"That's strange, I didn't think closets are supposed to scream? New model?"
Charge uncon bonus, take out my blade, and prepare to open closet
You pull out the monorazor and slowly walk towards the closet, placing one hand on the handle. It's all very horror movie-esque




Feyri awaited the comms to come in from the rest as she analyzed the area. Three people from memory, easily recalled, yet as if galaxies away, standing right by her side. She knew these people.

It seemed like forever since urban combat became a sight to feel for her, and she wished it would remain a memory. It reminded her of a nightmare that put her in all this, in the first place.

(Radio/Wristpad)
Everyone, keep vigil in mind and sight. Keep with your thoughts and recognize any stray or intrusive ideas. We're dealing with cult and 'magic', but I know there's a system to all this. Order in what we know as chaos, which they operate on, and which our allies have fallen under.

We're on the low ground. Check the higher locations for shooters or any approaching enemies--usually the more dangerous group, the people we must rescue and the cultists.

Cecil, I want you to take point, if we're moving and call out anything you find amiss. Auron, you're our spotter. Switch optics to check the area where our friends are and use any other device capable of sensing them. Priority: Faith. If we're encountering any civilians, armed and against us or any local police--do not shoot unless you're either sure they're hostile or being...magick'd. Use these otherwise but save them for any of our allies if they prove...uncooperative.

Flint is in charge, yet stick to the open places when there's lacking cover. We do not want to be recipients of amps and whatever kinetic forces they can bring, with gravity being against us in this case.


Distribute stun grenades to the rest of my team. 2x to Jack and Auron, 1x to Cecil.
Examine the immediate vicinity. Also give Cecil my Rotary Gauss gun.


Feyri clasped Cecil's shoulder and lit up a :( using her holodisplay.
Looks like someone went into war without ammunition...or a gun, for that metaphor, anyway.
But you've an amp. Use it well--always be aware of the hand wielding the glove..


...And teach Cecil how to use it .__.

You hand out the stun grenades and look around. You can see a hell of a lot of smoke and some buildings to either side that have seen better days. Everyone is moving off towards something down on the far end of the street, but you can't see what it is through the haze at ground level.


Jack takes out Shotgun before helping person in MK1 get up. Then initiate overwatch on the closet.

"Are you injured?" Jack asks D'usse after helping her/whatever up.

You help get D'usse up on her feet and let her lean against you while you line up a shot on the closet, just in case.


Fight for control of my voice only. If I succeed, scream "Hit void button!".

((Maybe just fighting for control of my voice will make it easier?))
You are growing tired; it's hard to stay aware of whats going on, let alone influence it. You are growing very faint.  So, you summon up the last vestiges of mental power and throw them out in one last attempt. You manage to get control, for just an instant. But it's long enough to slap the void button. You're instantly back in control of your body, standing in the void. Your nose and eyes are bleeding...wait..no they're not. You don't even have those parts anymore. But it feels like they are. You'd be weirded out by that if it didn't feel like you were dying.

The void is silent, for the moment.


"That's much better, thanks.  Mind if I tag along?"
Try to follow Flint
You do what most people do in these sorts of situations: you find the biggest, toughest guy and you stand behind him. Whether you intend to play backup to his advance or simply use his big metallic ass as cover, it's a good place to be.


Try to fight reality and wake up. Should that fail, do unconscious person things.
I think miya probably wants to keep you unconscious, so even if you woke up you'd just be zapped again. Your Reign of terror is over...for now.


((When I asked pw about those things I requested, he answered with this:

Quote
We'll assume that they were packed in a backpack sorta thing on the back of Paris' battlesuit, since there's not a lot of places to stick a crate of materials on a hotdrop.


"Ok then, it seems Faith isn't out of action yet. Pan, I really really need you to rip out Morul's braincase now, that'll take out one enemy at least. Flint, position Pan so he can do that, if you can. If not, let Renen come over and take Pan off of you. Either way, try to make it quick, so pop out of smoke and immediately take him down, then get back in.

Renen, Auron, try to get a bit more concealed, at least until Morul's out of the way.

Flint, drop off the package Steve gave you, it contains the items I requested. Knuser, quickly check what exactly is in the package.

Feyri, keep that Rotary Gauss gun. there should be a spare weapon in the care package. Or maybe give your electro-laser. You can use that thing best, after all, and we might need the firepower.

Rest of you, try to use the cover from the smoke or a building or something, but spread out. And prepare to either dodge or use your weapons if you can *.

Konrad, good work. Now, I'd like you to tell me exactly who was with you in the APC, and their status (dead, wounded, what wounds,...). Oh, and take away all of Lerman's weapons please. Just put them in the APC for now."

Ask Steve to continue telling us what Faith and Morul can see and hear.

((*= aka prepare a dynamic bonus for your weapon of choice or dex, if you can.))

>Morul appears to have dropped off the face of reality moments ago, and faith is still somewhere dark, but moving judging by her implant and the noises. She's underground and scurrying.


Got it, Boss.

Cecil keeps back to the wall, brick in amp-hand, eyes on the field for Faith or Morul. (Charge... A brick would be unconventional, wouldn't it?)
You press scoot into the entryway of a nearby building and cower, waiting for the chance...scratch that, you're waiting for the various mindcontrolled whatever the fucks to give you no choice except to fight. You'd prefer not to have to fight faith with nothing but melee weapons, at least if any of the reports you've heard about her are true.

Pan's split head gurgles some words

"I'm with Flint on this one, just let Renen and his super cool "look at me I'm faster than everyone 'cause the doc likes me" body take care of Morul, if Morul is still alive in that husk. Stopping Faith once was bad enough, and at least then I could see her clearly."

If I can see Faith at any point, force her hands behind her back with mass amp. If Flint attacks anyone else, heat 1 foot sphere in center mass of said target, unless it is Morul or Faith. If I can at no point see Faith or other hostiles, but I can see Morul, attempt to rip out his braincase with mass amp.

If absolutely none of the above happens, charge will bonus.


use flints cameyes if possible. Try and rip out moruls braincase if we can see him. Should Faith attack us, try and force her hands behnd her back with my amp.

if neither of these happen, chrge will bonus

Everything stay quiet for the moment, the dust and smoke slowly settling and dispersing. Morul is gone and faith hasn't left the crater she just dug. You concentrate, looking through flint's cameras, waiting. Tension swells in your chest.

Go to other buildings out of Morul's and possible enemies' vision. Put a hand on the sword's hilt and get ready to attack (dynamic bonus).

Hey Pancaek it's more like it went "Hey you will be my new arbiter prototype test. Try to be better than an Arbiter." And they are a tough type of soldier.

And how was Morul controlled? Was it by touch like Faith? I could try to cut off all his arms and legs. Is he equipped with any amp?


You drop down into a side alley and move along the wall, one hand on your weapon as you scuttle out of sight, moving toward the crater at the end of the road.

"So I'm Faith, you're Anne, I believe? Nice to meet you Anne, sorry about murdering your friends and trashing your house. Lovely weather you have here, and I love what you've done with the impenetrable alien shell."

Continue Speech Rolling Anne.
You try to speak but you can't; it feels like someone is forcibly holding your mouth shut. You try to speak with the pure mechanical voice box, which shouldn't need mouth movements to work, but even that remains silent. Hmm. That makes you uneasy.

Loot Hasala's corpse! Also hop back in the APC if it looks like it's about to take off.

Edited because dead doesn't mean dead.
You sit down on the rear of the APC, ready to roll back into the vehicle proper should it start to move.

((Yeah, I'm also not using knowledge you don't have. I'm using the information provided by Pancaek here:
http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5490749#msg5490749
The OOC thing about the mind controller was just... What's the expression? Adding topping to the food? Anyway, it was a small argument that supported my position yet was ultimately unnecessary.

If you want to be totally realistic then, yes, in a real combat situation a man around his 70s probably wouldn't be able to process all that info Pancaek and his eyes are giving him so fast as to make a decision, but I think that's not been a problem in similar situations in the past. Maybe we can say it's the adrenaline?

And Flint did have a rather close and extremely dangerous encounter with a space wizard that ended very traumatically for him, so he has reason to avoid them. And I'm afraid of space wizards myself, so that might be my fear showing.

On the other hand, he was given no information that this might be transferable by touch, so he had no reason to believe using Renen might be bad. You never said not to touch enemies or possession might be transferable via touch. You said do not touch anything. Which I find it reasonable to interpret as "do not touch any strange object", which is a quite reasonable warning to give to HMRC newbies (or even veterans) on any mission. Notice how I never said anything about Faith's or Morul's possession, even in the form of actions, because I have no information of it.

So in Flint's eyes, you're sending him against something that can easily kill him for no good reason. He just wanted to make sure that there was a reason. But really, given Flint's character, you didn't even have to explain yourself. A "Look, just trust me on this, OK?" would have been enough for him, because he trusts Miyamoto.))

Flint stayed silent for a second.
"I... I see. I'm sorry for ever doubting you, sir."

Ask Steve the following: "I assume you've isolated the possessed's comms from ours, right? If not, could you please do so now? Still listen for info, if possible, but don't let them listen back.

Also, pleaser report any changes from their cameras or beacons to Miyamoto and the rest of the team, OK?"


Drop that crate Miyamoto had me carry inside/near the diner's entrance, so that it is concealed from the outside, if possible.

Fly towards the roof Morul is on.
If my cameyes allow me to see him, then put Pancaek behind my head and give him my camera feed so he can take care of him.
Else, punch the edge of the roof as I approach it from below to provide cover. As I rise through the cloud of debris, Pancaek should be able to use my cameyes to take care of Morul.
Regardless of whether or not the attack success, let myself drop down after the attack.




>obviously.

You put the crate down behind the counter in the diner,  and then turn your attention up toward the roof and Mor...wait... where the hell is he? You scan the roofline but see nothing.

A moment later you get confirmation from Steve that Morul has vanished, not just from the roof top but from all methods of monitoring.

Stand with back against the wall next to the window, holding the goop thrower. Peek out, trying not to be seen. Charge dex bonus. Wonder what's gonna happen next.
You stand next to the window, peeking out every so often as the new team members fan out across the battlefield. You're not sure they remember you're here. And you're honestly not sure if you should remind them; staying out of the way has saved your life thus far, and you see little reason to stick your neck out just yet.

wait for teammates in fight at diner to become wounded / dead, then get APC to drive by pick them up and get them to wounded pile
You put your feet up on the dash board and idly beat box to yourself while you wait. The driver reads a newspaper, seemingly completely unfazed by this entire situation.






Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on July 24, 2014, 12:00:22 pm
Slowly realize that maybe this is hell and that I'm going to continuously relive bleeding out because my team mates don't want to let the dead and wounded get back to being useful.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 24, 2014, 12:07:24 pm
Well, that was totally anticlimactic.

"Uhh, so what now?"
Flint got the Rainbow Cannon ready, switching its selector to Yellow mode. This causes the gun to change its rifle like shape and become very squat, almost like holding a large box with a grip coming out the back. The front of the box as a concave form, like a satellite dish set into the rest of the body.
"I propose we send people to investigate the diner while I fly to the roof and wait for Faith and Morul to reappear. Maybe I'll lay some Yellow mines down the street while I wait. Not the one the APC went towards, obviously.

I think the diner is the best choice because it seems to be reinforced and able to survive all the destruction happening around it, so if Faith reemerges from below or Morul pops into existence again, they won't be able to damage us. Plus, there's a chance Faith is actually tunneling underground so that she can get to that basement, in which case we need to be ready for when she emerges. If she's actually tunneling away from here to get ready for another attack, then Steve should be able to tell us when she's coming long before she's here."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 24, 2014, 12:32:34 pm
Open the closet, if it is a threat, slash it with my blade. If not a threat or it's dead, open up the package i'm supposed to open. Afterwards, take cover near hostages and charge con bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 24, 2014, 12:37:44 pm
"Uhh, so what now? Should we send people to investigate the diner while I wait for Faith?"

Input: Details, Flint. What information are you getting? Is Faith in the skylines or ground level? I've my rotary prepped up and my team ready to-...well they're spreading out anyway.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 24, 2014, 12:52:24 pm
"Uhh, so what now? Should we send people to investigate the diner while I wait for Faith?"

Input: Details, Flint. What information are you getting? Is Faith in the skylines or ground level? I've my rotary prepped up and my team ready to-...well they're spreading out anyway.
"Well, according to Steve, Faith is still possessed and moving somewhere underground. I think she might be tunneling for the diner's basement.
And Morul just... vanished. Don't know what happened to him."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 24, 2014, 01:09:38 pm
Bored but alive, bored but alive...

Hey, Konrad? Why'd we dump the incap'd people on the ground in an alley?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 24, 2014, 01:57:57 pm
Get out of the road and closer to a wall. Be ready to avoid any attack.

Steve, Miya. Where is Faith moving towards? Can you tell?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 24, 2014, 02:25:02 pm
Cecil, suddenly realizing how idiotic it is to stand outside, decides to run over to the diner as fast as he can make it, keeping his monorazor prepped just in case something dives out at him.

Get to the diner. Charge dynamic bonus.

Punch the ground while inside the Diner with my amp I guess. Better than eating tables.


Okay this time make it to the diner and follow my team leader to wherever we go. Charge dynamic Uncon bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 24, 2014, 03:00:48 pm
"Time to rest. Wonder why he isn't here. You know, I don't really care."

Rest my brain, and begin building some mental defenses. Keep an eye out for any signs of Timmy.

((Got the funniest picture of Steve getting a "Morul Migurkeshin has logged out" message.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 24, 2014, 05:09:08 pm
"Uh, I guess I'll head back to the diner."
Yup, move back to the diner.  Keep my eye out for weird mind control stuff.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 24, 2014, 05:30:22 pm
((Hmm. I have a problem: I don't want to leave the APC nor the wounded/dead alone, but stationing thea APCat the diner is dangerous, and letting it stay where it is means condemning at least one player to staring at a wall for a good while. Hmm. Wish I had npc's for this kinda stuff  :/  (and no, I don't trust Lerman to do that, he'd find a way to screw up somehow.)

PW, if I left the APC without an active player, could I assume the driver notifies me in time if anything would happen to it? Cause if not, I'll be forced to have a player stand around and do nothing for a long time. Alternatively, could you tell me what we would need to do to get a shuttle down to evacuate our dead? If we could do that, then I wouldn't need to assign anyone to watch over them, andd all players that are still alive could actually play.


Quote
"I... I see. I'm sorry for ever doubting you, sir."
"Ah... Don't worry too much about it, I may have overreacted. Let's just try and finish this mission now, ok?"

Quote
Myamoto, Renen here. I will be just waiting for you to give me the order to attack. If that thing gets this body, things will turn bad.
"Understood."

Quote
I think Miya probably wants to keep you unconscious, so even if you woke up you'd just be zapped again. Your Reign of terror is over...for now.
Oh yes, very. Lerman is out of the mission as far as Miya is concerned.


"Konrad, Taddok, please stay put for a little while longer. I'll speak to Steve about that medivac.

Cecil or Knuser, please go over to that care package Flint dropped and check it's contents. Auron, quickly check whether Pan could regain his mobility if he used your exosuit. You still have your synthflesh, so you'll be fine either way.


Okay then people, now that we have a moment respite, here's the plan:
I'm dividing you into three teams.

Team 1 will stay with the APC until all the wounded and dead are either in a safe location or extracted. Konrad, Taddok, I trust you two with the lives of your teammates. Once your job is done I'll add you to another team. Oh, and please take away Lerman's weapons, and keep them with you for the moment.

Team 2 will have four tasks: one, prepare for and repel further attacks from the military or police. Secondly, take on Faith, or other hostiles, should she re-emerge, and finally keep the ground floor of the diner and street secured and deal with any civilians or hostages there might be. This team will consist of Flint, Pancaek, Knuser, D'usse, Jack Catar and Yttra. Flint, you will be in charge of this team, if you think you can handle it. Remember there are smoke canisters in the care package should you need concealment.

Team 3 will be responsible for clearing out the diner, starting with the basement since it seems that is where Faith is moving towards. This team is made up of Feyri, Renen, Auron, Cecil, Jonathan and Jack Hansan. Renen, do you think you are capable of leading this squad, or would you prefer I pick someone else? This team's job is to stop Faith if she is moving towards there, and try to find out whatever the cultists are hiding down there. If I have confirmation Faith is moving in that direction, I might send Pancaek down to support you with his amp."

Ask Steve where exactly Faith seems to be moving towards. Is it towards the diner?


((Note, yes I know that two teams of 6 seems a bit large, and that with three teams of 4 we could start sweeping both basement and upper levels. However, since most of our troopers here are newbs, I didn't want to risk sending in understrength squads again.

Also, I would normally pick Feyri for team leader, but with Tiruin's bad net i can't risk it.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 24, 2014, 05:42:28 pm
"What foul sorcery is this?"

Scuttle out of my alley and cautiously grab any swat gear thats lying in the street nearby.

If i see Faith, incinerate her lower spine with my manipulator.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 24, 2014, 07:09:05 pm
((Worst case, I'll take the APC babysitting duty. Wouldn't want to leave our primary mode of evac alone with the driver anyway; if memory serves he's just in it for the pay: getting to drive off in a piece of military hardware would probably be a nice bonus from his perspective.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 24, 2014, 07:11:19 pm
"Okay, you heard the man, move out team."

@TCM & salsacookies: "I want Knuser and... Dooooschiiii...? to stay with the hostages until we know it is safe to move them. Keep your eyes peeled and your guns ready. Report anything suspicious and whatever you do, STAY IN COVER!"

@yobbo & Alarith: "Then I want Yttra and Knight to stay in the diner. Same orders as the others. Find cover, keep your guns ready. There's extra equipment in that box by the door if you need it."

@Pancaek: "Me and Pancaek are going to take the high ground. We'll be at the roof, scanning the horizon. I'll lay down some mines, just to slow anyone coming down. Any objections Pancaek?"

@Miyamoto, private: "Any idea what we should do with the hostages? I was thinking of releasing them, telling them to get as far away from here as they can. But what if Faith or somebody else attacks them? I also thought about moving them to the diner, since it's more sturdy and would allow all of us to watch them more easily but there's problems with that too. Mainly them being mind controlled or coming under attack. Any suggestions?"

((Why do we have two jacks? What kind of double heresy is this? I hereby declare that from now on, Alarith's Jack shall be called "Knight" for disambiguation purposes. Objections? None? OK, motion passed.))
Spoiler: Team Orders (click to show/hide)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 24, 2014, 08:42:28 pm
Open the closet, if it is a threat, slash it with my blade. If not a threat or it's dead, open up the package i'm supposed to open

"It's just party people."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 24, 2014, 09:03:18 pm
"Well, according to Steve, Faith is still possessed and moving somewhere underground. I think she might be tunneling for the diner's basement.
And Morul just... vanished. Don't know what happened to him."

After hearing Miya's ideas, Feyri voiced her intent over the squad/team comms.

Hold all orders and ponder this: Redirect Cecil and whoever has a kinetic amp to create siesmic shockwaves through the ground. Punch it.

That will at least slow down Faith until we can get the APC moving. Why isn't anyone driving the vehicle anyway?

Flint--I'll be providing suppressive fire along with coordinating my MKIII if needed. Are you en route to the position?

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 24, 2014, 09:21:25 pm
"Well, according to Steve, Faith is still possessed and moving somewhere underground. I think she might be tunneling for the diner's basement.
And Morul just... vanished. Don't know what happened to him."

After hearing Miya's ideas, Feyri voiced her intent over the squad/team comms.

Hold all orders and ponder this: Redirect Cecil and whoever has a kinetic amp to create siesmic shockwaves through the ground. Punch it.

That will at least slow down Faith until we can get the APC moving. Why isn't anyone driving the vehicle anyway?

Flint--I'll be providing suppressive fire along with coordinating my MKIII if needed. Are you en route to the position?

((Oh, right, forgot to post an action, thanks for reminding me.))

"Yes I'm on my way to the roof now. I'll stay here and keep a lookout. If your team encounters problems down at the basement, tell me and I'll come help. Me and Pancaek will do our best to assist."

Make my way to the roof of the diner. Stand there and scan the area with cameyes. Anything interesting in the surrounding area?

Can I see anybody approaching with the cameyes' zoom function?

If Steve can give me Faith's exact location and I can reach it, then prepare to dive and amp punch it from above. Also warn all teammates to get out of the way.

Else if the above is not possible and nothing hostile pops out this turn, take aim with the Rainbow Cannon and prepare to lay some Yellow mines on the road leading to the diner that the APC did not take and that Faith didn't destroy.

I'm assuming the diner looks something like this:

Spoiler: ASCII map (click to show/hide)
Is this correct?

((And someone update the wiki with the following please:
Spoiler: Team 1 (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Team 2 (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Team 3 (click to show/hide)
I'd do it myself but whoever is updating it is doing a very good job and I don't want to mess with their layout.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 24, 2014, 09:40:05 pm
@TCM-
"How are you cat lady? Where are you from?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 25, 2014, 01:38:45 am
((Shit. Where was the info on what was in the box Flint had? Anything I should grab?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 25, 2014, 01:43:42 am
Did that guy just say my name?

$#@! now this other guy said my name. *&^% he's giving me orders.

Guess i'll just keep doin what i'm doin. Close enough, right?

I wonder who "Knight" is.

Yttra pictures something wildly, wildly incorrect.

I wonder what's in the box.

Keep standing with back to the wall. Watch the door to upstairs, unless something more interesting happens. Stay tense (maintain dex bonus).
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 25, 2014, 05:07:50 am
"No objections here, old man. Go for it. Just try not to drop me, my day has been shitty enough as it stands."

Hang on to Gilgamesh as we make our way to the top of the building. Look around for hostiles when we're there, try and get a feed from Flint's cameyes as well. Charge a WILL bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 25, 2014, 08:56:31 am
Understood, I will try to do my best. Team Three, let's enter the diner. Try to not touch anything there. If possessed Faith is coming here, there must be something bad around. Steve, can you give me the location of Faith right now?

Go to the diner and wait for team to get there to advance into the basement. Be ready for any incoming attack.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 25, 2014, 10:14:40 am
"No objections here, old man. Go for it. Just try not to drop me, my day has been shitty enough as it stands."
"Well, I'd tie you on me, but I want you to be able to move out of the way if necessary. You can slip into my backpack if you want. It'll be like the mommy robot carrying the baby, hehehe."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 25, 2014, 10:40:42 am
"Rodger."

Go join team in Diner.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 25, 2014, 07:12:58 pm
As soon as Cecil gets into the diner and hears his orders, he asks Feyri,

You want me to punch the ground?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 25, 2014, 10:50:26 pm
@TCM-
"How are you cat lady? Where are you from?"

"Good, I'm from a Frankish place. What about you dawg?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 26, 2014, 12:45:59 am
You want me to punch the ground?
Not while you're in a building, of course. Do it out on the streets.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 26, 2014, 01:06:45 am
I'm s'posed to be checking out the basement. Gonna have to go with the Boss on this one.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 26, 2014, 06:36:11 am
continue waiting for more teammates to be ready to ride the APC ambulance, play something other than tetris (Stupid T blocks)
Title: And if they're gone, we won't have to worry about
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 26, 2014, 09:59:06 am
@Miyamoto, private: "Any idea what we should do with the hostages? I was thinking of releasing them, telling them to get as far away from here as they can. But what if Faith or somebody else attacks them? I also thought about moving them to the diner, since it's more sturdy and would allow all of us to watch them more easily but there's problems with that too. Mainly them being mind controlled or coming under attack. Any suggestions?"

"I reckon this diner, and the immediate area around it, will be the epicenter of further... creative city remodeling, whether it be by us, Faith or the army moving in. As such, getting the civvies out and away seems like the best option to me. You could just tell them to start running, and maybe use a smoke cannister to cover their retreat. Or you could order one of the newbs to go commandeer a car or a small truck somewhere near and use that to drive them to safety. Either way, I don't think they'll be useful as hostages anymore, and staying here means they'll just get in the way or get themselves killed. And if they're gone we won't have to worry about accidentally killing them."


"Well, according to Steve, Faith is still possessed and moving somewhere underground. I think she might be tunneling for the diner's basement.
And Morul just... vanished. Don't know what happened to him."

After hearing Miya's ideas, Feyri voiced her intent over the squad/team comms.
Hold all orders and ponder this: Redirect Cecil and whoever has a kinetic amp to create siesmic shockwaves through the ground. Punch it.
That will at least slow down Faith until we can get the APC moving. Why isn't anyone driving the vehicle anyway?
Flint--I'll be providing suppressive fire along with coordinating my MKIII if needed. Are you en route to the position?


"Feyri, before you go ordering him around, have you taken reasonable precautions? Like, say, asking Steve whether it would be a good, or even safe, idea? Remember, you are trying to tell a newbie, who might not have the most experience with his weapon, to punch the ground with spacemagic in the hope the shockwaves will somehow hamper a synthflesh berserker. What, you hoping her tunnel will collapse or something? And what if it damages the foundations of that diner? I'm not saying it's impossible, I'm saying you should really, really doublecheck stuff like this before just executing plans willly-nilly. It's not like running it by him takes a lot of time.

Oh, and flint is probably a better candidate for it anyways."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 26, 2014, 11:00:54 am
Slowly realize that maybe this is hell and that I'm going to continuously relive bleeding out because my team mates don't want to let the dead and wounded get back to being useful.
That Maybe this is hell? MAYBE?

Alright, clearly it's time to crank up the difficulty until all the Maybe's are resolved.


Open the closet, if it is a threat, slash it with my blade. If not a threat or it's dead, open up the package i'm supposed to open. Afterwards, take cover near hostages and charge con bonus.
The closet is filled with screaming civilians with their hands ziptied behind their backs. Yeah, alright, that makes sense. Sure. Why not.

You close the door again and then crouch down behind a nearby desk, getting ready to shoot at...well, whatever looks at you funny.


Bored but alive, bored but alive...

Hey, Konrad? Why'd we dump the incap'd people on the ground in an alley?
BORED EH?

ALLOW ME TO ENTERTAIN YOU
Ring a ding dong in a thong.  (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MDVo0KtqpgQ)

Get out of the road and closer to a wall. Be ready to avoid any attack.

Steve, Miya. Where is Faith moving towards? Can you tell?


>Judging by her implant, she's somewhere under the diner building, but there's something distorting the signal.
You skitter about, hiding.
Cecil, suddenly realizing how idiotic it is to stand outside, decides to run over to the diner as fast as he can make it, keeping his monorazor prepped just in case something dives out at him.

Get to the diner. Charge dynamic bonus.

Punch the ground while inside the Diner with my amp I guess. Better than eating tables.


Okay this time make it to the diner and follow my team leader to wherever we go. Charge dynamic Uncon bonus.
We'll have you follow Flint. He's a good guy to follow, and he's in the diner at the moment. Admittedly he's crawling around on hands and knees in the diner because he's so big, but hey, more cover for you.

"Time to rest. Wonder why he isn't here. You know, I don't really care."

Rest my brain, and begin building some mental defenses. Keep an eye out for any signs of Timmy.

((Got the funniest picture of Steve getting a "Morul Migurkeshin has logged out" message.))
You lay there, resting your head and doing your best to be as completely silent and unnoticeable as possible. No sign of timmy yet, but it took him a while to show up last time too.

"Uh, I guess I'll head back to the diner."
Yup, move back to the diner.  Keep my eye out for weird mind control stuff.
You meet up with flint and fill another spot in the increasingly packed diner.

"Well, according to Steve, Faith is still possessed and moving somewhere underground. I think she might be tunneling for the diner's basement.
And Morul just... vanished. Don't know what happened to him."

After hearing Miya's ideas, Feyri voiced her intent over the squad/team comms.

Hold all orders and ponder this: Redirect Cecil and whoever has a kinetic amp to create siesmic shockwaves through the ground. Punch it.

That will at least slow down Faith until we can get the APC moving. Why isn't anyone driving the vehicle anyway?

Flint--I'll be providing suppressive fire along with coordinating my MKIII if needed. Are you en route to the position?

((Oh, right, forgot to post an action, thanks for reminding me.))

"Yes I'm on my way to the roof now. I'll stay here and keep a lookout. If your team encounters problems down at the basement, tell me and I'll come help. Me and Pancaek will do our best to assist."

Make my way to the roof of the diner. Stand there and scan the area with cameyes. Anything interesting in the surrounding area?

Can I see anybody approaching with the cameyes' zoom function?

If Steve can give me Faith's exact location and I can reach it, then prepare to dive and amp punch it from above. Also warn all teammates to get out of the way.

Else if the above is not possible and nothing hostile pops out this turn, take aim with the Rainbow Cannon and prepare to lay some Yellow mines on the road leading to the diner that the APC did not take and that Faith didn't destroy.

I'm assuming the diner looks something like this:

Spoiler: ASCII map (click to show/hide)
Is this correct?

((And someone update the wiki with the following please:
Spoiler: Team 1 (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Team 2 (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Team 3 (click to show/hide)
I'd do it myself but whoever is updating it is doing a very good job and I don't want to mess with their layout.))
You squeeze out of the diner and rocket on up to the roof, where you set down carefully, the roof making unpleasant crunching noises under your feet. But doesn't collapse and you don't fall through several floors back down to ground level, so everything is good.

You can see some people running from the near by neighborhoods; and some people running this way to see what the hell is going on. No police or anything like that though.

You hear what steve says to Renen and shrug. You aim down at the road and get ready to set up some mines.

Map isn't entirely right. First, flip it so that the apc and mined roads are revesed. Second, there's no third road, well, at least not like that.
         |-------|                    |          |
         | DINER | Dest. building |          |Destroyed building
-----------------------------|          |----------
    A                 Mines          INTERSECTION
<--P                mines           FAITH BLEW UP
    C                 Mines          HARD FUCKED
-----------------------------|          |----------
   D'usse     Destroyed building|          |Destroyed building
Party house                         |          |


Did that guy just say my name?

$#@! now this other guy said my name. *&^% he's giving me orders.

Guess i'll just keep doin what i'm doin. Close enough, right?

I wonder who "Knight" is.

Yttra pictures something wildly, wildly incorrect.

I wonder what's in the box.

Keep standing with back to the wall. Watch the door to upstairs, unless something more interesting happens. Stay tense (maintain dex bonus).
Staying frosty. Not getting sloppy, etc.

"No objections here, old man. Go for it. Just try not to drop me, my day has been shitty enough as it stands."

Hang on to Gilgamesh as we make our way to the top of the building. Look around for hostiles when we're there, try and get a feed from Flint's cameyes as well. Charge a WILL bonus
Everything is quiet for now. Could be that they're preparing an ambush for you.

Understood, I will try to do my best. Team Three, let's enter the diner. Try to not touch anything there. If possessed Faith is coming here, there must be something bad around. Steve, can you give me the location of Faith right now?

Go to the diner and wait for team to get there to advance into the basement. Be ready for any incoming attack.

You scamper into the diner and wait near the hatch down to the basement.

"Rodger."

Go join team in Diner.
You join your team in the diner.

continue waiting for more teammates to be ready to ride the APC ambulance, play something other than tetris (Stupid T blocks)
Hows about some Zenith (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eCr5twS6xc8)?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 26, 2014, 11:09:07 am
"What foul sorcery is this?"

Scuttle out of my alley and cautiously grab any swat gear thats lying in the street nearby.

If i see Faith, incinerate her lower spine with my manipulator.


I do believe you missed my action good sir.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on July 26, 2014, 11:10:54 am
Well mysterious hallucination that's probably coming from my nearing death and pain, I always thought hell would be ironic. Or just reliving everything I ever regretted.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 26, 2014, 11:37:47 am
Just keep my guard up. Roll int to see if I feel something is off.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 26, 2014, 03:21:38 pm
"Frankish? Interesting. I am from a clan, we hunted together and fought together, until the government came and brought me here."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 26, 2014, 03:57:09 pm
Struggle against the proverbial hand over my mouth. Try to figure out if resisting or overriding it is possible.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 26, 2014, 05:35:25 pm
Piecewise, you missed my actions:

Quote
((Hmm. I have a problem: I don't want to leave the APC nor the wounded/dead alone, but stationing thea APCat the diner is dangerous, and letting it stay where it is means condemning at least one player to staring at a wall for a good while. Hmm. Wish I had npc's for this kinda stuff  :/  (and no, I don't trust Lerman to do that, he'd find a way to screw up somehow.)

PW, if I left the APC without an active player, could I assume the driver notifies me in time if anything would happen to it? Cause if not, I'll be forced to have a player stand around and do nothing for a long time. Alternatively, could you tell me what we would need to do to get a shuttle down to evacuate our dead? If we could do that, then I wouldn't need to assign anyone to watch over them, andd all players that are still alive could actually play.

Could you run this please?


"Goddammit, it seems Faith made it to that basement already. Team 3, you really need to get going right the hell now. However, be careful when you enter, it would be the perfect moment for a trap. Hell, Faith could just stand on the other side of the blackness and swat you like flies as you enter. Anyone carry some grenades? Either way, you'll want to think about who enters first.

Pancaek, you're joining team 3 for the moment, or at least until Faith is confirmed incapacitated or dead. Auron, I'll need you to carry him, since he can't walk anymore and those newbs don't have the required upper arm strengthen. oh, and Pan, how's your headache feel like? You think you could manage a little rippling wave of force and have enough left for what's down there? In case there's nothing on hand to flush out what might wait beyond the blackness.

Also, would someone on team 2 please open that god forsaken care package and tell me what's in it. Seriously, people, it's opening a box, how is this so hard? What is this, a flying circus?

Flint, while you deal with the civvies you could consider building some barricades or something. Or maybe check out that hole Faith made. I'd ask you to send a team in to flank her, but you wouldn't fit and I don't think sending in Jack and a few noobs would be enough. Try to keep your troops productive if there's no immediate threat they need to take cover from. Oh, and from further viewing of the camera feeds it seems there is another cultist, a headless man or something, still around somewhere. Maybe scan with cameyes again to see if you can spot him. Or at least pop some smoke, just in case.

Team 1, I can't help but notice none of you have yet taken Lerman's weapons. Is there any particular reason for this?"


Watch the video feeds from the previous team in more detail (aka get IC knowledge I already have OOC).
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on July 26, 2014, 05:50:47 pm
Wake up. Sit on floor of the APC until I find something to do.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 26, 2014, 05:52:34 pm
Wake up. Sit on floor of the APC until I find something to do.

And for the record, Lerman stays zapped unconscious until i have a task for him.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 26, 2014, 06:12:43 pm
-snip-
"Sure thing, I'll just have to find a way down from the roof first. Headache's mostly gone. I'm pretty sure I can contain Faith for a while if we can see her before she attacks. Not so sure about the rippling wave of force, but I'm more than willing to give it a shot. Just to be clear, if I lose my arms as well then I'm definatly out of here. I mean I'm not giving up yet, but my day has just been real shit, ya know? "
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 26, 2014, 06:14:53 pm
-snip-
"Sure thing, I'll just have to find a way down from the roof first. Headache's mostly gone. I'm pretty sure I can contain Faith for a while if we can see her before she attacks. Not so sure about the rippling wave of force, but I'm more than willing to give it a shot. Just to be clear, if I lose my arms as well then I'm definatly out of here. I mean I'm not giving up yet, but my day has just been real shit, ya know? "

"Yeah, I can see how losing all 4 limbs puts a downer on your day. And that wave of force will only be necessary if there's no other way to 'discourage' potential ambushes behind that blackness."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 26, 2014, 06:33:48 pm
Keep resting, keep watching for signs of Timmy.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 26, 2014, 10:20:46 pm
Fortify the first floor of the diner as well as a mangled, one armed robot can.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 26, 2014, 11:57:54 pm
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 27, 2014, 02:53:14 am
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on July 27, 2014, 03:49:30 am
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
((... what's that logic? 'Yes I do think that if someone is dying it would be best to take them out of the heavily armored vehicle and increse the chance of dying because OTHER people may get wounded.'))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Empiricist on July 27, 2014, 03:51:12 am
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
((... what's that logic? 'Yes I do think that if someone is dying it would be best to take them out of the heavily armored vehicle and increse the chance of dying because OTHER people may get wounded.'))
((More along the lines of 'Take them out of the heavily armored vehicle heading towards an area stalked by hostiles who can breach or otherwise bypass said armor'.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on July 27, 2014, 03:53:22 am
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
((... what's that logic? 'Yes I do think that if someone is dying it would be best to take them out of the heavily armored vehicle and increse the chance of dying because OTHER people may get wounded.'))
((More along the lines of 'Take them out of the heavily armored vehicle heading towards an area stalked by hostiles who can breach or otherwise bypass said armor'.))
((Whose dumb plan is that? why not get them evacuated to a much safer place and then do whatever it is they're doing?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 27, 2014, 06:27:28 am
perform last turns action of stealing swat gear.

Enter diner and check whether or not pancaek could regain mobility using my exosuit.

If yes, remove my manipulator and loan pancaek my suit then change into whatever swat gear i recovered.
If no, keep suit and manipulato in place.

Regardless of pancaeks mobility raid the care package and grab a goop grenade or two.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 27, 2014, 09:55:46 am
((Oh, then I guess mining the road there wouldn't offer much. And mining or barricading the road the APC went through would mean making it harder for it to come back. So I guess it would be better if we just fortified our position a bit.))

@Hostage Team: "Miyamoto wants us to release those hostages. If you can, please set them free and direct them away from the crater. I'll pop some smoke to cover their escape once it begins."

Fly down. Again. Drop Pancaek off in the diner. Take some smoke grenades from the crate. Then fly up to the roof. Again.

If my teammates are ready to release the hostages, then pop some smoke from the crate to cover their escape.

Else, prepare to manually pilot one of my automapping drones to that crater to see if I can find that tunnel Faith used.
Except if I can see no hole I could get a drone through. Then just keep looking around with cameyes. Can I see any civilians trapped in buildings? How about any helicopters or other flying things?

While I was flying up, did I see any open windows or anything else I could look/shoot through?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 27, 2014, 10:37:51 am
Be transported back to the ground by Flint. If Auron's exosuit works with me and lets me walk again, graciously accept the use of it. If not, just scuttle around on my arms.

after this, go to the care package and grab a goop grenade, and join the others going to the basement. Also charge a WILL bonus, just in case.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on July 28, 2014, 01:06:42 am
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
((... what's that logic? 'Yes I do think that if someone is dying it would be best to take them out of the heavily armored vehicle and increse the chance of dying because OTHER people may get wounded.'))
((More along the lines of 'Take them out of the heavily armored vehicle heading towards an area stalked by hostiles who can breach or otherwise bypass said armor'.))
((Whose dumb plan is that? why not get them evacuated to a much safer place and then do whatever it is they're doing?))
((They have been evaced to a much safer place, now when the APC has to pickup more wounded the current wounded will be out of direct fire))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 28, 2014, 03:48:05 am
Follow team 3. Stay in the middle of the group. Be on my toes. Charge dynamic bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 28, 2014, 09:41:42 am
Everybody ready. We will enter the basement now. Feyri, can you be in the front ready to shoot anything that comes attacking or blocking us with your gauss minigun? Everyone else, weapons ready, we will try to stop Faith with the minimum sacrifices. Here we go.

Once everyone is in the dinner, give the orders and enter the dinner's basement, following Feyri, ready to activate BT at any incoming attack. If there are explosive grenades to execute the plan of dropping a explosive grenade in and waiting for a while, then do it before entering.


((Thanks Parisbre56))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 28, 2014, 10:15:52 am
Once everyone is in the dinner, give the orders and enter the dinner
He means basement.

((EDIT: Happy to help.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 28, 2014, 12:20:12 pm
Follow Grunhill.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 28, 2014, 12:54:31 pm
"What foul sorcery is this?"

Scuttle out of my alley and cautiously grab any swat gear thats lying in the street nearby.

If i see Faith, incinerate her lower spine with my manipulator.


I do believe you missed my action good sir.
The gear would all be at the bottom of the now visible crater down the street. You wanna go stick your nose into that?

Just keep my guard up. Roll int to see if I feel something is off, then go open the care package."Keep an eye on me, gotta open this box up
I don't know what package you're talking about. If you're talking about the box Flint dropped in the diner, you're in entirely the wrong building.

Struggle against the proverbial hand over my mouth. Try to figure out if resisting or overriding it is possible.
You're not sure if it is possible, but you are sure that you're not having any luck at it.

Piecewise, you missed my actions:

Quote
((Hmm. I have a problem: I don't want to leave the APC nor the wounded/dead alone, but stationing thea APCat the diner is dangerous, and letting it stay where it is means condemning at least one player to staring at a wall for a good while. Hmm. Wish I had npc's for this kinda stuff  :/  (and no, I don't trust Lerman to do that, he'd find a way to screw up somehow.)

PW, if I left the APC without an active player, could I assume the driver notifies me in time if anything would happen to it? Cause if not, I'll be forced to have a player stand around and do nothing for a long time. Alternatively, could you tell me what we would need to do to get a shuttle down to evacuate our dead? If we could do that, then I wouldn't need to assign anyone to watch over them, andd all players that are still alive could actually play.

Could you run this please?


"Goddammit, it seems Faith made it to that basement already. Team 3, you really need to get going right the hell now. However, be careful when you enter, it would be the perfect moment for a trap. Hell, Faith could just stand on the other side of the blackness and swat you like flies as you enter. Anyone carry some grenades? Either way, you'll want to think about who enters first.

Pancaek, you're joining team 3 for the moment, or at least until Faith is confirmed incapacitated or dead. Auron, I'll need you to carry him, since he can't walk anymore and those newbs don't have the required upper arm strengthen. oh, and Pan, how's your headache feel like? You think you could manage a little rippling wave of force and have enough left for what's down there? In case there's nothing on hand to flush out what might wait beyond the blackness.

Also, would someone on team 2 please open that god forsaken care package and tell me what's in it. Seriously, people, it's opening a box, how is this so hard? What is this, a flying circus?

Flint, while you deal with the civvies you could consider building some barricades or something. Or maybe check out that hole Faith made. I'd ask you to send a team in to flank her, but you wouldn't fit and I don't think sending in Jack and a few noobs would be enough. Try to keep your troops productive if there's no immediate threat they need to take cover from. Oh, and from further viewing of the camera feeds it seems there is another cultist, a headless man or something, still around somewhere. Maybe scan with cameyes again to see if you can spot him. Or at least pop some smoke, just in case.

Team 1, I can't help but notice none of you have yet taken Lerman's weapons. Is there any particular reason for this?"


Watch the video feeds from the previous team in more detail (aka get IC knowledge I already have OOC).

You can assume the driver would call someone for help.

Assume you gained all the In character knowledge you have OOC.

Also, that care package, if it's the box flint dropped, is everything you asked for in the beginning before they were sent down.  Specifically: several big boxes that can be closed, long pliers and maybe a few canisters with thick smoke to lay down a screen. And some ammo tanks for the goop thrower.


Wake up. Sit on floor of the APC until I find something to do.
Nope. Failed End roll this time.

Hey Miya, should steve keep Lerman unconscious? Ie shock him if he wakes up?

Wake up. Sit on floor of the APC until I find something to do.

And for the record, Lerman stays zapped unconscious until i have a task for him.
That was a prompt answer. Way to sneak it in there before I'd even posted! Applying a light basting of electricity to his brain at regular intervals.

Keep resting, keep watching for signs of Timmy.
Nothing yet. You're starting to feel a bit better. Not great, but not "Oh god my brain is melting" either.

Fortify the first floor of the diner as well as a mangled, one armed robot can.
You start flipping over tables and shoving wreckage over to the smashed open windows, forming adhoc barriers and walls of cover. They won't stop much, but they're better then nothing.

Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
Load the "dead" back into the APC, because why were they taken out?
"They are out of the APC because it is safer when we need to pickup more wounded from the battlefield"
Unload wounded, possibly have wounded tug of war
Wounded tug of war ensues. Or more like some sort of three stooges skit where one guy keeps loading a body and the other guy keeps throwing it back out and they're both baffled by how it keeps showing back up whenever they turn their back.

perform last turns action of stealing swat gear.

Enter diner and check whether or not pancaek could regain mobility using my exosuit.

If yes, remove my manipulator and loan pancaek my suit then change into whatever swat gear i recovered.
If no, keep suit and manipulato in place.

Regardless of pancaeks mobility raid the care package and grab a goop grenade or two.

Again, only swat gear is down in a hole that faith is possibly in.

He could regain some degree of movement, yes, but considering the thing is based on negative feedback he would be goose stepping around like an idiot because of his missing legs. Stairs would be a real problem. Over all, probably not worth it.

About that: Did miya ever actually create a grenade form of that? If so, you get some, if not, they don't exist.

((Oh, then I guess mining the road there wouldn't offer much. And mining or barricading the road the APC went through would mean making it harder for it to come back. So I guess it would be better if we just fortified our position a bit.))

@Hostage Team: "Miyamoto wants us to release those hostages. If you can, please set them free and direct them away from the crater. I'll pop some smoke to cover their escape once it begins."

Fly down. Again. Drop Pancaek off in the diner. Take some smoke grenades from the crate. Then fly up to the roof. Again.

If my teammates are ready to release the hostages, then pop some smoke from the crate to cover their escape.

Else, prepare to manually pilot one of my automapping drones to that crater to see if I can find that tunnel Faith used.
Except if I can see no hole I could get a drone through. Then just keep looking around with cameyes. Can I see any civilians trapped in buildings? How about any helicopters or other flying things?

While I was flying up, did I see any open windows or anything else I could look/shoot through?

Fly, grab stuff, drop off pancaek, fly back up. Check
I don't see anyone releasing hostages.
Preparing to pilot.
There are a few civies you can see around, scatter in the buildings. But they're huddled and in cover. Getting to them would be hard.  No helicopters yet. But You're sure they're coming.
In the diner building? Only the broken open hole Faith came out through and that Yttra is hanging out next to.

Be transported back to the ground by Flint. If Auron's exosuit works with me and lets me walk again, graciously accept the use of it. If not, just scuttle around on my arms.

after this, go to the care package and grab a goop grenade. Also charge a WILL bonus, just in case.

You're probably actually gonna be faster and more mobile on your arms, sadly. No legs makes it hard to use the machine that relies on legs to know when it should move. Will bonus charged, but same problem that I'm not sure goop grenades exist.

Follow team 3. Stay in the middle of the group. Be on my toes. Charge dynamic bonus.
Following team 3, staying in the middle, on your toes, and dynamic.

Everybody ready. We will enter the basement now. Feyri, can you be in the front ready to shoot anything that comes attacking or blocking us with your gauss minigun? Everyone else, weapons ready, we will try to stop Faith with the minimum sacrifices. Here we go.

Once everyone is in the dinner, give the orders and enter the dinner's basement, following Feyri, ready to activate BT at any incoming attack. If there are explosive grenades to execute the plan of dropping a explosive grenade in and waiting for a while, then do it before entering.


((Thanks Parisbre56))
I'm just gonna assume team three, the composition of which I'm unsure of, has now all moved down into the basement, getting through the vertigo barrier without any problems. There is no sign of hostiles down here, though there are signs of Morul's fight with the guards. The door he was heading for is over toward the right, still unopened, in its little side path.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on July 28, 2014, 02:37:07 pm
((Yeah, i thought the box was with me, editing action))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 28, 2014, 02:54:26 pm
((I know auron and I are on team 3. Radio posted it back a few pages. Let me hunt it down because it's probably important for all of us to realize we're in the basement.))

EDIT:
Team 3 will be responsible for clearing out the diner, starting with the basement since it seems that is where Faith is moving towards. This team is made up of Feyri, Renen, Auron, Cecil, Jonathan and Jack Hansan. Renen, do you think you are capable of leading this squad, or would you prefer I pick someone else? This team's job is to stop Faith if she is moving towards there, and try to find out whatever the cultists are hiding down there. If I have confirmation Faith is moving in that direction, I might send Pancaek down to support you with his amp."

((So Feyri, Renen, Auron, Jonathan, Jack Hansan, and I are in the basement with Renen in charge. Or Feyri if Miya wants that.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 28, 2014, 03:49:53 pm
Still chillin', still watching out for horrible eldritch beings.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 28, 2014, 05:18:24 pm
((@pufferfish: You can just look at the wiki.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 28, 2014, 05:23:36 pm
((Just putting it down for PW in the thread so he doesn't have to go looking for it.))

Hey guys, a door. Should we go open it up? Cecil says, keeping an eye around the place for any sign of movement.
I mean, there's gotta be something back there if this is where Morul got fucked up, right?

Is it just the one door down here or is there other paths? What else can I see?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 28, 2014, 06:20:16 pm
Grab some boxes if i didnt nab any artifact containers as i left the ship.

Head into the kitchen and grab some tongs before making my way over to the basement team.


((Any swat gear inside the crater is probably fucked, was hoping to get some that had been dropped by fleeing swat members after the fall.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 28, 2014, 08:58:41 pm
Keep looking for hostiles or strange behavior.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on July 28, 2014, 09:06:26 pm
Find a nice place to hide.

"M'row."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on July 28, 2014, 09:08:07 pm
Keep looking for hostiles or strange behavior.
(("You notice a lot of dangerous psychopaths milling about the area. You feel confident the odds of them hurting you is high."))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 29, 2014, 02:13:29 am
Go downstairs, to whatever remains of the diner area. See if any of the unconscious civilians survived (the ones that never made it to D'usse's party because of the barricade, assuming the diner is where they still are). If any are alive, free them, wake them up, and shoo them away. Then open the care package Flint dropped. Get a smoke grenade or two and some spare goop-thrower ammo. A couple goop-grenades as well, if those are things that exist.

Also if i still have a riot helmet absurdly balanced on my larger space-helmet and it isn't magically giving me endurance bonuses, leave it with the box of boxes.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 29, 2014, 09:30:53 am
Quote
You can assume the driver would call someone for help.
And what about that medivac (=shuttle from the Sword to pick up wounded and carry them back)? Would that be possible? If yes, what do we need to do and where could we get it?

Quote
Also, that care package, if it's the box flint dropped, is everything you asked for in the beginning before they were sent down.  Specifically: several big boxes that can be closed, long pliers and maybe a few canisters with thick smoke to lay down a screen. And some ammo tanks for the goop thrower.
I asked for a few goop throwers, not just ammo for them. Would it be ok to say there are two throwers in there with two cannisters each?


Quote
Wounded tug of war ensues. Or more like some sort of three stooges skit where one guy keeps loading a body and the other guy keeps throwing it back out and they're both baffled by how it keeps showing back up whenever they turn their back.
Ask Steve to give both of them (=Konrad (Corsair) and Taddok(Hapah)) a slightly painful, but not debilitating, shock.
"If the two of you are done being stupid, you can stop throwing those men around and start doing your job. Just sit tight and wait until Steve confirms or denies medivac. And do what I asked of you earlier, namely taking Lerman's weapons away."

Quote
About that: Did miya ever actually create a grenade form of that? If so, you get some, if not, they don't exist.
I layed out the general idea/principle of it, but didn't finish it in tinker. Is it ok to assume they are there? I can type out all the details of how they'd work if you want me to. Basically, it's a timed grenade that has a very light explosive so that the chemicals get mixed and sprayed around in a medium radius (a few meters or so).

Quote
I'm just gonna assume team three, the composition of which I'm unsure of, has now all moved down into the basement, getting through the vertigo barrier without any problems. There is no sign of hostiles down here, though there are signs of Morul's fight with the guards. The door he was heading for is over toward the right, still unopened, in its little side path.

You can find all the information about the teams on the appropriate wiki page. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Order_of_Battle)

Note that Pancaek will be momentarily joining team 3 (aka team going into basement).

Finally, relay all relevant info from helmet video feeds to all teammates (that aren't possessed).

((Hey Pan, since radio can't get through the basement blackness barrier, could you put it into your action to inform teammates once Pan moves through it into the basement? Thanks.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 29, 2014, 09:52:06 am
((are detached helmets able to be used as radio relays?

because if so we could just leave a helmet in the doorway to bounce the signals up to miyamoto and steve.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 29, 2014, 10:01:34 am
Use dynamic bonus to pilot the drone to the crater. Once there, try to locate the hole Faith used and take the drone through it until I reach the diner's basement or the signal cuts off.

((I suddenly had an idea. This basement reminds me of something we've encountered before. Let's see if my hunch is right.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on July 29, 2014, 10:42:56 pm
Continue Three Stooges-esque corpse shuffle.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on July 30, 2014, 07:25:50 am
Scuttle into the basement with the rest of team 3. look around. Follow the team. Should we find faith, force her hands behind her back with me amp

"Hey guys, Miya put me in your team for the time being. By the way, y'all know that we're cut off from the rest of teams now? No signals can leave or enter this place for some reason"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on July 30, 2014, 09:28:45 am
Ok, Pancaek, welcome to the team. Thanks for the info.

Look around the basement in BT. See if there's anything strange there. After that, try to find a way to open the door.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on July 30, 2014, 11:08:16 am
Still chillin', still watching out for horrible eldritch beings.
The elder gods haven't turned their eyes upon you just yet.

((Just putting it down for PW in the thread so he doesn't have to go looking for it.))

Hey guys, a door. Should we go open it up? Cecil says, keeping an eye around the place for any sign of movement.
I mean, there's gotta be something back there if this is where Morul got fucked up, right?

Is it just the one door down here or is there other paths? What else can I see?

I described that a while back and don't feel like doing it again. Have a map.
(http://i.imgur.com/RzfeMGW.png)

Grab some boxes if i didnt nab any artifact containers as i left the ship.

Head into the kitchen and grab some tongs before making my way over to the basement team.


((Any swat gear inside the crater is probably fucked, was hoping to get some that had been dropped by fleeing swat members after the fall.))
You grab a pair of tongs and head downstairs to meet up with the rest of the basement team.

Keep looking for hostiles or strange behavior.
Dooop doop dop. Not a whole lot to do to be honest, nothing is coming to murder you right now.

Find a nice place to hide.

"M'row."
You cover your face with your hands and then slink into a corner.

"Can't see me. I'm invisible, M'row. Nyan. Uguuu. Etc."

Keep looking for hostiles or strange behavior.
(("You notice a lot of dangerous psychopaths milling about the area. You feel confident the odds of them hurting you is high."))
Spoiler (click to show/hide)

Go downstairs, to whatever remains of the diner area. See if any of the unconscious civilians survived (the ones that never made it to D'usse's party because of the barricade, assuming the diner is where they still are). If any are alive, free them, wake them up, and shoo them away. Then open the care package Flint dropped. Get a smoke grenade or two and some spare goop-thrower ammo. A couple goop-grenades as well, if those are things that exist.

Also if i still have a riot helmet absurdly balanced on my larger space-helmet and it isn't magically giving me endurance bonuses, leave it with the box of boxes.

You remove the rather silly riot helmet and place it in the box before grabbing some more ammo and a few grenades. You take a look around the diner after getting geared up. There's two corpses under some rubble, but no one left alive. Ah civilian casualties. Now it's a real mission.

Oh dear, where did that thought come from? You feel like you might be going "native".

Quote
You can assume the driver would call someone for help.
And what about that medivac (=shuttle from the Sword to pick up wounded and carry them back)? Would that be possible? If yes, what do we need to do and where could we get it?

Quote
Also, that care package, if it's the box flint dropped, is everything you asked for in the beginning before they were sent down.  Specifically: several big boxes that can be closed, long pliers and maybe a few canisters with thick smoke to lay down a screen. And some ammo tanks for the goop thrower.
I asked for a few goop throwers, not just ammo for them. Would it be ok to say there are two throwers in there with two cannisters each?


Quote
Wounded tug of war ensues. Or more like some sort of three stooges skit where one guy keeps loading a body and the other guy keeps throwing it back out and they're both baffled by how it keeps showing back up whenever they turn their back.
Ask Steve to give both of them (=Konrad (Corsair) and Taddok(Hapah)) a slightly painful, but not debilitating, shock.
"If the two of you are done being stupid, you can stop throwing those men around and start doing your job. Just sit tight and wait until Steve confirms or denies medivac. And do what I asked of you earlier, namely taking Lerman's weapons away."

Quote
About that: Did miya ever actually create a grenade form of that? If so, you get some, if not, they don't exist.
I layed out the general idea/principle of it, but didn't finish it in tinker. Is it ok to assume they are there? I can type out all the details of how they'd work if you want me to. Basically, it's a timed grenade that has a very light explosive so that the chemicals get mixed and sprayed around in a medium radius (a few meters or so).

Quote
I'm just gonna assume team three, the composition of which I'm unsure of, has now all moved down into the basement, getting through the vertigo barrier without any problems. There is no sign of hostiles down here, though there are signs of Morul's fight with the guards. The door he was heading for is over toward the right, still unopened, in its little side path.

You can find all the information about the teams on the appropriate wiki page. (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Order_of_Battle)

Note that Pancaek will be momentarily joining team 3 (aka team going into basement).

Finally, relay all relevant info from helmet video feeds to all teammates (that aren't possessed).

((Hey Pan, since radio can't get through the basement blackness barrier, could you put it into your action to inform teammates once Pan moves through it into the basement? Thanks.))
In an emergency we could get a shuttle down, but lets try not to do that. Putting a shuttle down on the middle of the street is somewhat more obvious and slow then we'd like. Already did a hot drop, after all.

I'll let you have one more thrower.

Shocking

Yeah, sure. We'll count it as done and there.

Use dynamic bonus to pilot the drone to the crater. Once there, try to locate the hole Faith used and take the drone through it until I reach the diner's basement or the signal cuts off.

((I suddenly had an idea. This basement reminds me of something we've encountered before. Let's see if my hunch is right.))
The crater is...well it seems solid. You don't see a hole at the bottom. You're sure there probably is one, but it's covered by rubble. She must have gotten down into the sewers but left the rubble covering the hole. Hm.

Continue Three Stooges-esque corpse shuffle.
Someone gives you the electrical equivalent of a poke in the eye.

OW.

Scuttle into the basement with the rest of team 3. look around. Follow the team. Should we find faith, force her hands behind her back with me amp

"Hey guys, Miya put me in your team for the time being. By the way, y'all know that we're cut off from the rest of teams now? No signals can leave or enter this place for some reason"
You join them down there, relaying Miya's info, and following along behind renen.
Ok, Pancaek, welcome to the team. Thanks for the info.

Look around the basement in BT. See if there's anything strange there. After that, try to find a way to open the door.


You walk over to the offshoot tunnel and look at the door. You're pretty sure you could just cut it open. Or hell, just pull it off it's hinges. It looks relatively sturdy but completely mundane.







Everyone except the people down in the "Basement" can hear this:
>Faith's signal has changed. She's still broadcasting darkness but her location is moving rapidly away from the diner. She seems to be in a sewer tunnel, but is following it away towards the north.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 30, 2014, 11:42:04 am
Damn. I should had kept Pancaek.
"Roger that Steve. Permission to pursue, boss?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on July 30, 2014, 11:53:33 am
"Permission to try and blow the door open with my shotgun?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on July 30, 2014, 01:04:05 pm
((Assuming up on the map is north as per default mappy stuff))

So uh. That door over there looks like a good place to start.

Mind if I take a swing at it? It'd save you those bullets.

((Forgot we're in radio silence down here HAHA))

Yep punch that door down
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on July 30, 2014, 02:48:49 pm
"I have just had a horribly wonderful idea."

Can I take a step up? Like climbing stairs? I wanna figure out if I am limited to left, right, forward, back, or if I can move up and down too. Either way, brace self for any incoming mindfuckery, and leave the void.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on July 30, 2014, 03:01:08 pm
Follow the walkway East to the intersection.

Once i notice bandages gun and scubas gear drop the artifact boxes over them and close the lids, use the tongs to push the artifacts in if necessary but try to touch them as little as possible

Use dynamic manipulator bonus to cripple any enemies that appear or remove any limbs that become infected with energy termites.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 30, 2014, 04:33:51 pm
Quote
I'll let you have one more thrower.
Quote
Yeah, sure. We'll count it as done and there.
Quote
Making a map.
Thanks for the generosity.

Quote
>Faith's signal has changed. She's still broadcasting darkness but her location is moving rapidly away from the diner. She seems to be in a sewer tunnel, but is following it away towards the north.

'Damn, that's suspicious. Whatever she did down there, I don't trust it one bit. Maybe it's time to retreat by now and cut my losses... Hmm. No, gonna wait just a bit longer. Gonna give them a chance to work this out.

So many unknowns, so much to lose.'

Damn. I should had kept Pancaek.
"Roger that Steve. Permission to pursue, boss?"

"Sorry Flint, but permission denied. There's already a lot of manpower dealing with Faith and that basement, and those civilians are still not safe. Besides, you wouldn't fit, and I'm not sure Jack and three newbs would be up to the task of stopping Faith. However, if you want you can send one of your men down that door and tell the people there where she is heading, so they can pursue if possible. Tell that guy to get back after that though."


Continue tracking Faith's movements. Ask Steve for a map of the sewers, send it to ground team, and ask him to try and predict the path she'll take or where she's heading towards.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 30, 2014, 07:45:43 pm
"Hah, but I don't NEED to go after her physically, boss. I can just collapse the tunnel she's in with a kinamp strike. Cut off her escape route. Or even just follow her to see where she surfaces."

Fly north, towards Faith, unless Steve says the kinamp plan won't work.
If Steve can give me Faith's position or if I can track her with cameyes, try to kinamp punch the road some distance in front of faith to collapse her tunnel and cut off her escape route. Use previously acquired dynamic bonus so that I do it cleanly, no collateral damage.
Ask Steve how possible it is that this is a deception and that her positioning signal and camera signal has been rendered unreliable. Ask him if he knows how can she see without cameyes or light amps.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on July 31, 2014, 04:42:29 pm
"Hah, but I don't NEED to go after her physically, boss. I can just collapse the tunnel she's in with a kinamp strike. Cut off her escape route. Or even just follow her to see where she surfaces."

EDIT: I'll assume silence means consent, so: Fly north, towards Faith.
If Steve can give me Faith's position or if I can track her with cameyes, try to kinamp punch the road some distance in front of faith to collapse her tunnel and cut off her escape route. Use previously acquired dynamic bonus if possible so that I do it cleanly, no collateral damage.
Ask Steve how possible it is that this is a deception and that her positioning signal and camera signal has been rendered unreliable. Ask him if he knows how can she see without cameyes or light amps.


"Flint, I'll tell you the same I told Feyri: if you can get confirmation from Steve that this plan is even remotely viable, and that it won't screw us up further, then you can do it. For all we know those tunnels are too deep or sturdy for that to even work."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 31, 2014, 08:24:26 pm
Yttra notices Jack quietly keeping lookout in the hastily fortified diner.

@Jack: "Hey. There's another of these things–" Yttra holds up her goop thrower– "in the box back there. It might be better than a shotgun. I dunno."

Well hurray for me. I didn't mention the eye. Or the missing arm. Or the gaping hole in his chest.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on July 31, 2014, 08:47:26 pm
Yttra notices Jack quietly keeping lookout in the hastily fortified diner.

@Jack: "Hey. There's another of these things–" Yttra holds up her goop thrower– "in the box back there. It might be better than a shotgun. I dunno."

Well hurray for me. I didn't mention the eye. Or the missing arm. Or the gaping hole in his chest.
"Hmm, yes that would be useful, I hear that we wan't to minimize civilian and military casualties.  Thanks."
Look for and grab said goop thrower, work on making a shotgun nest.  (Kind of like a machine gun nest, but for shotguns.)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on July 31, 2014, 08:51:01 pm
((@yobo: Yeah, forgot about that, thanks.))

"Hey, you guys, down at the diner. One of you go and warn the people in the basement that Faith is quickly moving north and away from the Diner. Then get back up in the ground floor. If she tries to attack, we have to be ready. As ready as one can be for a ghost possessing a synthflesh acrobat with a club that hits hard enough to make craters."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on July 31, 2014, 10:06:00 pm
Go down to the basement and tell team 2:

"Hey. Bossguy says to tell you all that ‘Faith is quickly moving north and away from the diner.’" (then after a second's thought) "Other bossguy also sent everyone some videos of stuff i dunno if you all got them."

Wait a little bit for assurance that they got the videos (which they did) then climb back up the ladder to the diner.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on July 31, 2014, 10:17:12 pm
If she's moving away from our area, then what in the world is up north? From memory, she only has a kinetic amp--and that's on her wrist. She can't travel back up if burrowed in that sort so she may either be looking for a way back, or there's something due North that catches her attention.

I'll try to project her location if anyone has details on what is up north, otherwise I'm making chase--she's a considered threat unless whatever has gotten into her has stopped. Has anyone found Morul yet? We were sent to evacuate them, and aid out.

<Respond via radio/wristpad>; Try to intuit any possible objective Faith is moving towards: Like, anything I saw earlier that could aid projection?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 01, 2014, 08:10:34 am
Follow group leader.

If Faith; hands behind her back with amp

If other hostiles; heat 1 foot sphere center mass

Of no faith and no hostiles, see If I can't help auron get scuba and bandage's stuff into the box with my mass amp, so that nobody has to touch it.

If no Faith and no hostiles and no helping; charge will bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 01, 2014, 09:16:51 am
Once i notice bandages gun and scubas gear drop the artifact boxes over them and close the lids, use the tongs to push the artifacts in if necessary but try to touch them as little as possible
@Piecewise
By the way, with this part of my action i mean to try and either place the box over the artifacts and slide the lid under them, or to pin the object between the lip and the lid then spin the box so the artifact falls inside.

Oh and with the termite gun, if i have to use my tongs dont touch them against anything resembling a grip or trigger. Just in case that matters.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 01, 2014, 10:29:13 am
"Hey, Auron. Let me give you a hand with that."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 01, 2014, 10:34:18 am
Reply to D'usse's Funny hiding, and charge con bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 01, 2014, 11:27:58 am
Reply to D'usse's Funny hiding, and charge con bonus
"CHOO CHOO MOTHER FUCKER
DONE PLAYING GAMES
BUCKLE UP FOR THAT OG
LOTS AND LOTS OF TRAINS!"

You baseball bat swing your rifle into the back of her head.

Damn. I should had kept Pancaek.
"Roger that Steve. Permission to pursue, boss?"
(I'm gonna assume "boss" in this instance is referring to miya, since he's coordinating the mission.)

"I have just had a horribly wonderful idea."

Can I take a step up? Like climbing stairs? I wanna figure out if I am limited to left, right, forward, back, or if I can move up and down too. Either way, brace self for any incoming mindfuckery, and leave the void.
You heft yourself back up to your feet and take a few steps. You try to step up, as though walking up stairs. It works and you rise a foot or so. You try to step down with equal success. You bend over and wave your hand around under your feet, fingers passing through empty space that is somehow also holding you up. That's weird.

Follow the walkway East to the intersection.

Once i notice bandages gun and scubas gear drop the artifact boxes over them and close the lids, use the tongs to push the artifacts in if necessary but try to touch them as little as possible

Use dynamic manipulator bonus to cripple any enemies that appear or remove any limbs that become infected with energy termites.

You carefully loot the area, to the surprise of absolutely no one. That rifle is going straight to Heph, by the way.

Quote
I'll let you have one more thrower.
Quote
Yeah, sure. We'll count it as done and there.
Quote
Making a map.
Thanks for the generosity.

Quote
>Faith's signal has changed. She's still broadcasting darkness but her location is moving rapidly away from the diner. She seems to be in a sewer tunnel, but is following it away towards the north.

'Damn, that's suspicious. Whatever she did down there, I don't trust it one bit. Maybe it's time to retreat by now and cut my losses... Hmm. No, gonna wait just a bit longer. Gonna give them a chance to work this out.

So many unknowns, so much to lose.'

Damn. I should had kept Pancaek.
"Roger that Steve. Permission to pursue, boss?"

"Sorry Flint, but permission denied. There's already a lot of manpower dealing with Faith and that basement, and those civilians are still not safe. Besides, you wouldn't fit, and I'm not sure Jack and three newbs would be up to the task of stopping Faith. However, if you want you can send one of your men down that door and tell the people there where she is heading, so they can pursue if possible. Tell that guy to get back after that though."


Continue tracking Faith's movements. Ask Steve for a map of the sewers, send it to ground team, and ask him to try and predict the path she'll take or where she's heading towards.

The sewer map is complex, but she seems to be following the main tunnel for now. She's heading straight north, towards a more densely populated and higher class section of town. You're not sure exactly WHERE in that section she's going though, since it just looks like businesses and office space up there.

"Hah, but I don't NEED to go after her physically, boss. I can just collapse the tunnel she's in with a kinamp strike. Cut off her escape route. Or even just follow her to see where she surfaces."

Fly north, towards Faith, unless Steve says the kinamp plan won't work.
If Steve can give me Faith's position or if I can track her with cameyes, try to kinamp punch the road some distance in front of faith to collapse her tunnel and cut off her escape route. Use previously acquired dynamic bonus so that I do it cleanly, no collateral damage.
Ask Steve how possible it is that this is a deception and that her positioning signal and camera signal has been rendered unreliable. Ask him if he knows how can she see without cameyes or light amps.

She's moving fast, really fast. The only way you'll be able to catch up is with your rockets, flying over the roof tops into a more densely populated area. Your choice.

Yttra notices Jack quietly keeping lookout in the hastily fortified diner.

@Jack: "Hey. There's another of these things–" Yttra holds up her goop thrower– "in the box back there. It might be better than a shotgun. I dunno."

Well hurray for me. I didn't mention the eye. Or the missing arm. Or the gaping hole in his chest.
"Hmm, yes that would be useful, I hear that we wan't to minimize civilian and military casualties.  Thanks."
Look for and grab said goop thrower, work on making a shotgun nest.  (Kind of like a machine gun nest, but for shotguns.)
You grab the goop thrower and continue to fortify the diner's entrance.

Go down to the basement and tell team 2:

"Hey. Bossguy says to tell you all that ‘Faith is quickly moving north and away from the diner.’" (then after a second's thought) "Other bossguy also sent everyone some videos of stuff i dunno if you all got them."

Wait a little bit for assurance that they got the videos (which they did) then climb back up the ladder to the diner.

You relay the message down to the people in the sewer once you get over the vertigo. You send them the videos again too, just in case they didn't get them.

If she's moving away from our area, then what in the world is up north? From memory, she only has a kinetic amp--and that's on her wrist. She can't travel back up if burrowed in that sort so she may either be looking for a way back, or there's something due North that catches her attention.

I'll try to project her location if anyone has details on what is up north, otherwise I'm making chase--she's a considered threat unless whatever has gotten into her has stopped. Has anyone found Morul yet? We were sent to evacuate them, and aid out.

<Respond via radio/wristpad>; Try to intuit any possible objective Faith is moving towards: Like, anything I saw earlier that could aid projection?

Aid projection? Not sure what that means.

In terms of intuition, judging from the conversations going on and what you've been hearing, the only thing you can think of is that this "Basement" sewer place might not actually be physically attached to the diner. Maybe she's moving toward its actual location?

Follow group leader.

If Faith; hands behind her back with amp

If other hostiles; heat 1 foot sphere center mass

Of no faith and no hostiles, see If I can't help auron get scuba and bandage's stuff into the box with my mass amp, so that nobody has to touch it.

If no Faith and no hostiles and no helping; charge will bonus

You sit around in the diner and wait for shit to attack. No shit attacks. Great.


((Assuming up on the map is north as per default mappy stuff))

So uh. That door over there looks like a good place to start.

Mind if I take a swing at it? It'd save you those bullets.

((Forgot we're in radio silence down here HAHA))

Yep punch that door down


You punch the door. You punch it REEEEEEALLY good. Which makes it all the worse when all that force reflects off some unseen barrier just behind the door and roars right back down the tunnel at you and the rest of the team, like a shockwave shotgun channeled by the sewer tunnel.

The Good news is that the door and the wall around it are gone.

The bad news is that you can't see whats behind them through the dust and anyone on team three who still has ear drums or fleshy bodies is now deaf and battered against the wall opposite the smaller tunnel. Robots are there too, but more just annoyed then injured. Renen is unmoved, his taloned feet dug into the brickwork.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 01, 2014, 12:39:34 pm
"Ow." Jack says

Get off of wall. Inform team that I still live.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 01, 2014, 12:40:48 pm
Can I assume I spent the last turn getting a dynamic AUX bonus? If yes, set the automapping drone after her. Much less conspicuous.
Else get that dynamic bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 01, 2014, 12:51:06 pm
You see, you can't just go punching things when you know nothing about them. Boss Miya will get angry now. How is the condition of you all?
The ones that have robot parts and can walk come near me. And someone bring Pancaek over here.

Look around. See if the fleshy teammates are dead or not. Then look in the direction of where the door was. See if it's possible to see if there is any movement in that space. If anything appears, enter BT, take the weapon of one of the fallen team mates and get ready to shoot it or cut it with the sword if it gets close and is hostile.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 01, 2014, 01:01:54 pm
Exit voidspace. Brace self for any mindfuckery that may happen.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 01, 2014, 01:04:53 pm
Quote from: piecewise
Aid projection? Not sure what that means.
o__O Maybe its a technical term somehow...
What it is, is trying to guess the location of a moving object or entity towards the presumed destination, usually an important location, like an exit point or evacuation site.
Hence me trying to recall in order to 'aid projection.'
...To project, as a verb? ._.
Sorry


What was the purpose of the nearby APCs, by the way? What was also the actual objective of the team before us?
<Response via radio/wristpad>

...((I am with Cecil right? And that means I got the reaction of his action?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 01, 2014, 01:19:45 pm
"I swear to god if you just broke my shiny new alien murder penis dispenser the second after i got it in its box i will murder you and mount your skull on my crotchplate."

Visually verify integrity of termite gun and its containment box, make sure that shit aint leaking.

Move up towards doorway and if i see an enemy launch a white hot tripwire at kee height with my dynamic manipulator.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 01, 2014, 02:17:48 pm
Fucking hell!

Cecil tries to recover, his ears ringing from the blast.

Didn't expect the fucking forcefield behind the door, goddamn.

Wait for the dust to settle. Stay slumped against the wall. Will my eardrums to recover faster. Can I see anything?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 01, 2014, 03:11:18 pm
"I swear to god if you just broke my shiny new alien murder penis dispenser the second after i got it in its box i will murder you and mount your skull on my crotchplate."
And I swear on your survival that if you speak once more like that again to your allies, you'll be happy to see a positive digit in that range.

Feyri remembered Auron.
She didn't like him in this current timeframe.
But that was emotional reaction.

...Still.

((Alright what team am I currently in? Other than being with Renen?))
Spoiler: Rescue Team Members (click to show/hide)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 01, 2014, 04:10:00 pm
"I swear to god if you just broke my shiny new alien murder penis dispenser the second after i got it in its box i will murder you and mount your skull on my crotchplate."
And I swear on your survival that if you speak once more like that again to your allies, you'll be happy to see a positive digit in that range.

Feyri remembered Auron.
She didn't like him in this current timeframe.
But that was emotional reaction.

...Still.

((Alright what team am I currently in? Other than being with Renen?))
Spoiler: Rescue Team Members (click to show/hide)

Tiruin, as usual, you can find all the relevant information on the appropriate wiki page:
http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Order_of_Battle (http://einsteinianroulette.wikia.com/wiki/Mission_14#Order_of_Battle)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 01, 2014, 08:03:47 pm
"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 02, 2014, 01:02:59 pm
well you're not using my head as a goddamn synthdick.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 02, 2014, 01:17:36 pm
You see, you can't just go punching things when you know nothing about them. Boss Miya will get angry now. How is the condition of you all?
The ones that have robot parts and can walk come near me. And someone bring Pancaek over here.

Don't bother, Ive been here the entire time. Probably didn't notice me because I look pretty dead. Need me to do anything?

"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""

"Hey, be nice to Fey, ya frakking prick"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 02, 2014, 02:24:22 pm
You see, you can't just go punching things when you know nothing about them. Boss Miya will get angry now. How is the condition of you all?
The ones that have robot parts and can walk come near me. And someone bring Pancaek over here.

Yeah uh. Jus' trying to save some bullets for actual terrifying things that need them. Fucking thing behind the door would have just turned the bullets back anyway and probably killed some of us.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 02, 2014, 05:56:08 pm
Yttra watches the corridor (thankfully not the one she's in) explode, embedding several teammates into the opposite wall.

Not my problem. Not my problem. Not my problem.

Climb back up to the diner.



As she climbs back up the ladder and thru the strange void-barrier, Yttra is struck by a horrifying epiphany.

$#@! maybe i'm not immune! Maybe i *&^%ing am being mind*&^%ed but he's not *&^%ing controlling me because he thinks it's *&^%ing funny!

In a cold dark senseless void Yttra suddenly begins to understand Steve.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 02, 2014, 10:18:45 pm

Team, calm down. We don't need to start a fight within the group right now.

Even if it were bullets, we have to be cautious when we don't know the situation.

I need everyone that can attack from a distance prepared, we don't want any surprises.


((@Tiruin: Feyri is with Team 3.
@Pancaek: I thought that everyone but Renen was thrown away.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 02, 2014, 11:03:58 pm
This is getting boring but, defend ze hostages. Gee, I wonder what would happen if I sent this and tempted the almighty Steve.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 03, 2014, 12:13:32 am
"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""

"Hey, be nice to Fey, ya frakking prick"
"Oh bugger off, all i did was point out an error in the threat she made against me whilst attempting to violate my rights to free speech."

well you're not using my head as a goddamn synthdick.
"Seriously? That isnt even physically possible...
For clarification, your head would become a protective holster for my future synthdick, not the dick itself."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Empiricist on August 03, 2014, 12:38:20 am
"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""

"Hey, be nice to Fey, ya frakking prick"
"Oh bugger off, all i did was point out an error in the threat she made against me whilst attempting to violate my rights to free speech."

well you're not using my head as a goddamn synthdick.
"Seriously? That isnt even physically possible...
For clarification, your penis would become a protective holster for my future synthdick, not the dick itself."
((I think you mean his head, not that other bodypart.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 03, 2014, 12:46:22 am
((Yeah... editing with my phone causes... issues...))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Empiricist on August 03, 2014, 12:47:05 am
((Yeah... editing with my phone causes... issues...))
((And amusingly disturbing mental images :P))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 03, 2014, 01:56:26 am
((A protective dick for your dick? Thanks for the compliment!  :P))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 03, 2014, 06:05:56 am
This is getting boring but, defend ze hostages. Gee, I wonder what would happen if I sent this and tempted the almighty Steve.
((I DID told you to let them free a few turns back so you could join the rest.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 03, 2014, 09:42:07 am

Team, calm down. We don't need to start a fight within the group right now.

Even if it were bullets, we have to be cautious when we don't know the situation.

I need everyone that can attack from a distance prepared, we don't want any surprises.


((@Tiruin: Feyri is with Team 3.
@Pancaek: I thought that everyone but Renen was thrown away.))
((we were thrown away, but Pw said that people in synth bodies aren't actually hurt.))

Look towards destroyed door.

If Faith: amp force her hands behind back.

If other hostiles: Heat 1 foot sphere center mass

If none of above: charge will bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 03, 2014, 10:32:35 am
"Ow." Jack says

Get off of wall. Inform team that I still live.
You get down from the wall.

"I'm good, no problems here. Ow."

Can I assume I spent the last turn getting a dynamic AUX bonus? If yes, set the automapping drone after her. Much less conspicuous.
Else get that dynamic bonus.

Sure, why not. You send your drone after Faith, setting it to follow her from some height and distance, just so it doesn't get blown to hell.

Exit voidspace. Brace self for any mindfuckery that may happen.
You exit voidspace a good 3 feet above the roof and fall on your ass. That is the worst thing that happens to you though.
Quote from: piecewise
Aid projection? Not sure what that means.
o__O Maybe its a technical term somehow...
What it is, is trying to guess the location of a moving object or entity towards the presumed destination, usually an important location, like an exit point or evacuation site.
Hence me trying to recall in order to 'aid projection.'
...To project, as a verb? ._.
Sorry


What was the purpose of the nearby APCs, by the way? What was also the actual objective of the team before us?
<Response via radio/wristpad>

...((I am with Cecil right? And that means I got the reaction of his action?))

Yes

Yttra watches the corridor (thankfully not the one she's in) explode, embedding several teammates into the opposite wall.

Not my problem. Not my problem. Not my problem.

Climb back up to the diner.



As she climbs back up the ladder and thru the strange void-barrier, Yttra is struck by a horrifying epiphany.

$#@! maybe i'm not immune! Maybe i *&^%ing am being mind*&^%ed but he's not *&^%ing controlling me because he thinks it's *&^%ing funny!

In a cold dark senseless void Yttra suddenly begins to understand Steve.
I Like how Yttra keeps being right next to or tangentially involved with all this insanity yet manages to come out basically unscathed and spends most of her time running around trying to get away from one clusterfuck and wandering into another.

You get back up that fucking ladder and back into that fucking diner and away from the bad shit that is about to happen down stairs. You're new to this thing but you've seen no less then...what, 4 catastrophic fuckups in the last hour? You're starting to get the vet's sixth sense that things are about to go wrong.

WHY IS IT ALWAYS TINGLING?! WHY DOES IT NEVER STOP!

This is getting boring but, defend ze hostages. Gee, I wonder what would happen if I sent this and tempted the almighty Steve.

>Release the hostages and go help people who matter. I have a distinct feeling they might need bodies soon. Or be bodies soon. Probably both.

"I swear to god if you just broke my shiny new alien murder penis dispenser the second after i got it in its box i will murder you and mount your skull on my crotchplate."

Visually verify integrity of termite gun and its containment box, make sure that shit aint leaking.

Move up towards doorway and if i see an enemy launch a white hot tripwire at kee height with my dynamic manipulator.

(Box is closed and fine)
You see, you can't just go punching things when you know nothing about them. Boss Miya will get angry now. How is the condition of you all?
The ones that have robot parts and can walk come near me. And someone bring Pancaek over here.

Look around. See if the fleshy teammates are dead or not. Then look in the direction of where the door was. See if it's possible to see if there is any movement in that space. If anything appears, enter BT, take the weapon of one of the fallen team mates and get ready to shoot it or cut it with the sword if it gets close and is hostile.

Fucking hell!

Cecil tries to recover, his ears ringing from the blast.

Didn't expect the fucking forcefield behind the door, goddamn.

Wait for the dust to settle. Stay slumped against the wall. Will my eardrums to recover faster. Can I see anything?

Team, calm down. We don't need to start a fight within the group right now.

Even if it were bullets, we have to be cautious when we don't know the situation.

I need everyone that can attack from a distance prepared, we don't want any surprises.


((@Tiruin: Feyri is with Team 3.
@Pancaek: I thought that everyone but Renen was thrown away.))
((we were thrown away, but Pw said that people in synth bodies aren't actually hurt.))

Look towards destroyed door.

If Faith: amp force her hands behind back.

If other hostiles: Heat 1 foot sphere center mass

If none of above: charge will bonus


The dust settles quickly to reveal the room beyond the destoyed wall and door. It's a fairly large room, what appears to have been some sort of large tunnel that has been bricked over on one side to form this cul-de-sac room off the main tunnel. It's brightly lit by loops of string lights and LED light cord that have been laid out around the room and wrapped around hooks in the ceiling. Along the walls, or as close as they can get considering the ovoid shape of the room, are several large machines; 3 on each side. The machines are semi-egg shaped, but fatter and with a flat bottom. Bundles of tubes, wires and thick cords run from each machine into the thing in the center of the room. The thing in the center of the room is a chair, or really more of a throne. It appears to be some sort of life support system, a heavy metallic throne with support straps, iv tubes, life monitoring systems, feeding and waste disposal lines and the like, but it has been heavily modified and made far more ornate then normal. It's been plated in gold, etched and given useless ornamentation, most of which seems rather ramshackle and mismatching, strings of pearls, mixed with little totems and divine symbols that you're pretty sure are from several religions. At the foot of the throne are what look like offerings; bowls of food and money and valuables, all sitting there, untouched.

In the chair itself is...well...it looks like a corpse. The machines plugged into the throne still seem to be active, or at least on, but the man in the throne seems to be long dead. He's wearing a strange cloak of some kind, one that keeps shimmering and taking on the appearance of different sets of clothing, with different people in each; an evening suit with a dark skinned hand visible, a jump suit with the curvature of a woman and pale, reddish skin, an albino in some sort of strange latex outfit. It flickers and shimmers and jerks through these outfits and more, occasionally shorting out and going dark, turning into a grayish cloth poncho over a corpse before crackling back on. The man's head, the only thing not covered, is lulling to the side, resting awkwardly on his shoulder. His dark, mummified skin clings tightly too a skull with some very strange shapes visible within; as though there is some sort of gridwork of protrusions around his face and skull, following cheek bones and jaw line and brow like exaggerated, cartoonish extensions of the normal bone.

The egg shaped machines are still on, or at least still receiving power, but they're not making any noise, and you can see no indication that they're actually doing anything to the corpse. The life sign monitors on the throne are all turned off, and besides the hum of power in the machines and the lights, it is utterly silent in the room.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 03, 2014, 12:12:44 pm
((Yeah... editing with my phone causes... issues...))
((And amusingly disturbing mental images :P))
((Sadly, Feyri cannot see past the double parentheses. You're doomed. :I
If I was mean anyway.))

"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""

"Hey, be nice to Fey, ya frakking prick"
"Oh bugger off, all i did was point out an error in the threat she made against me whilst attempting to violate my rights to free speech."
Rejoice that I fight for your right to speak.
Rejoice that I'm going to pretend you said that wrong.


Feyri carried her Rotary gun and awaited the dust to settle. Gazing inside from her position, she looked at the rest.

We are all below a diner, agreed? Could someone inform me of why I'm looking at something that shouldn't be under a diner? Team two, ready flashbangs, do not pull the pin. Watch the area. Watch your thoughts.

Grenade out.


Approach VERY cautiously. Intuition feel, go.
Lob one flashbang in there. Obviously shield self against the effects at a distance.


"We come in peace!"
...I shouldn't have used the pre-recorder for this one.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 03, 2014, 02:04:23 pm
"Alright, I'm back. Care to bring me up to speed on what I missed? And no, I'm not mind controlled anymore."

Continue brain rest, and examine the extent of the damage to my body. Comply with Flint.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 03, 2014, 04:06:46 pm
be helpful (if at all possible)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 03, 2014, 05:08:53 pm
This is getting boring but, defend ze hostages. Gee, I wonder what would happen if I sent this and tempted the almighty Steve.

((Dude, those hostages are still there. Miyamoto directly gave your squad orders for releasing them in a safe, controlled manner. You bored? Then go do what you were asked to do several turns ago.))

"Alright, I'm back. Care to bring me up to speed on what I missed? And no, I'm not mind controlled anymore."

Continue brain rest, and examine the extent of the damage to my body.

"Morul, put your weapons down right now, back away, then put your hands on your head and lie face-down so someone can come check you over. Failure to comply will result in immediate shocking or Flint opening fire. Sorry man, gotta make sure you aren't still possessed.

Flint, have you or someone on team 2 check over Morul, don't come too close. Confirm if he's still fully himself, and not mindcontrolled.

Steve, is there a surefire way to affirm someone isn't being influenced by something else? Some sort of litmus test you know of? Maybe the AM knows something?"

Talk, ask question to Steve.

EDIT: extra action from below: If Morul does not comply with Miya's orders, ask Steve to shock him unconscious. If Steve can somehow confirm remotely he's fully himself and without outside influence, disregard that order.

EDIT 2: he seems to comply in text, but not in his posted action yet, so wait with shocking for now.


be helpful (if at all possible)

"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."

((OOC note: yes, i know this is stupid and dangerous. But I feel really, really bad about condemning two players to staring at a wall.

Damn, I'm taking sods with me from now. Here's hoping pw will be lenient on this matter, cause if not I'll be forced to waste players for boring crap like this in the future.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 03, 2014, 05:16:36 pm
"Huh. When did you get here Miyamoto? And I don't have any weapons aside from my amp, and I can't really put that down. And I'm not possessed anymore. When I disappear like that, I REALLY disappear. Nothing gets in or out of the void. I realize why you're doing it, but Flint isn't going to be able to truly confirm anything. Face it, you're just gonna have to trust me, or shoot me now."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 03, 2014, 05:28:44 pm
"Huh. When did you get here Miyamoto? And I don't have any weapons aside from my amp, and I can't really put that down. And I'm not possessed anymore. When I disappear like that, I REALLY disappear. Nothing gets in or out of the void. I realize why you're doing it, but Flint isn't going to be able to truly confirm anything. Face it, you're just gonna have to trust me, or shoot me now."

"I cannot take that risk Morul, for all I know whatever controlled you is saying that.

And whether or not we'll be able to trust you is going to be my decision. If we really can't find a way to confirm I might just shock you senseless and keep you with the other wounded. Worst case, I'm down an asset I had written of already. Now, please comply with my orders for now and go lie face down. We can see how we continue from there."

If Morul does not comply, ask Steve to shock him unconscious. If Steve can somehow confirm remotely he's fully himself and without outside influence, disregard that order.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 03, 2014, 05:48:42 pm
"Again, I understand why you're doing it, but if there was a quick and easy mind control test, why haven't we heard of it? But fine. I'll play along."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 03, 2014, 06:07:28 pm
"Drop to your knees! (http://youtu.be/9GSpPLvJ85Y?t=4m48s) Keep your hands up and your eyes away from me! Do it! Do it now!"

Point my gun at Morul, just in case. Also move a bit once he loses sight of me, so that he can't hit me with a blind attack.

Try to keep an eye on that drone's camera. Anything interesting about the area Faith is moving towards?


((I hope you won't have Morul shocked or otherwise incapacitated if he complies, because that would be kind of a double standard.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 03, 2014, 11:42:14 pm
Assuming nothing tremendously urgent is happening in or near the diner, Yttra heads back upstairs, sits down on a bed and starts watching the videos that Miyamoto sent. Specifically she watches from Morul's perspective, fighting alone in the basement, then from Konrad's, trying to escape as ghostly arms reach into his body, taking it over. She shifts uneasily as she watches a bandaged corpse take a scuba tank to the head, get smashed against the wall, and keep on walking. She flinches as Faith kicks a guy across the room so hard she damages her own legs. She clicks it off just as Konrad is being pinned to the floor by an expanding mass of fresh goo.

Then she watches the hotdrop video again.


((interrupted))

Go back to the second floor, sit down on a bed, and watch videos.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 04, 2014, 11:09:53 am
"How interesting, didnt i find one of those cloaks back on haphaestus when we were stealing the place?

We thinking trap? Im thinking trap... theres no way the universe is so kind as to so quickly serve me up a replacement let alone on a golden throne unless it had some sort of evil trick up its sleeve."


Attempt to discern purpose of the egg domes via use of INT and AUX rolls.
Keep an eye on the dead guy and be ready to decapitate him with my amp at a moments notice.

Oh and put out an empty box just in case pancaek wants to levitate him out of the chair.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 04, 2014, 11:30:07 am
Cock shotgun, wait in anticipation.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 04, 2014, 11:34:19 pm
"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."
M'kay!

If I'm within a mile of the diner, start heading there when the wounded are loaded into the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 05, 2014, 12:31:04 am
"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."

((OOC note: yes, i know this is stupid and dangerous. But I feel really, really bad about condemning two players to staring at a wall.

Damn, I'm taking sods with me from now. Here's hoping pw will be lenient on this matter, cause if not I'll be forced to waste players for boring crap like this in the future.))


"its Konrad sir"
head to the diner after reloading wounded into APC and moving out of the way
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 05, 2014, 07:03:38 am
Scuttle close enough so that I can see into the room.

Shield my eyes from Feyri's flashbang, then look at its effect.

Should something attack in response, use appropriate amp response to neutralize the threat.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 05, 2014, 07:51:09 am
"Huh."

Look away from flash bang then enter room with shotgun at the ready.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 05, 2014, 08:37:27 am
Great, everybody, try to record this whole room for Steve with your cams. Don't touch or enter in contact with anything directly. The chance of mindfucking is high. Also, I need one person to try and take samples of the corpse, as well as his cloak's since it can be useful for us to analise it.

Considering Morul, I think we have an Urban Executor here. I still remember my first mission. This is bad.

Protect from the effects of the grenade. After Feyri's flasgrenade detonates and it's effects are gone. Look around, try to record the room for Steve. Enter BT and move quickly around to prevent mindfucking, also prepared to enter combat with Faith in case she appears. Wait to see if someone goes to take the samples.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 05, 2014, 08:55:46 am
Exit the building, and go to the crater. Look inside. If I find a way in, go down to further investigate
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Toaster on August 05, 2014, 09:17:44 am
((You might want to bold your actions to make them easy to see.  They can get missed otherwise.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 05, 2014, 01:16:02 pm
"Drop to your knees! (http://youtu.be/9GSpPLvJ85Y?t=4m48s) Keep your hands up and your eyes away from me! Do it! Do it now!"

Point my gun at Morul, just in case. Also move a bit once he loses sight of me, so that he can't hit me with a blind attack.

Try to keep an eye on that drone's camera. Anything interesting about the area Faith is moving towards?


((I hope you won't have Morul shocked or otherwise incapacitated if he complies, because that would be kind of a double standard.))
"Alright, I'm back. Care to bring me up to speed on what I missed? And no, I'm not mind controlled anymore."

Continue brain rest, and examine the extent of the damage to my body. Comply with Flint.
Morul is nice enough to comply with everything you ask him to do so you don't have to put bullets into him.

You keep an eye on the drone cam. Faith seems to be moving through downtown and is heading out back into the suburbs beyond. You don't see any obvious targets in that direction, it's very odd.

 
Exit the building, and go to the crater. Look inside. If I find a way in, go down to further investigate
You head over to the crater and go a little way in, climbing over rubble and corpses. It looks like you might be able to get down  into there with a little digging of rubble but...wait a sec...You can see the sewer down there and it doesn't look like what you've heard people on the radio talking about, it's a ceramic pipe not a big brickwork tunnel...Uh oh.

This is getting boring but, defend ze hostages. Gee, I wonder what would happen if I sent this and tempted the almighty Steve.

((Dude, those hostages are still there. Miyamoto directly gave your squad orders for releasing them in a safe, controlled manner. You bored? Then go do what you were asked to do several turns ago.))

"Alright, I'm back. Care to bring me up to speed on what I missed? And no, I'm not mind controlled anymore."

Continue brain rest, and examine the extent of the damage to my body.

"Morul, put your weapons down right now, back away, then put your hands on your head and lie face-down so someone can come check you over. Failure to comply will result in immediate shocking or Flint opening fire. Sorry man, gotta make sure you aren't still possessed.

Flint, have you or someone on team 2 check over Morul, don't come too close. Confirm if he's still fully himself, and not mindcontrolled.

Steve, is there a surefire way to affirm someone isn't being influenced by something else? Some sort of litmus test you know of? Maybe the AM knows something?"

Talk, ask question to Steve.

EDIT: extra action from below: If Morul does not comply with Miya's orders, ask Steve to shock him unconscious. If Steve can somehow confirm remotely he's fully himself and without outside influence, disregard that order.

EDIT 2: he seems to comply in text, but not in his posted action yet, so wait with shocking for now.


be helpful (if at all possible)

"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."

((OOC note: yes, i know this is stupid and dangerous. But I feel really, really bad about condemning two players to staring at a wall.

Damn, I'm taking sods with me from now. Here's hoping pw will be lenient on this matter, cause if not I'll be forced to waste players for boring crap like this in the future.))


>The only for sure way is a brain scan but we don't have the stuff for that in the suits. Less sure ways are to look at how he moves, speaks and reacts, as well as asking him questions only he would know.  All of these things CAN be faked to make it seem as though he's not controlled, but doing so quickly, reliably and believably is difficult.

Assuming nothing tremendously urgent is happening in or near the diner, Yttra heads back upstairs, sits down on a bed and starts watching the videos that Miyamoto sent. Specifically she watches from Morul's perspective, fighting alone in the basement, then from Konrad's, trying to escape as ghostly arms reach into his body, taking it over. She shifts uneasily as she watches a bandaged corpse take a scuba tank to the head, get smashed against the wall, and keep on walking. She flinches as Faith kicks a guy across the room so hard she damages her own legs. She clicks it off just as Konrad is being pinned to the floor by an expanding mass of fresh goo.

Then she watches the hotdrop video again.

Go back to the second floor, sit down on a bed, and watch videos.
You go back upstairs and...oh. There's a headlessman standing in the middle of the room. Guess they got tired of waiting for you to go upstairs.

Cock shotgun, wait in anticipation.
You cock the shotgun  and anticipate at...something?

"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."
M'kay!

If I'm within a mile of the diner, start heading there when the wounded are loaded into the APC.

"Konrak, Taddok, you have my permission to leave the APC, with the dead inside, and come over to the diner to help. Be sure the APC is in a safe location before you do though. Report back in when you get here."

((OOC note: yes, i know this is stupid and dangerous. But I feel really, really bad about condemning two players to staring at a wall.

Damn, I'm taking sods with me from now. Here's hoping pw will be lenient on this matter, cause if not I'll be forced to waste players for boring crap like this in the future.))


"its Konrad sir"
head to the diner after reloading wounded into APC and moving out of the way
You both start walking in that direction. It will take you a while to reach it though.

Great, everybody, try to record this whole room for Steve with your cams. Don't touch or enter in contact with anything directly. The chance of mindfucking is high. Also, I need one person to try and take samples of the corpse, as well as his cloak's since it can be useful for us to analise it.

Considering Morul, I think we have an Urban Executor here. I still remember my first mission. This is bad.

Protect from the effects of the grenade. After Feyri's flasgrenade detonates and it's effects are gone. Look around, try to record the room for Steve. Enter BT and move quickly around to prevent mindfucking, also prepared to enter combat with Faith in case she appears. Wait to see if someone goes to take the samples.

"Huh."

Look away from flash bang then enter room with shotgun at the ready.
Scuttle close enough so that I can see into the room.

Shield my eyes from Feyri's flashbang, then look at its effect.

Should something attack in response, use appropriate amp response to neutralize the threat.

(you realize you're not on this team, right?)
"How interesting, didnt i find one of those cloaks back on haphaestus when we were stealing the place?

We thinking trap? Im thinking trap... theres no way the universe is so kind as to so quickly serve me up a replacement let alone on a golden throne unless it had some sort of evil trick up its sleeve."


Attempt to discern purpose of the egg domes via use of INT and AUX rolls.
Keep an eye on the dead guy and be ready to decapitate him with my amp at a moments notice.

Oh and put out an empty box just in case pancaek wants to levitate him out of the chair.

((Yeah... editing with my phone causes... issues...))
((And amusingly disturbing mental images :P))
((Sadly, Feyri cannot see past the double parentheses. You're doomed. :I
If I was mean anyway.))

"Oh really, what are you gonna do? Steal my crotchplate?

Im in a goddamn synth-body you idget, penises do not come standard.""

"Hey, be nice to Fey, ya frakking prick"
"Oh bugger off, all i did was point out an error in the threat she made against me whilst attempting to violate my rights to free speech."
Rejoice that I fight for your right to speak.
Rejoice that I'm going to pretend you said that wrong.


Feyri carried her Rotary gun and awaited the dust to settle. Gazing inside from her position, she looked at the rest.

We are all below a diner, agreed? Could someone inform me of why I'm looking at something that shouldn't be under a diner? Team two, ready flashbangs, do not pull the pin. Watch the area. Watch your thoughts.

Grenade out.


Approach VERY cautiously. Intuition feel, go.
Lob one flashbang in there. Obviously shield self against the effects at a distance.


"We come in peace!"
...I shouldn't have used the pre-recorder for this one.
Feyri Hucks a flashbang into the room and it bursts as every takes cover. After the flashbang has finished severely menacing the walls, everyone piles in and looks around. The corpse on the throne doesn't get up and dance or attack and nothing explodes or starts screaming death curses at you, so there's that. Auron examines the egg machines and determines that they appear to have been part of the life support system for that chair and its inhabitant. They're still on, but they don't appear to be doing anything; the throne is in standby, and everything is just sorta sitting around idle. Hm.

Feyri looks at the body and feels that it is probably not dangerous; it doesn't seem to be alive or in some sort of state of half death, and she's not getting that prickly feeling of homicidal intent... But something does feel off. She can't shake the feeling that one of her teammates is in danger, but she also can't tell if it's in here or somewhere else.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 05, 2014, 01:19:49 pm
"So. How's it going? Besides the fact that it's hit the fan again. Poor fan."

More brain rest.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 05, 2014, 01:28:44 pm
Feyri felt that familiar and deathly urge...that same urge which told her that those she is responsible for, is under direct threat.
She hated it when that happened. She was unsure.


Team. One of us is in dire trouble. That means anyone in the diner area or otherwise- ...hopefully.
-I need a head tally. Who is not among us? Is there anyone not on the same level as we?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 05, 2014, 02:25:58 pm
"Hey, Steve? You know about amps, right? What's the range on those mind control ones? If I mind controlled someone on the ground and then sent him to orbit, at which point, if any, would I lose control?"

Watch drone. Watch Morul. Ask Steve.

If my second floor teammate asks help, edits will be made to this action.

EDIT: Grab Morul and head down to the hole Faith came out of.
If Headless has attacked by then, shove Morul through the hole so he can disable him (keeping headless' brain intact in the process, preferably).
If Headless has not attacked, then try to persuade him to stand down and drop to his knees, informing him that he will not be harmed if he does so. If he does not comply, proceed with above dismembering.

If at any point Morul does anything suspicious, rip him apart until only his braincase is left.

If Morul is unable to attack for some reason (or if his attack fails), try to dismember Headless by shoving the the cutting laser through the hole and firing.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 05, 2014, 02:47:44 pm
"Well everythings on standby but i stil cant tell what its supposed to do, lets loot the shit out of it before some cultist flips a switch and it magically reanimates this guy or starts spewing out clones or something."

Turn on the life signs monitor and make sure there arent 6 or 7 sets of life signs.
Gently push the corpse off of the throne and into a spare box using my reiterpallasch, or let pancaek do it with his amp.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 05, 2014, 03:30:50 pm
"As an amp user, range is limited to line of sight and willpower. Sure you could mind control a guy standing on the horizon, but it's gonna take more juice than if you try the guy standing next to you. Or, at least that's how it is with mass amps."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 05, 2014, 04:10:37 pm
Damn corpse gives me the heebie-jeebies. Never did like old, dead things. Cecil accounted for, Boss.

Hand Feyri my flashbang. Go look to see where the machines are pulling power from. That corpse gives me the creeps. Be ready to punch the everloving shit out of him if he so much as settles.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 05, 2014, 04:23:04 pm
@Jack, Flint, and the rest of aboveground team: "$#@!! There's someone on the second floor! He doesn't have a *&^%ing head!!"

If there's anyone other than headless in the room, immediately flee back downstairs. Otherwise attempt to goop headless, then retreat.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 05, 2014, 05:23:03 pm
Quote
You keep an eye on the drone cam. Faith seems to be moving through downtown and is heading out back into the suburbs beyond. You don't see any obvious targets in that direction, it's very odd.

((She might just be running in the hope of escaping and restarting the cult someplace else. Either way, I'm not dedicating any manpower to hunting her down until the diner and basement are secured.))

Quote
>The only for sure way is a brain scan but we don't have the stuff for that in the suits. Less sure ways are to look at how he moves, speaks and reacts, as well as asking him questions only he would know.  All of these things CAN be faked to make it seem as though he's not controlled, but doing so quickly, reliably and believably is difficult.

"Hmm. Morul, suppose that Flint was a shuttle flying toward a meandering crystal, what would you do?"

Listen to his response, and observe his face and such through his suit sensors to try and determine if he's still being influenced.

((For the record, my plan was to wait until those two from the apc had returned, then I'd have assigned some of them to start sweeping the upper levels. Guess that plan got... forcefully accelerated.))

"Yttra, get the hell out of there, gonna send you back up. And never do shit like that again without telling somebody about it goddammit.

Jack Catar and Knuser, get up there and help Yttra, she's on the diner's second floor. Find her and regroup, shoot that headless thing if you see it.

Flint, watch Morul's reaction first, then check if you can help with the headless guy situation. Oh, and why in the name of all that's holy are those civilians still not gone? You have the people to do it for you even. Is this such a hard thing I'm asking of you? If you cannot complete such an easy task, I have to wonder whether putting you in charge of that team was a good idea."

Quote
"its Konrad sir"
"Just a slip of the tongue, don't mention it."


Quote
(you realize you're not on this team, right?)

Piecewise, for the moment Pancaek is indeed helping out the basement team, as per Miya's orders. Because I wanted him to be where we thought Faith would show up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 05, 2014, 05:28:53 pm
Checking out those around her, Feyri radioed Flint.

Quote
It seems we've found something special down here under the diner--seems to be taken care of at the moment. However...

I had this feeling someone is in, or will be facing dire danger. Probably in and around the diner area. Check your team, please.


Equip Rotary.
Keep watch on the rest and check for any signs of trouble amongst them//listen for anything wrong, and inspect the machines.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 05, 2014, 05:30:07 pm
Checking out those around her, Feyri radioed Flint.

Quote
It seems we've found something special down here under the diner--seems to be taken care of at the moment. However...

I had this feeling someone is in, or will be facing dire danger. Probably in and around the diner area. Check your team, please.


((Flint cannot hear this, radio from the basement cannot reach people on the street due to that 'vertigo' wall of blackness.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 05, 2014, 05:30:48 pm
((Flint cannot hear this, radio from the basement cannot reach people on the street due to that 'vertigo' wall of blackness.))
((Do I even know this o_o
Or is this something I missed?))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 05, 2014, 05:35:40 pm
((Flint cannot hear this, radio from the basement cannot reach people on the street due to that 'vertigo' wall of blackness.))
((Do I even know this o_o
Or is this something I missed?))

((Feyri went through that wall to get in the sewer basement. Check the beginning of the mission to, or more specifically this: http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5371949#msg5371949))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 05, 2014, 05:44:30 pm
"Yttra, get the hell out of there, gonna send you back up. And never do shit like that again without telling somebody about it goddammit.
"*$#@! like &^%$ing what?" Yttra says, already trying to get the hell out of there.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 05, 2014, 05:58:00 pm
((Flint cannot hear this, radio from the basement cannot reach people on the street due to that 'vertigo' wall of blackness.))
((Do I even know this o_o
Or is this something I missed?))

((Feyri went through that wall to get in the sewer basement. Check the beginning of the mission to, or more specifically this: http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=138807.msg5371949#msg5371949))
((Fudge, editing x_x))

Having thought out the idea of sending the message to Flint in meticulous and great detail that it seemed even real to her, Feyri signaled the others around her in the chamber.
...It is a chamber right? The one under the diner?

The machines seem to be receiving power from somewhere. Turn them off and finish securing the area. I do not like the feelings I'm receiving about this place. Speaks of death and danger to come.

Given the recent headcount-
from which Cecil was quite the eager one to reply and respond, I'll be moving back to check on the others and Flint. If anyone wants to follow, please do so.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 05, 2014, 06:00:59 pm
"Should some of us stay down here?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 05, 2014, 06:07:09 pm
Feyri looked at Renen.
Depending on the leader's decision. I feel amp-users are best suited for this environment. Secure the perimeter, record all happenings at present, and get out.

If this speaks of the cult's activities, my best guess is to halt anything we can regarding it. Like the energy supplying these machines.


She looked at the corpse.
Strange that it seems like an idol. An adornment perhaps? Can someone sense it out? Seems like the throne would be similar to an altar given the...looks of it, symbolically anyway.

Status of the machines and the area? When I said halt it, I mean after a unanimous decision. The corpse is tied to them, and is important enough for this kind of secrecy and protection.

Can anyone determine it?

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 05, 2014, 06:08:07 pm
"All right, headed up now.  Don't know how useful lethal force will be if it's headless, but I'm ready to apply said force."
Head up to find Yttra, shoot anything headless with the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 06, 2014, 10:26:25 am
Turn on the life signs monitor and make sure there arent 6 or 7 sets of life signs.
Gently push the corpse off of the throne and into a spare box using my reiterpallasch, or let pancaek do it with his amp.


Stay outside of the room if I can clearly see everything inside of the room from the doorway, otherwise go inside.

Help put the corpse into the box with my mass amp


Stay just outside of the room, observe what is within.

Charge will bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 06, 2014, 05:56:17 pm
((Sorry for not posting earlier.))

@Miyamoto: "I gave the order. It's not like I can do anything else about it, unless you want me to start shocking them or shooting them for not obeying it. I'd do it myself, but the building is already unstable and I'm afraid the battlesuit could cause a collapse."

@Morul: "I have a better idea. You say you're you, right?" said Flint as he got his arms around Morul's torso. "If so, then you'll dismember that guy when I tell you, so that he can't harm anyone (preferably keeping his brain intact in the process so that he can be revived later). If I even suspect you're doing anything else, I'll crush you like a tin can. Understand?"

((Action edited.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 06, 2014, 06:45:24 pm
keep on walken
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 06, 2014, 06:52:10 pm
"If I remember correctly, I shot down the last shuttle heading towards a crystal. I'm not exactly certain because I lost my memories of that mission, and had to have some teammates fill me in, but it had lasers or something? And yes Flint. I am myself, and as long as the person in question is an enemy, sure I'll try and dismember them."

((Probably not the best mission to question him about.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 06, 2014, 07:22:45 pm
"Yttra, get the hell out of there, gonna send you back up. And never do shit like that again without telling somebody about it goddammit.
"*$#@! like &^%$ing what?" Yttra says, already trying to get the hell out of there.

"Like going to the next level of the diner alone of course! What the hell were you thinking, going into hostile territory alone?"


Quote
((Probably not the best mission to question him about.))
((First mission they were both a part of that came to mind really.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 06, 2014, 07:54:09 pm
Keep heading towards to diner. Stick to alleys/etc when possible unless the streets are deserted.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 06, 2014, 08:04:04 pm
"Like going to the next level of the diner alone of course! What the hell were you thinking, going into hostile territory alone?"
"‘Hostile territory?’ I was *&^%ing going back to where i *&^%ing was 2 minutes ago. And it sure as *&^%ing %^&*worms didn't have a headless guy in it then. $#@!!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 06, 2014, 10:26:20 pm

Renen looks at Feyri.

You want to go upstairs... No problem, but it would be better if someone else also goes with you. I will stay here with the rest of the Team. It's better if all amp users stay here too.

Pancaek, don't move the body just yet. It's better to be sure of what we should do.

Feyri, since you will go upstairs, please send a copy of the video feed of what we saw to Steve and Miya and ask for an opinion of what we should do.

The ones that stay, get ready for anything suspicious.

I can't stop thinking about the strange fact that Faith didn't enter here. There is no sign of damage and she was going away from here. And he seems to be their idol.

Renen keeps moving around the room in BT. Get ready to avoid any sudden atack.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 06, 2014, 10:46:59 pm
"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 06, 2014, 11:52:08 pm

Renen looks at Feyri.

You want to go upstairs... No problem, but it would be better if someone else also goes with you. I will stay here with the rest of the Team. It's better if all amp users stay here too.

Pancaek, don't move the body just yet. It's better to be sure of what we should do.

Feyri, since you will go upstairs, please send a copy of the video feed of what we saw to Steve and Miya and ask for an opinion of what we should do.

The ones that stay, get ready for anything suspicious.

I can't stop thinking about the strange fact that Faith didn't enter here. There is no sign of damage and she was going away from here. And he seems to be their idol.

Renen keeps moving around the room in BT. Get ready to avoid any sudden atack.


I'm ready to punch that fucker if he so much as twitches. Dead things are never good things.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 07, 2014, 01:09:19 am
"All right, headed up now.  Don't know how useful lethal force will be if it's headless, but I'm ready to apply said force."
Head up to find Yttra, shoot anything headless with the shotgun.
Is there something I'm not being briefed upon or did you just speak of headless beings?
What is the composition of the floor up there and the walls?
Feyri said as she checked her other rifle, Also I copy, Renen.

Head upstairs with the weapon I can best say is suited for the occasion (ie Remembering if the rifle Anton gave me and its metallic conductive properties...following [Alarith's Character]

~~~
If Alarith isn't with us and I'm being hilariously forgetful [as in, he's not of our team :V]:

I copy, Renen. Send support right after me. I know how short these feelings tend to last.

Head upstairs with the weapon I can best say is suited for the occasion (ie Remembering if the rifle Anton gave me and its metallic conductive properties, inspecting the Diner first floor and listening with sounds at maximum, before moving throughout the building [upwards]. If I detect any noise above, make sure to announce my presence, along with a flashbang.


Cecil, please give me one stun grenade. If I meet any resistance, it'll pay off.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 07, 2014, 04:36:05 am
Sure thing.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 07, 2014, 05:52:43 am
Relay new information about the sewers
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 07, 2014, 06:37:33 am
Pancaek, don't move the body just yet. It's better to be sure of what we should do.

"Roger that"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 07, 2014, 07:35:27 am
"Something doesn't feel right."

Stay with the others that are staying in the basement.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 07, 2014, 12:27:15 pm
"So. How's it going? Besides the fact that it's hit the fan again. Poor fan."

More brain rest.
You stand there with your hands in the air like you just don't care.


"Hey, Steve? You know about amps, right? What's the range on those mind control ones? If I mind controlled someone on the ground and then sent him to orbit, at which point, if any, would I lose control?"

Watch drone. Watch Morul. Ask Steve.

If my second floor teammate asks help, edits will be made to this action.

EDIT: Grab Morul and head down to the hole Faith came out of.
If Headless has attacked by then, shove Morul through the hole so he can disable him (keeping headless' brain intact in the process, preferably).
If Headless has not attacked, then try to persuade him to stand down and drop to his knees, informing him that he will not be harmed if he does so. If he does not comply, proceed with above dismembering.

If at any point Morul does anything suspicious, rip him apart until only his braincase is left.

If Morul is unable to attack for some reason (or if his attack fails), try to dismember Headless by shoving the the cutting laser through the hole and firing.


>Theoretically infinite. Once you have control, it's much easier, but as long as you know where the target is in relation to you, you can do it. Of course, because humans have difficulty processing distances greater than a few miles at best, most people are effectively limited to that range to start a connection.
@Jack, Flint, and the rest of aboveground team: "$#@!! There's someone on the second floor! He doesn't have a *&^%ing head!!"

If there's anyone other than headless in the room, immediately flee back downstairs. Otherwise attempt to goop headless, then retreat.
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"

You spray white goo at the headless man until he is plastered against the floor, his hands and feet being the only things remaining uncovered. They wiggle.

You look up as you hear to door to upstairs slam shut and lock again.

"Thats right you better run! Please don't come back oh god oh god."

A moment later a battlesuit slams into the wall next to you and starts shouting over its speakers about coming quietly and the utility of unbroken kneecaps.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"


"Well everythings on standby but i stil cant tell what its supposed to do, lets loot the shit out of it before some cultist flips a switch and it magically reanimates this guy or starts spewing out clones or something."

Turn on the life signs monitor and make sure there arent 6 or 7 sets of life signs.
Gently push the corpse off of the throne and into a spare box using my reiterpallasch, or let pancaek do it with his amp.

Lifesigns monitor? Oh yeah, It think I remember that thing now.

Anyways, There's lifesigns in the room, but none that you can't account for as teammates. The corpse and the machines are all as lacking in life as Simus is lacking in warmth and compassion. And sexuality. And humor. And...well this isn't going anywhere is it.

Now, exactly what makes you think that those boxes you're carrying are large enough to fit an entire 6 foot tall human being? You're not carrying coffins around, are you?


Damn corpse gives me the heebie-jeebies. Never did like old, dead things. Cecil accounted for, Boss.

Hand Feyri my flashbang. Go look to see where the machines are pulling power from. That corpse gives me the creeps. Be ready to punch the everloving shit out of him if he so much as settles.
You give your flashbang to feyri, who seems to have extensive experience with them.

You look around but can't seem to find where the machines are getting power from. The only cords going into them are coming from the throne. Maybe the throne is powering then?


Quote
You keep an eye on the drone cam. Faith seems to be moving through downtown and is heading out back into the suburbs beyond. You don't see any obvious targets in that direction, it's very odd.

((She might just be running in the hope of escaping and restarting the cult someplace else. Either way, I'm not dedicating any manpower to hunting her down until the diner and basement are secured.))

Quote
>The only for sure way is a brain scan but we don't have the stuff for that in the suits. Less sure ways are to look at how he moves, speaks and reacts, as well as asking him questions only he would know.  All of these things CAN be faked to make it seem as though he's not controlled, but doing so quickly, reliably and believably is difficult.

"Hmm. Morul, suppose that Flint was a shuttle flying toward a meandering crystal, what would you do?"

Listen to his response, and observe his face and such through his suit sensors to try and determine if he's still being influenced.

((For the record, my plan was to wait until those two from the apc had returned, then I'd have assigned some of them to start sweeping the upper levels. Guess that plan got... forcefully accelerated.))

"Yttra, get the hell out of there, gonna send you back up. And never do shit like that again without telling somebody about it goddammit.

Jack Catar and Knuser, get up there and help Yttra, she's on the diner's second floor. Find her and regroup, shoot that headless thing if you see it.

Flint, watch Morul's reaction first, then check if you can help with the headless guy situation. Oh, and why in the name of all that's holy are those civilians still not gone? You have the people to do it for you even. Is this such a hard thing I'm asking of you? If you cannot complete such an easy task, I have to wonder whether putting you in charge of that team was a good idea."

Quote
"its Konrad sir"
"Just a slip of the tongue, don't mention it."


Quote
(you realize you're not on this team, right?)

Piecewise, for the moment Pancaek is indeed helping out the basement team, as per Miya's orders. Because I wanted him to be where we thought Faith would show up.
Didn't he lose his memory during that mission :P



"All right, headed up now.  Don't know how useful lethal force will be if it's headless, but I'm ready to apply said force."
Head up to find Yttra, shoot anything headless with the shotgun.
You head upstairs and find Yttra standing in front of a big pile of goo, screaming at flint, who is staring in through a hole in the wall.

This is weird.

Turn on the life signs monitor and make sure there arent 6 or 7 sets of life signs.
Gently push the corpse off of the throne and into a spare box using my reiterpallasch, or let pancaek do it with his amp.


Stay outside of the room if I can clearly see everything inside of the room from the doorway, otherwise go inside.

Help put the corpse into the box with my mass amp


Stay just outside of the room, observe what is within.

Charge will bonus

You charge a will bonus while sorta just sitting the hall, keeping an eye out for ghosts and ghouls.


keep on walken
Walken (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XQ7z57qrZU8), eh?
You'll be there at the end of the next turn.


Keep heading towards to diner. Stick to alleys/etc when possible unless the streets are deserted.
Don't wanna become the Walken Dead eh?


Renen looks at Feyri.

You want to go upstairs... No problem, but it would be better if someone else also goes with you. I will stay here with the rest of the Team. It's better if all amp users stay here too.

Pancaek, don't move the body just yet. It's better to be sure of what we should do.

Feyri, since you will go upstairs, please send a copy of the video feed of what we saw to Steve and Miya and ask for an opinion of what we should do.

The ones that stay, get ready for anything suspicious.

I can't stop thinking about the strange fact that Faith didn't enter here. There is no sign of damage and she was going away from here. And he seems to be their idol.

Renen keeps moving around the room in BT. Get ready to avoid any sudden atack.


You pace around the room. It's difficult to move in normal speed while in BT. Everyone else sees you pacing in an odd shutterstop manner, limbs moving insanely fast and then stopping, holding the pose for a half second, then moving again. You skitter around the room like a broken video feed of a stop motion animation.

"All right, headed up now.  Don't know how useful lethal force will be if it's headless, but I'm ready to apply said force."
Head up to find Yttra, shoot anything headless with the shotgun.
Is there something I'm not being briefed upon or did you just speak of headless beings?
What is the composition of the floor up there and the walls?
Feyri said as she checked her other rifle, Also I copy, Renen.

Head upstairs with the weapon I can best say is suited for the occasion (ie Remembering if the rifle Anton gave me and its metallic conductive properties...following [Alarith's Character]

~~~
If Alarith isn't with us and I'm being hilariously forgetful [as in, he's not of our team :V]:

I copy, Renen. Send support right after me. I know how short these feelings tend to last.

Head upstairs with the weapon I can best say is suited for the occasion (ie Remembering if the rifle Anton gave me and its metallic conductive properties, inspecting the Diner first floor and listening with sounds at maximum, before moving throughout the building [upwards]. If I detect any noise above, make sure to announce my presence, along with a flashbang.


Cecil, please give me one stun grenade. If I meet any resistance, it'll pay off.
You head back upstairs and hear screaming from upstairs. You run up to the second floor door, shout that you're coming in and send a flashbang in ahead of you. As it flies in the "AAAAAAAAAAAAA" Becomes a "AAAAAAAAAAWha?" and then the bang detonates. You storm in a few seconds later and see three teammates, One of whom is wandering around, blind as her visor reboots. Flint and the damaged robot who are also hanging around in or near the room are giving you a rather confused look. Well, as confused as a robot and a wall of armor can manage.

Relay new information about the sewers
You send the info out to anyone with an active radio that can pick it up.

"Something doesn't feel right."

Stay with the others that are staying in the basement.
You stick around in the basement.





Faith, monitored by Flint, has made it into the suburbs, which look significantly older then the main part of the city. Probably some of the original structures in the area. He notices something as  he flies down the street above her, headed for some hills in the distance. A green sign which appears to be announcing some sort of destination in the distance, toward the area the road is leading.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 07, 2014, 12:48:17 pm
((I really hope that destination is some sort of historical monument and not some kind of antimatter/Manipulator research centre.))

"Suspect incapacitated. Good job Yttra. Central, I need a drop off location."

Ask Steve the above. Throw one end of the rope I'm carrying thorough the hole.

"One of you, tie him up. Don't break the foam and do not touch him. Just tie him up real good like cattle. I'll pull him out of here."

Observe Faith. Observe sign. What is her destination? Does Steve know? Be ready to attack Morul/Headless. Keep telling headless he will not be harmed as long as he compiles.

EDIT: If headless is successfully tied, pull him out of the hole and airlift him up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 07, 2014, 01:06:28 pm
"Well. A startling display of competence has once again been overshadowed by idiocy. Good job team. So. I assume that blob is the guy you wanted me to dismember?"

The brain rest shall never stop. Try and figure out much amp juice I have.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 07, 2014, 01:34:46 pm
Uuuh guys I think the dead thing is giving off power that's not fucking kosher with me.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 07, 2014, 02:58:00 pm
Having seen Flint and the rest, Feyri checked one worry off.

Flint, radio the rest of your team. Ensure they are all safe. Something is afoot.

She looked at Yttra, who she didn't know at all.

What's going on here?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 07, 2014, 04:00:18 pm
It's all a little too much for poor Yttra.

Sit down.


She looked at Yttra, who she didn't know at all.

What's going on here?
She doesn't respond. Maybe because of the flashbang? But surely she should have recovered by now?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 07, 2014, 04:02:44 pm
Feyri lowered her rifle and wondered.

Given the stories she heard about this place--amounted to mere hearsay and rumors--this was a sincere thing.

Hug Yttra.

Are you alright?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 07, 2014, 04:09:45 pm
Quote
Didn't he lose his memory during that mission :P
((Yes he did, but we later told him what happened through dialog, so his character should know. Gonna assume he looked fine then?))

"Like going to the next level of the diner alone of course! What the hell were you thinking, going into hostile territory alone?"
"‘Hostile territory?’ I was *&^%ing going back to where i *&^%ing was 2 minutes ago. And it sure as *&^%ing %^&*worms didn't have a headless guy in it then. $#@!!"

"And you did so, without telling anyone what you were doing. That level wasn't secured, as shown by that headless cultist you've got there. You got lucky, though I'll also admit it was a very nice shot, but had you missed things could've turned out much worse. Next time, just try to tell someone of what you're going to do, ok? "

Quote
@Miyamoto: "I gave the order. It's not like I can do anything else about it, unless you want me to start shocking them or shooting them for not obeying it. I'd do it myself, but the building is already unstable and I'm afraid the battlesuit could cause a collapse."
"I know you won't like it, but yes Flint, if they outright ignore your orders for no good reason then you can consider shocking them. In a real military they'd get court martialed, and they'd be off much, much worse knowing the UWM."

"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
"I"m getting pretty sick of this. D'usse, if you don't start getting those civilians out of there now, I'm shocking you.

If D'usse doesn't start extracting civilians this turn, have Steve shock her. Mild shock, not debilitating.

Quote
"Suspect incapacitated. Good job Yttra. Central, I need a drop off location."
((Don't think Steve will want to send a shuttle down, since he answered this when I asked for a medivac:

Quote
In an emergency we could get a shuttle down, but lets try not to do that. Putting a shuttle down on the middle of the street is somewhat more obvious and slow then we'd like. Already did a hot drop, after all.


Ask Steve if there's military or anything like it incoming Ask for possible locations in that sewer where we could cut Faith off, assuming she's heading for the location that sign points to.

"Team, secure that level, find the key for opening that door, and get ready to move out. We'll leave as soon as Konrad and Taddok are here. Flint, I will consider sending someone after Faith once basement team gets back, no sooner. Need your firepower in case military shows up.

Feyri, why are you not with your team?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 07, 2014, 04:25:35 pm
Feyri lowered her rifle and wondered.

Given the stories she heard about this place--amounted to mere hearsay and rumors--this was a sincere thing.

Hug Yttra.

Are you alright?
"Wh–"

Is she alright? She doesn't know.

"He didn't have a *&^%ing head!"

Yttra looks at the blob of goo.

"He didn't have a head… r-right?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 07, 2014, 05:03:53 pm
Feyri followed her gaze.

Either its a cultist, or a non-sapient life form.

So even if 'he' didn't have a head, I believe it would not be something to existentially worry about. We may not be fighting with human species here. Or in the least modified ones. Have you encountered any other hostilities? Do you need a hand?


Feyri extended her arm with an open palm towards Yttra.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 07, 2014, 06:33:53 pm
"Anyone want to help check the floor floor for more hostiles?"
Tie up the headless dude without breaking foam.  Go search the floor very carefully.  If no one else volunteers be even more careful.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 07, 2014, 06:45:44 pm
"Uhh, Miyamoto? If you've decided not to kill me, I can probably open that door. Or, you know, just kinda walk through it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 07, 2014, 07:19:12 pm
Feyri followed her gaze.

Either its a cultist, or a non-sapient life form.

So even if 'he' didn't have a head, I believe it would not be something to existentially worry about. We may not be fighting with human species here. Or in the least modified ones. Have you encountered any other hostilities? Do you need a hand?


Feyri extended her arm with an open palm towards Yttra.
"I think i just need to sit down." says Yttra, trying to sit down but stymied by the fact that she's already sitting.

When the *&^% did i sit down?

It doesn't seem like she's going to say anything about whatever hostilities she may have encountered. Might be easiest just to check her suit's video feed.



I'd recommend going for the center of mass personally, with failure drill being two to the chest and one to the head, fancy stuff like kneecapping people is liable to get you killed, of course, going into batlle is likely to get you killed so maybe you're feeling really lucky.

Also that failure drill is assuming whaterver you're shooting at has a head... check out the VR sometime, you might fight it...informative.

"Hey if you guys aren't just 100% *&^%ing with me (which you are), and i see some headless abomination with 8 arms running towards me, i'm gonna shoot it in the *&^%ing torso with the shotgun. But if we bust into this place and there's just a bunch of people in a restaurant sitting down to dinner? I really don't think we should go around kneecapping random people who were just in the wrong place at the wrong time."
Well *&^% me that guy wasn't even joking.

Guess i should be glad it only had 2 arms.

Wonder what he's doing now.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 07, 2014, 07:50:39 pm
Quote from: Piecewise.
Now, exactly what makes you think that those
boxes you're carrying are large enough to fit an
entire 6 foot tall human being? You're not carrying
coffins around, are you?
((i knew id forgotten something...))

break the dead guy's spine and dislocate his hips an shoulders then fold him up and stick him in a box whilst pretending hes a contortioninst.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 07, 2014, 07:59:13 pm
"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
"I"m getting pretty sick of this. D'usse, if you don't start getting those civilians out of there now, I'm shocking you.

If D'usse doesn't start extracting civilians this turn, have Steve shock her. Mild shock, not debilitating.

"Civilians? You mean that those people are.....OOOOH."

D'usse confronts the civvies. "Alright fuckers, let's go!"

Escort the civilians to the place where we're escorting civilians. Wherever that is
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 08, 2014, 04:08:05 am
"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
"I"m getting pretty sick of this. D'usse, if you don't start getting those civilians out of there now, I'm shocking you.

If D'usse doesn't start extracting civilians this turn, have Steve shock her. Mild shock, not debilitating.

"Civilians? You mean that those people are.....OOOOH."

D'usse confronts the civvies. "Alright fuckers, let's go!"

Escort the civilians to the place where we're escorting civilians. Wherever that is

For the record, that means escorting civilians away from the diner, like down the street (preferably the one that doesn't have a hole in it).
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 09, 2014, 07:40:41 am
Unless Renen gives other orders, keep looking for hostiles/booby traps/malfunctioning toasters from hell

If any of these present themselves, defend myself and teammates with amps

If none of these present themselves, charge will bonus and poke my leg stumps
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 09, 2014, 10:18:54 am
Head into the diner, see what those guys are up to
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 09, 2014, 11:49:11 am
((I really hope that destination is some sort of historical monument and not some kind of antimatter/Manipulator research centre.))

"Suspect incapacitated. Good job Yttra. Central, I need a drop off location."

Ask Steve the above. Throw one end of the rope I'm carrying thorough the hole.

"One of you, tie him up. Don't break the foam and do not touch him. Just tie him up real good like cattle. I'll pull him out of here."

Observe Faith. Observe sign. What is her destination? Does Steve know? Be ready to attack Morul/Headless. Keep telling headless he will not be harmed as long as he compiles.

EDIT: If headless is successfully tied, pull him out of the hole and airlift him up.


>Bring him to the APC. We'll get you all at once.

The sign reads "Hallbeck Radio Telescope array: 5 Km"

"Well. A startling display of competence has once again been overshadowed by idiocy. Good job team. So. I assume that blob is the guy you wanted me to dismember?"

The brain rest shall never stop. Try and figure out much amp juice I have.
You're starting to feel back to normal, not quite there yet, still a little agitated and nervous, but you could definitely get some brain work done if you needed to.


It's all a little too much for poor Yttra.

Sit down.


She looked at Yttra, who she didn't know at all.

What's going on here?
She doesn't respond. Maybe because of the flashbang? But surely she should have recovered by now?
You sit down.

This is been a very long day. This mission has only been going for- You check the time- like an hour and already half the people are dead, a city block has been destroyed, you've captured a headless man, and been shot.  You remember hearing about missions that lasted days, one that even lasted a year. How the hell did people survive that? You've got all of 60 minutes under your belt and you're about ready to collapse.

Feyri lowered her rifle and wondered.

Given the stories she heard about this place--amounted to mere hearsay and rumors--this was a sincere thing.

Hug Yttra.

Are you alright?
Feyri really is just den mother around here isn't she? Taking in all young'ins and emotionally fragile people and giving them hugs.

Quote
Didn't he lose his memory during that mission :P
((Yes he did, but we later told him what happened through dialog, so his character should know. Gonna assume he looked fine then?))

"Like going to the next level of the diner alone of course! What the hell were you thinking, going into hostile territory alone?"
"‘Hostile territory?’ I was *&^%ing going back to where i *&^%ing was 2 minutes ago. And it sure as *&^%ing %^&*worms didn't have a headless guy in it then. $#@!!"

"And you did so, without telling anyone what you were doing. That level wasn't secured, as shown by that headless cultist you've got there. You got lucky, though I'll also admit it was a very nice shot, but had you missed things could've turned out much worse. Next time, just try to tell someone of what you're going to do, ok? "

Quote
@Miyamoto: "I gave the order. It's not like I can do anything else about it, unless you want me to start shocking them or shooting them for not obeying it. I'd do it myself, but the building is already unstable and I'm afraid the battlesuit could cause a collapse."
"I know you won't like it, but yes Flint, if they outright ignore your orders for no good reason then you can consider shocking them. In a real military they'd get court martialed, and they'd be off much, much worse knowing the UWM."

"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
"I"m getting pretty sick of this. D'usse, if you don't start getting those civilians out of there now, I'm shocking you.

If D'usse doesn't start extracting civilians this turn, have Steve shock her. Mild shock, not debilitating.

Quote
"Suspect incapacitated. Good job Yttra. Central, I need a drop off location."
((Don't think Steve will want to send a shuttle down, since he answered this when I asked for a medivac:

Quote
In an emergency we could get a shuttle down, but lets try not to do that. Putting a shuttle down on the middle of the street is somewhat more obvious and slow then we'd like. Already did a hot drop, after all.


Ask Steve if there's military or anything like it incoming Ask for possible locations in that sewer where we could cut Faith off, assuming she's heading for the location that sign points to.

"Team, secure that level, find the key for opening that door, and get ready to move out. We'll leave as soon as Konrad and Taddok are here. Flint, I will consider sending someone after Faith once basement team gets back, no sooner. Need your firepower in case military shows up.

Feyri, why are you not with your team?"

>I have nothing near by yet, though I've been getting some excited chatter over the military band radios and communications I have ears on.  As per Faith, if she's going to where that sign leads, she'll not be able to reach it underground. The only sewer line that leads out there is about a foot tall, a single pipe. She should have to surface shortly before leaving the suburbs. However, from what I can tell, the sewers the underground team are in now more closely match the sewers in that suburb then they do the area under the diner. You way want to send a runner to give them a warning.

"Anyone want to help check the floor floor for more hostiles?"
Tie up the headless dude without breaking foam.  Go search the floor very carefully.  If no one else volunteers be even more careful.
You tie up the big block of foam and Pancaek drags it out the window and heads up to the roof with it.

Quote from: Piecewise.
Now, exactly what makes you think that those
boxes you're carrying are large enough to fit an
entire 6 foot tall human being? You're not carrying
coffins around, are you?
((i knew id forgotten something...))

break the dead guy's spine and dislocate his hips an shoulders then fold him up and stick him in a box whilst pretending hes a contortioninst.
You, rather unceremoniously, yank the guy off his throne and proceed to basically crush him into the box, closing the lid on him with some difficulty.  The noises a partially mummified corpse make when being folded into a small box are very unpleasant.

"...you guys see any good movies lately?"
"I"m getting pretty sick of this. D'usse, if you don't start getting those civilians out of there now, I'm shocking you.

If D'usse doesn't start extracting civilians this turn, have Steve shock her. Mild shock, not debilitating.

"Civilians? You mean that those people are.....OOOOH."

D'usse confronts the civvies. "Alright fuckers, let's go!"

Escort the civilians to the place where we're escorting civilians. Wherever that is
You get the civies out of the closet and herd them out of the building, into the street and the back over towards the direction the apc drove off in. You cut their bonds while giving them a shove in that general direction.

"Go, run free, shoo. Get moving mother fuckers, you see this street, you know shit gone down here and it will continue to go down here in the near future. If you don't want to be perforated then I suggest you scoot. Get gone. FUCKOFF NYAAAAN!~"

They jog off away from you, running down the street with bewildered and terrified looks on their faces.

Unless Renen gives other orders, keep looking for hostiles/booby traps/malfunctioning toasters from hell

If any of these present themselves, defend myself and teammates with amps

If none of these present themselves, charge will bonus and poke my leg stumps

Nothing, yet.

Yet.

Head into the diner, see what those guys are up to
Currently? Not much. IN fact, is there even anyone on the ground floor of the diner? Everyone is up on the second floor, hugging. OR kidnapping headless terrors. One or the other.








The men and women down in the basement hear something in the vague distance; the sound of splashing or rushing water. It's getting closer.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 09, 2014, 12:08:19 pm
"Team, I need you to assemble at the first floor of the Diner. And I need someone to go down to the basement and warn them that Faith is coming.

Miyamoto, should I drop that guy off at the APC or leave him hanging around here? And do you want me to do anything about Faith?"

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 09, 2014, 12:19:47 pm
"We are about to get company!"

Get into cover and ready laser rifle.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 09, 2014, 01:08:41 pm

Go around moving in BT at BT speed, not at normal speed. Try to look arond for any traps or any enemy. Quickly go outside and send the video feed to Steve and Myia if Feyri didn't sent it. After Steve or Myia say something go back to the basement and get ready to fight what is comming to the basement.

Steve, Miya, that's what we found there at the basement. Should we take the body? It seems it may actually be powering the machines instead of the other way around.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 09, 2014, 02:24:02 pm
((I thought it was automatically transmitted--the video anyway, when I left the..zone of exclusion? :X))

Look, please don't break down on me--we're in a dangerous situation and whomever attacked you, or otherwise Feyri looked at the body, needs to be detailed. If there are any other attackers around here, I need to know.

She let Flint's message echo towards the person.

And time seems to be running out. If there were any others who attacked you or this place, please do say so.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 09, 2014, 02:57:27 pm
What?

"Yeah umm.…I think there was someone else. I didn't see em. They went back upstairs and shut the door."

Yttra points at the locked door to the next floor.

"If you look at the number of beds they were using– there's probably about 7 or 8 of them in total. I've seen 2. Or 3.

Yttra shudders, remembering the feeling of despair as her posessed commander swung her club, exploding limbs left and right.

"Oh and Morul said he killed one. Or two? Umm. Downstairs. In the basement."

Oh hey that was his name. Morul.

Yttra shakes her head, then suddenly turns to look at Feyri.

"Hey. The most dangerous ones here are your teammates. Even touching me was a bad idea. Bosslady touched that guy and then she went nuts. Now who knows where she is or what she's doing."

Wow, this girl's suit is so much better than mine.

It's got *&^%ing rockets on it!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 09, 2014, 05:06:31 pm
"So, uhhhh, you guys cool with me? Or is Flint gonna continue carrying me around like a robotic security blanket? Because I can be useful."

More brain rest.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 09, 2014, 05:26:59 pm
Quote
>I have nothing near by yet, though I've been getting some excited chatter over the military band radios and communications I have ears on.  As per Faith, if she's going to where that sign leads, she'll not be able to reach it underground. The only sewer line that leads out there is about a foot tall, a single pipe. She should have to surface shortly before leaving the suburbs. However, from what I can tell, the sewers the underground team are in now more closely match the sewers in that suburb then they do the area under the diner. You way want to send a runner to give them a warning.

"Copy that."

Quote
Miyamoto, should I drop that guy off at the APC or leave him hanging around here? And do you want me to do anything about Faith?"

"Leave him here, the APC is staying where it is in case shit happens over here again. It ought to be safe, it's in a secluded spot.

Team 3 should be able to handle it, and they have Pancaek to assist. Besides, you wouldn't fit anyways, and I doubt sending in more rookies would help. And I'm not sending in Morul, for obvious reasons."

Quote
Steve, Miya, that's what we found there at the basement. Should we take the body? It seems it may actually be powering the machines instead of the other way around.


"Sure, take it if you safely can. It seems Faith is coming for you though, so get down there now and tell the men to get ready for her. Disable her if possible, but do not hesitate to use lethal force if it seems necessary. Remember the arms-behind-back trick, or just go for the old loss-of-limbs trick. If you do get her restrained, maybe encase her arms in molten metal with the help of a manip, so her arms are welded to her back. Expect her to try and surprise or ambush you, so don't take chances and be prepared. I'll let you decide how you want you team to take her on, you know the lay-out better down there. Oh, and Renen, whatever you do, don't let her touch you. Do you think you could manage all that? Oh, and tell them to identify themselves once they come through that basement door again.


Now, orders for the rest of you. Firstly, D'usse, thank you lot for that. Great job. I want you, Konrad and Taddok to keep an eye on that basement door, shoot anything that comes through and doesn't identify itself immediately. Yes, even if it looks like a teammate.

Secondly, Flint, your team has permission to start sweeping the upper levels. Morul may help you, but keep an eye on him. At the first sight of trouble, have someone shoot him. Are you capable of organizing this endeavor?"

Quote
"Uhh, Miyamoto? If you've decided not to kill me, I can probably open that door. Or, you know, just kinda walk through it."
"So, uhhhh, you guys cool with me? Or is Flint gonna continue carrying me around like a robotic security blanket? Because I can be useful."
More brain rest.


"For the moment, you are allowed to help out team 2 sweep the upper levels of the diner. Be warned though, first sign of trouble or you acting weird, and you're toast. And we're gonna try getting through that door normally before resorting to space magic, but I'll keep it in mind."



Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 09, 2014, 05:43:54 pm
"Looks like company, im gonna need more boxes."

Wait until the splashing gets a bit closer then finally use my dynamic amp bonus to create a white hot tripwire at waist height.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 09, 2014, 05:55:16 pm
"Roger that, boss. Okay, you heard the boss. Through the hole, roboman."

Give Morul the keys if I can, then push him through the hole to the first floor.

Keep watching the drone. Is Faith going towards the suburbs or is she going towards that telescope?

Tie the other end of the rope somewhere so that headless is hanging over the alley near beside the diner.

"Don't worry, I won't leave you hanging."

EDIT: Oh, and does Steve know where that satelite dish in the roof is pointing towards? Or what that radio telescope is working on? What need does the UWM or this world in particular have for radio telescopes?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 09, 2014, 06:12:26 pm
"Uhh, aren't we supposed to search the top floors? Why are you shoving me towards the first floor?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 09, 2014, 06:21:44 pm
"Uhh, aren't we supposed to search the top floors? Why are you shoving me towards the first floor?"
"Do you want me to drop you on the roof so that you can try to solo the top floors from above or do you want me to try and punch through the second floor when the last guy who tried that couldn't even make a dent to it? And before you say 'I could fly the rest of the team to the roof', consider that that would leave the first floor unoccupied and thus allow the people in the floors above to escape or hit the basement team from behind. So, unless you have a better idea..."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 09, 2014, 08:45:10 pm
"I could just walk through the door. Or through the roof. This fancy webbing I wear lets me do that."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 10, 2014, 02:23:05 am
"Hey. The most dangerous ones here are your teammates. Even touching me was a bad idea. Bosslady touched that guy and then she went nuts. Now who knows where she is or what she's doing."
Right. Many things go in the mind, and I doubly hate it when one tries to possess the one thing everyone has--free will.

I don't mind contact with you, and given Flint's orders, how's about you and I clear the top floor?

Or I do it alone. Go downstairs.

A mix of thoughts came into Feyri's mind--all consistent and distinct yet too fast for manual description to occur. She mused and understood her ideas. If there was trash like mind controllers coming about--she was more than ready.

Anyway.


Now tell me, what was the architectural design of the floor and walls above us? Metal or wood?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 10, 2014, 03:35:17 am
"I could just walk through the door. Or through the roof. This fancy webbing I wear lets me do that."
"Unless it can make you invincible, I'd prefer not to risk your life more than necessary unless absolutely necessary.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 10, 2014, 04:47:12 am
I don't mind contact with you, and given Flint's orders, how's about you and I clear the top floor?
"I'll come." says Yttra, finally taking Feyri's offered hand and standing up.

Now tell me, what was the architectural design of the floor and walls above us? Metal or wood?
"The outside's brick but the inside's mostly wood i think. But there's this weird shield on everything. Look you can see how someone shot the floor there and it burned a hole thru the wood but it didn't go into the diner. Uhh well the diner's a mess now, but you could see it before. It's cos of the shield. It stops guns and explosions and both bosslady and jayne couldn't get past it when they tried to break in from the outside."

"They have these thick metal doors too but someone found the keys so that's how we got in here… i dunno who has them now. But the keys might open that door over there too, maybe, i dunno."

"I dunno if the shield's on the ceiling. The diner isn't shielded. So it could be just… like surrounding all the other floors together. Or it could be in between too. I dunno."

She looks at the ceiling.

Probably burn the whole damn place down if i tried using that other ammo.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 10, 2014, 05:35:05 am
Feyri showed Yttra her other rifle.

So whoever attacked you is upstairs. Then there's some presumption that in between the wooden floor is something hollow or metallic? If, say, I fire this right above us, and given the conductive properties of this weapon's discharge, do you think it would be disrupted?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 10, 2014, 08:01:22 am
Get ready to search floors, I guess.  Try to follow a tough looking person around.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 10, 2014, 11:17:17 am
"Oh? What's with the sudden change of heart? You were ready to kill me a couple minutes ago."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 10, 2014, 11:27:26 am
"Oh? What's with the sudden change of heart? You were ready to kill me a couple minutes ago."
"Sedate you through the temporary deactivation of your body. There's a difference. I don't kill unless I have to."

"And I was only doing that because boss told me you were dangerous. Now he's okayed you, for now. And if the boss is okay with you, than I'm okay with you. But don't think I won't shoot if you turn out to be a danger to the team. I'll be watching you."

Flint made the I'm watching you (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/EyeAmWatchingYou) gesture by pointing two fingers at his battlesuit's cameyes and then at Morul, trying to look and sound menacing through the limited body language of Gilgamesh.

Think I could get the AM to make Gilgamesh some sort of face? Or maybe I could install one of those robotic emoti-faces. Hmmm....
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 10, 2014, 11:52:19 am
D'usse fires her shotgun into the air.

"ARM, WE OUT HERE."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 10, 2014, 02:55:58 pm
Feyri showed Yttra her other rifle.

So whoever attacked you is upstairs. Then there's some presumption that in between the wooden floor is something hollow or metallic? If, say, I fire this right above us, and given the conductive properties of this weapon's discharge, do you think it would be disrupted?
"Conductive…" Some of these words are making Yttra's head hurt. "I think the barrier zapped someone so it'd probably stop electricity too, yeah. It's not metal tho, someone fell thru that hole over there into the kitchen."

"If there's no barrier it would probably go thru. Could try firing a laser to test, if you have one. Or we could just find out who had the keys and try going thru the door."

Right into a trap.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 10, 2014, 03:56:41 pm
Hustle upstairs to the second floor.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 10, 2014, 03:59:10 pm
Feyri showed Yttra her other rifle.

So whoever attacked you is upstairs. Then there's some presumption that in between the wooden floor is something hollow or metallic? If, say, I fire this right above us, and given the conductive properties of this weapon's discharge, do you think it would be disrupted?
"Conductive…" Some of these words are making Yttra's head hurt. "I think the barrier zapped someone so it'd probably stop electricity too, yeah. It's not metal tho, someone fell thru that hole over there into the kitchen."

"If there's no barrier it would probably go thru. Could try firing a laser to test, if you have one. Or we could just find out who had the keys and try going thru the door."

Right into a trap.
Feyri checked her Rotary.

"Yeah, no. You throw in one of my stun grenades (which I believe is my last unless the rest I gave to the others are still intact) and announce our presence, I'll 'emphasize' our entrance."

Get to where Yttra announced; shoot it up as per training dictates. Be wholly aware--if I'm actually shooting an ally, or if our entrance is not met with immediate aggression, hesitate and examine the area.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 10, 2014, 04:30:59 pm
"I have…" she checks "4 flashbangs. And 2 goo grenades. And 2 smoke grenades."

Ready flashbang. Carefully throw / roll / lob it into wherever Feyri breaches. Try not to *&^% up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 10, 2014, 04:39:10 pm
((@Tiruin, yobbo: Both your actions depend on the other acting first. If you don't want to do nothing, you might want to consider changing them.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 11, 2014, 08:24:27 am
-inside of the 'basement'-

Scan around for hostiles or danger.

If Faith, hands behind her back with mass amp. If other danger, react accordingly. If nothing, charge exo bonus
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 11, 2014, 01:08:11 pm
"We are about to get company!"

Get into cover and ready laser rifle.
You kneel down and point your rifle down the other tunnel.


Go around moving in BT at BT speed, not at normal speed. Try to look arond for any traps or any enemy. Quickly go outside and send the video feed to Steve and Myia if Feyri didn't sent it. After Steve or Myia say something go back to the basement and get ready to fight what is comming to the basement.

Steve, Miya, that's what we found there at the basement. Should we take the body? It seems it may actually be powering the machines instead of the other way around.

You are fast enough to get up  and send the video feed, but not quite fast enough to get back down again. Mainly because that vertigo barrier has the same time displacement regardless of speed of the entrant.

 
"So, uhhhh, you guys cool with me? Or is Flint gonna continue carrying me around like a robotic security blanket? Because I can be useful."

More brain rest.
Alright, you're at 100%


"Roger that, boss. Okay, you heard the boss. Through the hole, roboman."

Give Morul the keys if I can, then push him through the hole to the first floor.

Keep watching the drone. Is Faith going towards the suburbs or is she going towards that telescope?

Tie the other end of the rope somewhere so that headless is hanging over the alley near beside the diner.

"Don't worry, I won't leave you hanging."

EDIT: Oh, and does Steve know where that satelite dish in the roof is pointing towards? Or what that radio telescope is working on? What need does the UWM or this world in particular have for radio telescopes?
You toss morul through the window into the SECOND floor with Feyri and the rest of them.

She is fairly clearly going for that telescope.

You anchor headless to the ceiling so he's dangling over the alley.

>It's configurable about it's exact location, it could be pointed at a cone of the sky encompassing hundreds of stars and inhabited planets.

>It's officially a monitoring outpost for interstellar threats.  One of the major reasons this planet is settled is that it was on the outskirts, so it can keep an eye out for incoming threats.


Get ready to search floors, I guess.  Try to follow a tough looking person around.
Feyri is pretty tough looking. You decide to stick with her.


Hustle upstairs to the second floor.
You hustle up to the second floor and meet up with Feyri and the rest.


Feyri showed Yttra her other rifle.

So whoever attacked you is upstairs. Then there's some presumption that in between the wooden floor is something hollow or metallic? If, say, I fire this right above us, and given the conductive properties of this weapon's discharge, do you think it would be disrupted?
"Conductive…" Some of these words are making Yttra's head hurt. "I think the barrier zapped someone so it'd probably stop electricity too, yeah. It's not metal tho, someone fell thru that hole over there into the kitchen."

"If there's no barrier it would probably go thru. Could try firing a laser to test, if you have one. Or we could just find out who had the keys and try going thru the door."

Right into a trap.
Feyri checked her Rotary.

"Yeah, no. You throw in one of my stun grenades (which I believe is my last unless the rest I gave to the others are still intact) and announce our presence, I'll 'emphasize' our entrance."

Get to where Yttra announced; shoot it up as per training dictates. Be wholly aware--if I'm actually shooting an ally, or if our entrance is not met with immediate aggression, hesitate and examine the area.
You fire up into the ceiling. The wood burns away easily, but something shimmers between this ceiling and that floor, a wall of boiling nothing that stops the laser dead and heats up to a cherry red in the process.


"I have…" she checks "4 flashbangs. And 2 goo grenades. And 2 smoke grenades."

Ready flashbang. Carefully throw / roll / lob it into wherever Feyri breaches. Try not to *&^% up.
You decide....not to flash bang yourself.



-inside of the 'basement'-

Scan around for hostiles or danger.

If Faith, hands behind her back with mass amp. If other danger, react accordingly. If nothing, charge exo bonus

"Looks like company, im gonna need more boxes."

Wait until the splashing gets a bit closer then finally use my dynamic amp bonus to create a white hot tripwire at waist height.
The thing that comes around the corner is probably Faith, but she's moving so fast all anyone can make out is a vague blur. Pancaek lashes out, but his reactions can't keep up with her movement, and he catches hold of air. Auron manages to create his tripwire and throw it out toward her, but the blur leaps and rebounds off the roof, dodging the attack and landing with a splash. Water sprays as Faith moves through it, seemingly ignoring both Auron and Pancaek, not to mention Jack who just barely manages to get a shot off at her and misses. She blurs into the room, skids to a stop and slams back first into one of the egg shaped machines.  She turns and roars a challenge at the men assembled there, and then charges toward Auron.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 11, 2014, 01:56:09 pm
((Sorry, I keep forgetting the American second floor is different from the European.))

"Miyamoto, I really think you should let me or someone else go after Faith. She's clearly headed towards that telescope and we don't know what she'll do there. Ask Steve if you don't believe me."

((Either I failed a roll or there's something very fishy going on around here... Either way, I think someone else should investigate.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 11, 2014, 02:04:51 pm
"Screw it."

Fire entire battery of laser rifle at Faith. Don't stop firing.

"OI! LOOK AT THIS!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: swordsmith04 on August 11, 2014, 02:10:28 pm
((Never mind, looking in the wrong place.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 11, 2014, 02:46:56 pm
Holy flying FUCK this is faith?

Punch off a goddamn limb of hers I don't care which, cripple the fucker.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 11, 2014, 03:11:16 pm
"Okay, I feel pretty much back to normal as far as amp usage goes. So. Let's see about opening that door eh?"

Head towards the locked door to the third floor. Carefully examine it, and the surrounding area. Is there any sort of cameras, or peepholes that I can see?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 11, 2014, 05:23:39 pm
Quote
"Miyamoto, I really think you should let me or someone else go after Faith. She's clearly headed towards that telescope and we don't know what she'll do there. Ask Steve if you don't believe me."

"This might not be nice to hear Flint, but securing Faith is kind of a secondary objective for me at best. I believe you that she's heading there, but really, why should we care so much about that? She seemed to be going for wherever basement team is right now, if so they'll handle it. If not, and if that signal keeps moving once it's out of the sewers, it might be a ruse. I'm just not keen on splitting up right now. In fact, once upper levels are sweeped and basement team is back we might just pull out to the Sword if basement team hasn't brought her back. We can't afford to push our luck at this point. But if basement team gets back before finishing sweep, and that signal is still going, I might consider letting someone investigate. Might."

((We don't know IC yet that Faith has engaged and that yet her signal is still moving, so I have to let Miya continue with his current plan.

EDIT: after talking with PW in dj chat, it seems the signal Flint is following was cut of, about when Faith entered the basement. So right now, there's no signal for Flint to see.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 11, 2014, 06:52:08 pm
((Ah, OK, in that case following her is indeed unnecessary. I just didn't know the signal had stopped.))

Land on the ground and aim at the basement door (or whatever is close to that if I can't see it). Prepare to fire a Green Shotgun blast with the Rainbow Cannon.

Let's see them try to dodge a wall of green corrosive energy.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 11, 2014, 07:07:41 pm
Now to the stairs. The barrier is checked.

Feyri noticed others appear.

The rest of you, head to the basement--we'll be alright in clearing the upper floors.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 11, 2014, 07:14:38 pm
Now to the stairs. The barrier is checked.

Feyri noticed others appear.

The rest of you, head to the basement--we'll be alright in clearing the upper floors.

"Ignore that order troopers.

Feyri, it is you who was supposed to be in that basement to help your team, yet you abandoned them for no apparent reason. And now you're giving orders conflicting with mine. What the hell are you doing?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 11, 2014, 07:18:03 pm
"Feyri, it is you who was supposed to be in that basement to help your team, yet you abandoned them for no apparent reason. And now you're giving orders conflicting with mine. What the hell are you doing?"
Following Renen's orders, sir. He told me to check the upper floors and sent another along with me. I had a feeling, unrelated to the giving of his order I believe, that something was wrong about the area.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 11, 2014, 07:25:56 pm
"Feyri, it is you who was supposed to be in that basement to help your team, yet you abandoned them for no apparent reason. And now you're giving orders conflicting with mine. What the hell are you doing?"
Following Renen's orders, sir. He told me to check the upper floors and sent another along with me. I had a feeling, unrelated to the giving of his order I believe, that something was wrong about the area.

"Then I guess I'll have to ask him what his reasoning was for sending you here. There are already enough people here for sweeping after all. Still, just keep doing as you were, but don't just go sending other people away. It's due to a lack of organizing and coordination this rescue party was needed in the first place."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 11, 2014, 07:29:33 pm
"Then I guess I'll have to ask him what his reasoning was for sending you here. There are already enough people here for sweeping after all. Still, just keep doing as you were, but don't just go sending other people away. It's due to a lack of organizing and coordination this rescue party was needed in the first place."
I copy.

Feyri accounted for those with her--if there was any danger above, they may be used or hurt. This was primarily her reason for sending them off...the reason of being overwhelmed not coming into mind, however.

Alright, she looked at Yttra,
whoever attacked you, they scrambled through which stairs and doorway?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 11, 2014, 08:35:36 pm
Throw a goop grenade at Faith and hope pancaeks wall of force propels it into her then get the fuck outta her way by using my jump rockets to dodge sideways or something.

Oh and try to hit her mace with my riot shield if it looks like i cant dodge her, better to lose an arm then a braincase.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 12, 2014, 12:22:55 am
Well last i saw one of them was squabbling on top of the APC and the other blew a *&^%ing big hole in the road and disappeared.

"That door over there." Yttra says, pointing at the locked (metal?) door that presumably heads upstairs.

"Don't actually know that it goes upstairs but where else would it go. Somewhere's got to."

"Ma'am." she adds, unnecessarily.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 12, 2014, 11:36:29 am
Go to where the other people are and help
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 12, 2014, 12:28:11 pm

I sent her as mean of communication between us boss. When I noticed it would take a moment for her to come back, I came here pretty fast just to send the video feed. And it seemed Faith was moving under there now. Feyri, we will need your gauss rotary gun right now.

Arrive at the basement, at BT speed. Check the situation of the Team. If Faith is still attacking, and no one can stop her, cut all of her members, starting by disarming her of the club and cutting her legs off. Backstep and toss the sword's handle away to avoid mindfuckery in case it seems the ghost-woman is trying to get to me. And never get out or stop moving in BT. If possible, after Faith is stopped or if I can't attack her, get out of the basement and warn everybody about the situation there.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 12, 2014, 01:24:42 pm
Pan messages Renen directly, so Not-Faith can't intercept the message.

Quote from: Pancaek -> Renen
I'll try to hold her down if possible. She's too much of a threat and has been too much of a pain in the ass to still play nice. Try and sever all of her limbs if you can. Whatever you do, don't touch her yourself. Afterwards I'll just put her bodyparts in one of those boxes with my amp, hopefully containing the thing possessing her

Create a shockwave with enough force to blast away a synthflesh body, create this shockwave from between Auronand Faith, and towards Faith. After this, try and hold Faith down with my mass amp so that Renen can dismember her
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 12, 2014, 03:25:06 pm
See if i can find the keys we had before. If so and noone's like, shooting at the door, open the door. Otherwise charge dex bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 12, 2014, 10:37:08 pm
((So guess I am outside diner?))
Quote from: @Miya
"Where do I report to now?"
report to where I need to report to and be useful
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 13, 2014, 09:26:36 pm
Feyri, we will need your gauss rotary gun right now.

. . .
Right. Change of plans.
Feyri checked the rest, noticing how her danger senses were still prodding her side. She feared it had already happened, having heard the rest of Renen's conversation.
Hold onto my other rifle here, any one of you--I'm going down there.

Equip Rotary, head down with Renen. Provide fire support. Keep weapon at a ready-to-fire position.
Feyri remembered her second mission (technically M3) wherein her breaching methods were less than adequate.
Why do I forget these things at the worst of times.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 14, 2014, 03:30:29 pm
((So guess I am outside diner?))
Quote from: @Miya
"Where do I report to now?"
report to where I need to report to and be useful

That would be the diner's bottom floor, pointing his gun at the basement's door.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 15, 2014, 02:32:04 pm
"Screw it."

Fire entire battery of laser rifle at Faith. Don't stop firing.

"OI! LOOK AT THIS!"
Holy flying FUCK this is faith?

Punch off a goddamn limb of hers I don't care which, cripple the fucker.
Throw a goop grenade at Faith and hope pancaeks wall of force propels it into her then get the fuck outta her way by using my jump rockets to dodge sideways or something.

Oh and try to hit her mace with my riot shield if it looks like i cant dodge her, better to lose an arm then a braincase.


I sent her as mean of communication between us boss. When I noticed it would take a moment for her to come back, I came here pretty fast just to send the video feed. And it seemed Faith was moving under there now. Feyri, we will need your gauss rotary gun right now.

Arrive at the basement, at BT speed. Check the situation of the Team. If Faith is still attacking, and no one can stop her, cut all of her members, starting by disarming her of the club and cutting her legs off. Backstep and toss the sword's handle away to avoid mindfuckery in case it seems the ghost-woman is trying to get to me. And never get out or stop moving in BT. If possible, after Faith is stopped or if I can't attack her, get out of the basement and warn everybody about the situation there.

Pan messages Renen directly, so Not-Faith can't intercept the message.

Quote from: Pancaek -> Renen
I'll try to hold her down if possible. She's too much of a threat and has been too much of a pain in the ass to still play nice. Try and sever all of her limbs if you can. Whatever you do, don't touch her yourself. Afterwards I'll just put her bodyparts in one of those boxes with my amp, hopefully containing the thing possessing her

Create a shockwave with enough force to blast away a synthflesh body, create this shockwave from between Auronand Faith, and towards Faith. After this, try and hold Faith down with my mass amp so that Renen can dismember her
Feyri, we will need your gauss rotary gun right now.

. . .
Right. Change of plans.
Feyri checked the rest, noticing how her danger senses were still prodding her side. She feared it had already happened, having heard the rest of Renen's conversation.
Hold onto my other rifle here, any one of you--I'm going down there.

Equip Rotary, head down with Renen. Provide fire support. Keep weapon at a ready-to-fire position.
Feyri remembered her second mission (technically M3) wherein her breaching methods were less than adequate.
Why do I forget these things at the worst of times.

Cecil, only a foot or two away from faith, swings first, bringing his amp wielding fist around at her midsection. He's not sure what happened next, not exactly. In retrospect, he assumes she must have blocked or deflected the blow. He's not sure if his arm being severed happened when the punch hit the ground and detonated like a hand grenade under his feet, or if she just tore it off. In the end, it makes little difference to a man laying against the wall, arm missing, both legs broken, with bits of brick and mortar embedded in his lower body like the shrapnel of a cinder block grenade. Jack fires, using up his entire battery sweeping the laser back and forth where he thinks faith is, somewhere in the dust raised by Cecil's blow. He's sure he must of hit her, at least a few times; but she shows no sign of being effected by it, bleeding only slightly as she emerges from the dust and charges Toward Pancaek and Auron. Pancaek unleashes a shockwave in her direction, and she meets the advancing wall of force with a swing of her club.  The impact tears the weapon from her hand, but neutralizes enough of the force of the shockwave to let her slip through.

Auron's goop grenade goes wide and all he can do is throw up his shield as she brings her fist around towards him. The blow sends him flying down the tunnel, halfway back to the ladder into the sewer. Pancaek lashes out and gets hold of one of her arms with his mind, wrapping invisible fingers around her wrist and forearm. She doesn't stop, tearing away the flesh on her left arm, straight down to the metal bone in order to get free. She brings her heel down on pancaek's chest repeatedly, trying to crush his brain case. On the third stomp He reaches out with both arms and catches hold of her leg, wrapping himself around  it and twisting hard to the side. Faith stumbles and drops to one knee as Renen and Feyri drop down into the sewer. She punches down at pancaek with her good arm, severing it at the shoulder and visibly breaking the metal bone in her forearm.  She has just enough time to turn and try to smack Renen's blow away with her left arm. Renen severs her left limb with one blow, but her damaged right, bone exposed, jerks out and grabs for his blade. He drops the handle and back steps, the blade shattering as it hits the ground. Faith glowers at Renen, both of them waiting for the others next move. Feyri, in the mean time, hangs back and keeps her gun ready, but can't fire without the chance of mowing down teammates, not for the moment at least.

"Okay, I feel pretty much back to normal as far as amp usage goes. So. Let's see about opening that door eh?"

Head towards the locked door to the third floor. Carefully examine it, and the surrounding area. Is there any sort of cameras, or peepholes that I can see?
No cameras or peep holes. Just a door set into a wall, which is no doubt hiding a staircase.

((Ah, OK, in that case following her is indeed unnecessary. I just didn't know the signal had stopped.))

Land on the ground and aim at the basement door (or whatever is close to that if I can't see it). Prepare to fire a Green Shotgun blast with the Rainbow Cannon.

Let's see them try to dodge a wall of green corrosive energy.
((So guess I am outside diner?))
Quote from: @Miya
"Where do I report to now?"
report to where I need to report to and be useful
Go to where the other people are and help
Much pointing guns at doors.

See if i can find the keys we had before. If so and noone's like, shooting at the door, open the door. Otherwise charge dex bonus.
You know where the keys are.

You all know where the keys are.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 15, 2014, 03:10:15 pm
"Faith has the keys, doesn't she. Well shit. Alright, I'm gonna try something. Everyone stand off to the side of the door, just in case they're waiting."

Wait until everyone with me is no longer standing directly in front of the door shoving the out of the way if necessary, then use my amp to remove the pins from the door's hinges. If it is heavily reinforced, just rip the damn thing down.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 15, 2014, 03:36:00 pm
Ahh fuck! My fucking arm! Cecil moans, quite loudly. He isn't quite sure how he feels, at least physically. He's pissed and a little scared, his whole arm is just... Gone.

Can I crawl the hell out of here? Or at least get behind something and stay hidden?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 15, 2014, 06:36:00 pm
((I'm tempted to try a speech roll or to simply start punching my way through this diner, but let's not risk ruining this any more than it already is.))

While aiming at the basement hole, use my drone to look around the area Faith was last in, the place her signal cut off. Anything interesting around there? Any buildings?

"Faith has the keys, doesn't she. Well shit. Alright, I'm gonna try something. Everyone stand off to the side of the door, just in case they're waiting."

Wait until everyone with me is no longer standing directly in front of the door shoving the out of the way if necessary, then use my amp to remove the pins from the door's hinges.

((I think it's a heavily reinforced door, the kind of thing you'd find in a vault or bunker.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 15, 2014, 07:35:40 pm
stumble back and watch the fight with my manipulator readied.

If it looks like faith is going for pancaek or her mace create a wall of heat between her and her target.

If she goes for me create a large hollow cylinder of heat around myself and cower inside it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 15, 2014, 08:01:30 pm
Reload laser rifle.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 16, 2014, 07:51:06 am
Seeing as NotFaith is pretty close to me right now, Use my mass amp to make a blast of force to punt her away from me. Don't skimp on the power, either. Like, try and gauge how much I'd need to punt her across the room, then try and double that. Make sure I'm not holding on to her when I make the blast.

Once she's away from me, if I still have brainpower left, use mass amp to hold her down so my teammates can more easily deal with her.

If the blast doesnt work and Faith starts attacking me again, use a really really powerful shockwave to just blast her away again, because I sure as hell ain't dyin' in no basement.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 16, 2014, 07:12:51 pm
Usefulness powers ACTIVATE, follow orders too
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 16, 2014, 11:43:01 pm
Prepare Shotgun in case I need to be the hero.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 17, 2014, 07:49:53 am
Stand well back and wach Morul open the door. Maintain dex bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 17, 2014, 09:33:11 am

Check where Faith's club is and take it. Send shockwaves in her direction, trying to avoid killing teammates while I keep my distance and move around in BT. If possible, destroy both of her legs using that method.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 17, 2014, 02:39:59 pm
Activate rockets; get anyone not directly engaged with Faith out.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 17, 2014, 05:06:01 pm
Charge Con Bonus, and prepare to fire all I have if enemy. If not, keep up guard at door
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 19, 2014, 01:15:25 pm
"Faith has the keys, doesn't she. Well shit. Alright, I'm gonna try something. Everyone stand off to the side of the door, just in case they're waiting."

Wait until everyone with me is no longer standing directly in front of the door shoving the out of the way if necessary, then use my amp to remove the pins from the door's hinges. If it is heavily reinforced, just rip the damn thing down.
You yank the pins out of the hinges of the door and it  falls open, revealing a staircase up to the next floor.
Ahh fuck! My fucking arm! Cecil moans, quite loudly. He isn't quite sure how he feels, at least physically. He's pissed and a little scared, his whole arm is just... Gone.

Can I crawl the hell out of here? Or at least get behind something and stay hidden?
You drag yourself back behind the throne, leaving a bloody smear the whole way.

((I'm tempted to try a speech roll or to simply start punching my way through this diner, but let's not risk ruining this any more than it already is.))

While aiming at the basement hole, use my drone to look around the area Faith was last in, the place her signal cut off. Anything interesting around there? Any buildings?

"Faith has the keys, doesn't she. Well shit. Alright, I'm gonna try something. Everyone stand off to the side of the door, just in case they're waiting."

Wait until everyone with me is no longer standing directly in front of the door shoving the out of the way if necessary, then use my amp to remove the pins from the door's hinges.

((I think it's a heavily reinforced door, the kind of thing you'd find in a vault or bunker.))
The area where faith's signal cut off is within view of the radio telescope; an enormous concave concrete structure in the hills outside of town. There are a few buildings, old homes, near by.

Reload laser rifle.
You reload.

Charge Con Bonus, and prepare to fire all I have if enemy. If not, keep up guard at door
Stand well back and wach Morul open the door. Maintain dex bonus.
Prepare Shotgun in case I need to be the hero.
Usefulness powers ACTIVATE, follow orders too
Various kinds of waiting and preparing!

Seeing as NotFaith is pretty close to me right now, Use my mass amp to make a blast of force to punt her away from me. Don't skimp on the power, either. Like, try and gauge how much I'd need to punt her across the room, then try and double that. Make sure I'm not holding on to her when I make the blast.

Once she's away from me, if I still have brainpower left, use mass amp to hold her down so my teammates can more easily deal with her.

If the blast doesnt work and Faith starts attacking me again, use a really really powerful shockwave to just blast her away again, because I sure as hell ain't dyin' in no basement.

Your shockwave is less like the fist of an angry god and more like the stiff breeze of an apathetic superhuman breaking wind. You're not even sure if the thing controlling faith noticed it.


Check where Faith's club is and take it. Send shockwaves in her direction, trying to avoid killing teammates while I keep my distance and move around in BT. If possible, destroy both of her legs using that method.
Faith's Club is embedded in the wall farther down the tunnel, away from the ladder down and the cul-de-sac with all the machines. You run past her towards it, and she runs past you. As you tear the weapon out of the wall, she leaps toward Feyri.
Activate rockets; get anyone not directly engaged with Faith out.
Lets hope you roll well.

...

Feyri, seeing Faith's high speed charge towards her, leaps backwards and activates her rockets at the same time, literally spearing herself down the tunnel, straight into Auron, and taking them both at least a quarter mile away.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 19, 2014, 01:23:12 pm
Keep watching out for possible incoming military intervention.

How many levels/floors are there in that diner? Including the ground level, but not the basement.


((Gotta wonder how Faith is leaping with a single leg and arm :o

Also, is it Auron or Faith that Feyri took with her? ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 19, 2014, 01:41:47 pm
((Looks like I misremembered then.))

"Hey, Steve? Know anything about this place? Some history about this suburb? Was it built before the telescope or after? Anything interesting around here?"

((If the below is too much, just do as much as you find reasonable.))

Ask Steve.

What can I see on the Radio Telescope? Is it more like Arecebo (a stationary dish scanning one point of the sky) or can it move?
If it can move, would I say it's pointing roughly in the same direction as the dish on the roof?
Anything else interesting or strange about it? Strange men or helicopters flying around it? James Bond sliding in it?

Pilot the drone closer to the structures and see if they have anything identifying or anything interesting on them (like a sign or a flag) or near them (like a subway entrance or a monument).
Any sewer manholes I can see nearby?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 19, 2014, 01:52:14 pm
((Disregard this post))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 19, 2014, 02:03:11 pm

(( No mindfuckery, great.))

Feyri, shoot now.

Start sending amp cudgel shockwaves in Faith's direction, at my full speed and in BT, without hitting Feyri and other team mates. Try aiming for Faith's sides. Go after my sword's handle and put it back in the hilt. Avoid friendly fire.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 19, 2014, 03:05:52 pm
"Follow up behind me, and shoot anyone that isn't us."

Raise my riot shield in front of me, and head up the stairs. If I see anyone upstairs that isn't part of my team, use my amp to decapitate them.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 19, 2014, 03:08:43 pm
Be ready to fire laser rifle at faith again if needed.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 19, 2014, 05:09:41 pm
Go upstairs with Morul. Flashbang whatever room / space is at the top of the stairs, before we enter. Use dex bonus to not mess up.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 19, 2014, 05:37:43 pm
Keep watching out for possible incoming military intervention.

((Gotta wonder how Faith is leaping with a single leg and arm :o

Also, is it Auron or Faith that Feyri took with her? ))
((I'm pretty concerned as to the current description of my vicinity too...))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 19, 2014, 07:55:54 pm
Cover the backs of everyone going upstairs, like a real SWAT Mission!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 20, 2014, 07:46:30 am
Stand up, dust myself off and look around.

Prepare dynamic manipulator bonus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 20, 2014, 08:07:46 pm
Go upstairs with Morul. Flashbang whatever room / space is at the top of the stairs, before we enter. Use dex bonus to not mess up.
Go upstairs after this. Give any hostiles shotgun rhinoplasty.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 20, 2014, 09:07:46 pm
Con bonus. Rip whatever enemy I put my eyes on to shreds with my Gauss. Proceed to grin like a maniac

"Got it, ready to kill."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 21, 2014, 07:11:53 am
If I can somehow see Faith barreling towards my teammates, attempt to grab her legs with mass amp and hold her in place.

If I can't see Faith, chill on the floor and look at how damaged I am. Also try and retrieve my sliced of arm and look around the room a bit.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 21, 2014, 10:58:27 am
Filler action (given that Piecewise seems busy and isn't able to respond to my query back there): Rocket BACK TO THE TEAM
> If Faith is alone (or in distance between anyone for a clear shot: Attack with Rotary gun [if the background is not in a probable case of structural collapse and there are no other allies in need of rescue)
> If any allies are need of rescue = Get rocketing them away.
> If fuel is out before rocketing them away--get the rotary to suppressive firing at Faith.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 21, 2014, 01:08:59 pm
Cecil pulls himself from behind the chair.

Get help for my broken everything.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 22, 2014, 01:04:52 pm
Keep watching out for possible incoming military intervention.

How many levels/floors are there in that diner? Including the ground level, but not the basement.


((Gotta wonder how Faith is leaping with a single leg and arm :o

Also, is it Auron or Faith that Feyri took with her? ))
((when did she lose her leg? She's lost one arm and badly damaged the other, but as far as I remember she still has both legs.))
It's the ground level and then 3 stories more.

((Looks like I misremembered then.))

"Hey, Steve? Know anything about this place? Some history about this suburb? Was it built before the telescope or after? Anything interesting around here?"

((If the below is too much, just do as much as you find reasonable.))

Ask Steve.

What can I see on the Radio Telescope? Is it more like Arecebo (a stationary dish scanning one point of the sky) or can it move?
If it can move, would I say it's pointing roughly in the same direction as the dish on the roof?
Anything else interesting or strange about it? Strange men or helicopters flying around it? James Bond sliding in it?

Pilot the drone closer to the structures and see if they have anything identifying or anything interesting on them (like a sign or a flag) or near them (like a subway entrance or a monument).
Any sewer manholes I can see nearby?


It was built before. The telescope really the only interesting thing around here, but it's a fairly standard thing and not even in active use anymore.
It's very much like Arecebo. In fact, it's almost a duplicate. Oddly, you can see that that beam steering mechanism isn't sitting centered, it's off to one side.

It doesn't seem to be pointed in the same direction as the one on the roof though, at least not as far as you can tell.

You don't see anyone else around, actually. It's very abandoned out toward the telescope. No one climbing on it or anything like that, at least.

There are sewer manholes in the area, but nothing terribly interesting about...well the ground right there just shook and flexed inwards a bit as though something forced the street up from below and then receded.


Filler action (given that Piecewise seems busy and isn't able to respond to my query back there): Rocket BACK TO THE TEAM
> If Faith is alone (or in distance between anyone for a clear shot: Attack with Rotary gun [if the background is not in a probable case of structural collapse and there are no other allies in need of rescue)
> If any allies are need of rescue = Get rocketing them away.
> If fuel is out before rocketing them away--get the rotary to suppressive firing at Faith.

If I can somehow see Faith barreling towards my teammates, attempt to grab her legs with mass amp and hold her in place.

If I can't see Faith, chill on the floor and look at how damaged I am. Also try and retrieve my sliced of arm and look around the room a bit.

Stand up, dust myself off and look around.

Prepare dynamic manipulator bonus.

Be ready to fire laser rifle at faith again if needed.

(( No mindfuckery, great.))

Feyri, shoot now.

Start sending amp cudgel shockwaves in Faith's direction, at my full speed and in BT, without hitting Feyri and other team mates. Try aiming for Faith's sides. Go after my sword's handle and put it back in the hilt. Avoid friendly fire.


Faith is stuck in the center of the tunnel, with some distance between her and anyone she could attempt to possess. She tries to turn and run back toward Renen, but he's already thrown a shockwave at her. It catches her straight on the chest and, while it lacks the cutting edge, it's still like being hit by a truck. The blow knocks her back and a combination of several more shockwaves, plus gauss shells from Feyri's cannon is enough to pin her in place and shred her apart. After a few seconds there's nothing left but a torso and the lower half of a head, laying half submerged in the water running down the center of the tunnel.

"Follow up behind me, and shoot anyone that isn't us."

Raise my riot shield in front of me, and head up the stairs. If I see anyone upstairs that isn't part of my team, use my amp to decapitate them.
Go upstairs with Morul. Flashbang whatever room / space is at the top of the stairs, before we enter. Use dex bonus to not mess up.
Cover the backs of everyone going upstairs, like a real SWAT Mission!
Go upstairs with Morul. Flashbang whatever room / space is at the top of the stairs, before we enter. Use dex bonus to not mess up.
Go upstairs after this. Give any hostiles shotgun rhinoplasty.
Con bonus. Rip whatever enemy I put my eyes on to shreds with my Gauss. Proceed to grin like a maniac

"Got it, ready to kill."
After clearing the way with a flash bang, the team heads up to the third story. This appears to be a more traditional level, with walls dividing sections of the building into rooms. At least thats what they would assume. Unfortunately the stairs lead up to a short hall that abruptly ends in a solid black wall, not unlike the walls which seem to separate off the different floors and protect the structure from collapse. Speaking of which, the entire building is suddenly groaning and shuddering....


Cecil pulls himself from behind the chair.

Get help for my broken everything.
As you lie behind the chair, trying to keep yourself from bleeding out, you hear something. It's a friendly computerized chime. Like "Da-ding!" It sounds very happy. You look over at the egg shaped machines along the wall and notice something. The one Faith bumped into has a little indent where she hit. The indent has bent a metal panel and, from what you can see through the gaps created by the bending, it depressed a button just under the surface.



Back out in the tunnel, the half of Faith's head that is remaining smiles awkwardly, like someone was physically pushing at the edges of her mouth to make them smile. And then a voice comes out of her, not from her mouth or in her voice.

"Upload complete."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Xantalos on August 22, 2014, 01:07:20 pm
((Oh great, they infected Steve.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 22, 2014, 01:11:24 pm
((Oh great, they infected Steve.))
((Man, don't even joke about that. We'd be, like, 14 different kinds of screwed.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 22, 2014, 01:17:30 pm
((Oh great, they infected Steve.))
((Man, don't even joke about that. We'd be, like, 14 different kinds of screwed.))
((Nah, I refuse to believe that Steve could get infected by anything. Maybe the blackness of the building were actually some kind of living material and they just uploaded a titan blueprint into it. The entire building was actually a transformer all along!))

"Hey, I'm back. What did I mi- YOU SON OF A BITCH. I leave for five goddamn minutes and you manage to lose all of our limbs! How!?"
"Mostly teammates, really."
"Oh, that Auron guy right? Always stealing stuff? Never thought he'd have the audacity of stealing a person's limbs though. How did he even manage that?"


Pan drags himself over to his severed arm and grabs it with his good hand, his only remaining limb. He tries to speak as loud as he can.

"Guys? How's it going over there? I'd really appreciate it if you all didn't forget about me and leave me here to die. Getting out of here would be super. Did ya manage to murder Faith?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 22, 2014, 01:36:47 pm
"That sounds bad."

Jack then goes over to Pancaek.

"Im going to pick you up now. Oh, and do you think we should let out of this tunnel?"

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 22, 2014, 01:43:17 pm
Can I help support the building? If yes, do that. EDIT: Oh, but first, take a look at Headless, make sure he's still limp, unmoving and hanging over the alley.

If possible, have the drone approach the telescope and take a look around.


((Not much else I can do. Damn my giant size.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 22, 2014, 03:47:41 pm
"GET OUT! GO GO GO!"

Make sure everyone starts getting out of the building, then charge into the black wall. If it lets me through, decapitate anyone that isn't a teammate. If it doesn't, enter the void, take two steps, and exit, then proceed to create a an amp powered shockwave with enough force to cause serious internal injuries.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 22, 2014, 04:22:58 pm
"Uh, okay."
Get out of the building as per orders.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 22, 2014, 05:16:32 pm
Fuck. FUCK. GUYS SOMETHING FUCKING BEEPED GET ME THE FUCK OUT OF HERE.

Crawl into sight ASAP I don't want to get beeped at again.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 22, 2014, 05:22:06 pm
I guess someone finally got that thing in the basement.

I bet it was the girl with the rockets. She was nice.

GTFO of the dangerously unstable building.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 22, 2014, 05:40:34 pm
"That sounds bad."

Jack then goes over to Pancaek.

"Im going to pick you up now. Oh, and do you think we should let out of this tunnel?"



"Thanks. And yeah, this place is bollocks, let's skedaddle. Though there's a newbie screaming that something beeped at him over there. May or may not be important, maybe we should check that out before we flee. Anyone here  any good with computers?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 22, 2014, 05:42:07 pm
"Everyone quick move move move!"

herd people out and away from the building
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on August 22, 2014, 06:02:38 pm
How'm I feeling? Awake? Aware? Hearing Despair laughing at me in the abyssal caverns of my mind?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 22, 2014, 06:12:32 pm
Pick Pan up then go up ladder.

"I man good with computers."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 22, 2014, 07:53:20 pm
throw a box over whats left of faith and finagle it so i can carry her back to the ship without touching her.

Make sure i have all my boxes, if not grab the missing ones.

Follow mass exodus.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 22, 2014, 07:58:01 pm
Feyri had one benefit of being in this type of body. She could communicate very easily in textual matters--the same amount of time it would ignite a thought, much shorter than if it were spoken.

Quote from: Feyri to basement team
Upload complete? Why is everyone evacuating?

Having done that in a split-second, she checks her rocket fuel (as a quick action).
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: renegadelobster on August 22, 2014, 11:47:13 pm
((You know, it might just be safer for you guys to call down a Rod From God on the radio telescope, just to be on the safe side :D It's not a real mission till that happens!  ;D ))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 23, 2014, 08:02:32 am
"Everybody out of that building, now! I'm not losing people so close to the finish."

Ask Steve what exactly we'd need to do or where to go to get pickup.

''Damn, wish that basement team would hurry the hell up.'
He grumbled to himself.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 23, 2014, 10:28:39 am
"You know, I bet that computer isn't actually important. Let's just get out of here and join the others, shall we? I've only got one arm left and I intend to keep this one."

Grab my sliced off arm. See if I can't help Auron collect Faith bits and put said Faith bits into the artifact boxes with my mass amp so nobody has to touch them. After grabbing arm and maybe helping put Faith in an artifact box, get carried upstairs by Renen. If I can carry Faith upstairs once she is in a box in my hammerspace, do so
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 23, 2014, 10:45:42 am
Getouttathere.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 23, 2014, 02:40:52 pm
LEG IT!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 23, 2014, 02:52:49 pm
Quote from: Feyri to basement team
Upload complete? Why is everyone evacuating?

"Well, chief, I think it's because we got Faith. So now that the immediate danger is gone, us wounded and crippled folks would like to skedaddle. Take myself for example, The only limb that's still attached to me is my one arm.

By the way, If you or Renen could pick me up and just pop back to the surface quickly and deposit me near Flint or the truck, that would be super."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 23, 2014, 04:40:49 pm
Renen looks around...

How... What do you mean upload... Hey, somebody should grab one these eggs for Steve, now. I have a bad feeling, we should get out of here.

Grab my sword handle. Look around (in BT at BT speed) to make sure everything is all right. Help some of the injured team mates to get out of the basement, except Faith. If there is no time to look around, get out of the basement.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 23, 2014, 10:29:57 pm
Cecil points with his one arm at the machine that beeped.

Get that one!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 24, 2014, 05:03:30 am
Quote from: Feyri to basement team
Upload complete? Why is everyone evacuating?

"Well, chief, I think it's because we got Faith. So now that the immediate danger is gone, us wounded and crippled folks would like to skedaddle. Take myself for example, The only limb that's still attached to me is my one arm.

By the way, If you or Renen could pick me up and just pop back to the surface quickly and deposit me near Flint or the truck, that would be super."
Right.

Use rockets; get any incapacitated team members who are unable to get out on their own--if possible loot...one of the machines (the egg-thing?) if any space is left.
Leave basement. Examine surroundings--what could be meant by Faith's words?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 26, 2014, 05:39:48 am
Follow what needs following and kill what needs killing
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 26, 2014, 10:38:18 am
Can I help support the building? If yes, do that. EDIT: Oh, but first, take a look at Headless, make sure he's still limp, unmoving and hanging over the alley.

If possible, have the drone approach the telescope and take a look around.


((Not much else I can do. Damn my giant size.))
The Headless guy is still in place, wiggling his toes and fingers but otherwise not doing anything. You do your best to get into the building and prop up the ceiling you can reach.

The drone, at the same time, sees something. The targeting array on the telescope has started to move, sliding into place along the long metal wires that keep it hanging above the concrete bowl of the telescope.

"Uh, okay."
Get out of the building as per orders.

I guess someone finally got that thing in the basement.

I bet it was the girl with the rockets. She was nice.

GTFO of the dangerously unstable building.
"Everyone quick move move move!"

herd people out and away from the building
Getouttathere.
LEG IT!
Follow what needs following and kill what needs killing
Everyone with any sense in their skullgoo stampedes out of the building and on to the street outside. They then stand there, staring at the building and it noticeably shifts and settles, leaning to the side and releasing bursts of dust as though the individual floors are being lowered back down on top of one another, whatever force was holding them up now dissipating.

Fuck. FUCK. GUYS SOMETHING FUCKING BEEPED GET ME THE FUCK OUT OF HERE.

Crawl into sight ASAP I don't want to get beeped at again.
How'm I feeling? Awake? Aware? Hearing Despair laughing at me in the abyssal caverns of my mind?
You're awake, and suddenly in control of whats left of your body. You wiggle your stumps and yell for someone to grab you.

Pick Pan up then go up ladder.

"I man good with computers."
throw a box over whats left of faith and finagle it so i can carry her back to the ship without touching her.

Make sure i have all my boxes, if not grab the missing ones.

Follow mass exodus.

Feyri had one benefit of being in this type of body. She could communicate very easily in textual matters--the same amount of time it would ignite a thought, much shorter than if it were spoken.

Quote from: Feyri to basement team
Upload complete? Why is everyone evacuating?

Having done that in a split-second, she checks her rocket fuel (as a quick action).
You've got plenty left.
"You know, I bet that computer isn't actually important. Let's just get out of here and join the others, shall we? I've only got one arm left and I intend to keep this one."

Grab my sliced off arm. See if I can't help Auron collect Faith bits and put said Faith bits into the artifact boxes with my mass amp so nobody has to touch them. After grabbing arm and maybe helping put Faith in an artifact box, get carried upstairs by Renen. If I can carry Faith upstairs once she is in a box in my hammerspace, do so
Renen looks around...

How... What do you mean upload... Hey, somebody should grab one these eggs for Steve, now. I have a bad feeling, we should get out of here.

Grab my sword handle. Look around (in BT at BT speed) to make sure everything is all right. Help some of the injured team mates to get out of the basement, except Faith. If there is no time to look around, get out of the basement.


Quote from: Feyri to basement team
Upload complete? Why is everyone evacuating?

"Well, chief, I think it's because we got Faith. So now that the immediate danger is gone, us wounded and crippled folks would like to skedaddle. Take myself for example, The only limb that's still attached to me is my one arm.

By the way, If you or Renen could pick me up and just pop back to the surface quickly and deposit me near Flint or the truck, that would be super."
Right.

Use rockets; get any incapacitated team members who are unable to get out on their own--if possible loot...one of the machines (the egg-thing?) if any space is left.
Leave basement. Examine surroundings--what could be meant by Faith's words?

(those machines are too big to "loot" easily. )


The basement team, half of it being carried because they are missing significant portions of body mass, climbs up the ladder out of the sewer. However, this time the ladder doesn't lead to a black barrier, but a manhole cover. They throw it open and find themselves standing on the street of cul-de-sac somewhere near the mountains. Nothing about the area looks familiar or related to the diner; everything around them is a suburb. Their radios work now, as well.

"Everybody out of that building, now! I'm not losing people so close to the finish."

Ask Steve what exactly we'd need to do or where to go to get pickup.

''Damn, wish that basement team would hurry the hell up.'
He grumbled to himself.

>Theres a shuttle waiting at the space port. Alternatively, get anywhere out of the city and we can get one to you.  

"GET OUT! GO GO GO!"

Make sure everyone starts getting out of the building, then charge into the black wall. If it lets me through, decapitate anyone that isn't a teammate. If it doesn't, enter the void, take two steps, and exit, then proceed to create a an amp powered shockwave with enough force to cause serious internal injuries.
You wait until the rest of the team has run back down the stairs and the charge straight into the black wall. You bounce off like it's made of rubber. You shake your head and then enter the void and take two steps forward. When you exit, you're still in a black expanse of seemingly nothing, however there are about a half dozen people here, including one which is sitting on the "Ground" radiating pulses of darkness. You try to shockwave the group but the blast only travels maybe a few inches before dissipating. The men in the void are looking at you but not moving. You feel yourself slowing down as well, like you're trapped in molasses.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 26, 2014, 10:51:43 am
"Hey Steve, what do you want us to do about the suspicious egg machines we found in the sewers?

They are too big to steal, hooked up to some life support equipment centered around a gaudy throne and a bodysnatcher used one to upload something.. we think...

Also we could use a pickup."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 26, 2014, 10:54:17 am
"Oh dear."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 26, 2014, 11:27:17 am
"Boss, I really think we should do something about that dish. Do I have permission to..." Flint was unsure of what exactly he wanted to do about it, but he really felt like he should do something. "...do something about it?"
I'd prefer it I could order someone with a MK3 and a heavy weapon to do something about it, since I'm here playing Atlas and I don't know what will happen if I stop. But I don't think there's anyone better suited for it than me.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 26, 2014, 12:04:54 pm
"Boss, I really think we should do something about that dish. Do I have permission to..." Flint was unsure of what exactly he wanted to do about it, but he really felt like he should do something. "...do something about it?"
I'd prefer it I could order someone with a MK3 and a heavy weapon to do something about it, since I'm here playing Atlas and I don't know what will happen if I stop. But I don't think there's anyone better suited for it than me.
"You are right, we need to do something. However, you are too far away right now to make it in time I'm afraid. But some other people aren't.

Basement team, do you see that satellite dish near you? Destroy it ASAP. The sooner the better.

Tell APC driver to come to the diner with all the wounded loaded.

Check how far basement team is, and if going to them (using the APC for transport) is feasible.

Tell Steve to put location of dish on team basement's HUD.

And ask him if the Sword has guns that could hit it accurately enough and with enough restraint to only destroy the dish.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 26, 2014, 12:31:25 pm
@Miyamoto: "You know best. Call me if you have any more orders. I'll keep supporting the building and see what more I can get from this drone. Oh, and do you think we should get the satellite on the roof too?"

@Everyone nearby (not the basement team): "Take whatever you need from the building and then get out."

When everyone (except Morul, who doesn't count, since he is in his blackvoid dimension and thus safe no matter what happens) is out of the building, stop supporting it, go crush the satellite dish in the roof. Then grab headless' rope and take him to a different building so that he doesn't fall and die if the building collapses while we wait for the APC.

"Hey there, how's it hanging?" Flint was unsure about whether or not headless was capable of hearing and thus able to appreciate his grade-A puns.

Try to get the drone to take a look around the radio-telescope. Look at the receiver for anything suspicious or anything that could help the basement team destroy it and search for some sort of control centre for the dish. If I can find the control centre, try to use the drone to search it for any sings of being tampered with.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 26, 2014, 12:38:06 pm
"Sure, go for it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on August 26, 2014, 01:20:13 pm
Guys, Renen here. We got out of the basement but we are not in the dinner. We need a map with our actual location. Also, I think we are out of the city. Steve, could you send a shuttle to pick us up? And we will need help with looting some machines we found in that room. Faith is mostly a torso now, but we still don't wanna touch her. You never know with mind fuckery.

Guys, can any of you with a mass amp or manip put the rest of Faith's body in a box or something and carry it around with the amp/manip until we get to the shuttle?

Renen receives the order.

Roger. Feyri, shoot at that telescope. Everyone else try to destroy it the best you can. Pancaek, I know you must be tired but we will need your help too. Destroy that.

Move in bullet time to cut and destroy the satellite dish/telescope/moving equipment we were ordered to destroy. If I wouldn't make it in time, send amp club shockwaves instead.
 Carry Pancaek if needed so he can get closer to the target.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 26, 2014, 01:35:04 pm
"Tired? I'm not tired. Not at all. Yeah, let me just destroy a giant sattelite dish after getting my shit wrecked, hard. Just uh, heh" He waves his sliced off arm in the air "gonna need a hand here. Alse try not to get too close to the thing, I'm gonna try and make it topple over on itself. By the way, someone better get Faith in a box and get her back to the sword. She still has to pay for my legs."

If I have eyes on the sattelite dish, heat up part of the cables leading from one of the pillars towards the center bit so that the cables hopefully snap and the wieght of the dish makes it topple over. Like the exercise we did with the AM in VR. Get carried by Renen to get eyes if necessary
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 26, 2014, 01:37:25 pm
((Remember, your target looks somewhat like this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/cd/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial_View.jpg). So you should probably focus on damaging this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/80/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial.jpg) or the cables holding it.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 26, 2014, 02:08:03 pm
Feyri, shoot at that telescope. Everyone else try to destroy it the best you can. Pancaek, I know you must be tired but we will need your help too. Destroy that.

Got it, command.

Commit orders.


How are the people we're supposed to rescue doing? Is everyone hale?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 26, 2014, 04:25:32 pm
Attempt to decapitate the cultist radiating darkness with my amp, and bring my hand up to the button so I can press it quickly if I need to.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 26, 2014, 04:36:07 pm
Melt one of the horizontal supports holding up the telescope with my dynamic manipulator bonus.
Use jump rockets to get close if necessary.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 27, 2014, 04:25:19 am
Find a safe-looking curb, somewhere away from the swaying building, and sit down.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 27, 2014, 06:37:48 am
lead people back to apc then ask steve for directions to pickup location (and go there) also ensure to load wounded
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 27, 2014, 03:02:07 pm
Head to the APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 27, 2014, 07:55:59 pm
Stop bleeding. Get as comfortable as I can while missing a limb and having two shattered.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 27, 2014, 09:56:48 pm
Go to APC, as that seems to be the popular thing nowadays.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Sean Mirrsen on August 28, 2014, 05:28:15 am
((Remember, your target looks somewhat like this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/cd/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial_View.jpg). So you should probably focus on damaging this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/80/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial.jpg) or the cables holding it.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 28, 2014, 05:51:41 am
((Remember, your target looks somewhat like this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/cd/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial_View.jpg). So you should probably focus on damaging this (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/80/Arecibo_Observatory_Aerial.jpg) or the cables holding it.))
Nope. (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=135884.msg5607394;topicseen#msg5607394)

EDIT: Just noticed I've misspelled Arecibo.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 28, 2014, 11:53:20 am
"Hey Steve, what do you want us to do about the suspicious egg machines we found in the sewers?

They are too big to steal, hooked up to some life support equipment centered around a gaudy throne and a bodysnatcher used one to upload something.. we think...

Also we could use a pickup."


>If you can rip the data, do it. If not, take pictures and then destroy them. Either way, destroy them.

"Boss, I really think we should do something about that dish. Do I have permission to..." Flint was unsure of what exactly he wanted to do about it, but he really felt like he should do something. "...do something about it?"
I'd prefer it I could order someone with a MK3 and a heavy weapon to do something about it, since I'm here playing Atlas and I don't know what will happen if I stop. But I don't think there's anyone better suited for it than me.
"You are right, we need to do something. However, you are too far away right now to make it in time I'm afraid. But some other people aren't.

Basement team, do you see that satellite dish near you? Destroy it ASAP. The sooner the better.

Tell APC driver to come to the diner with all the wounded loaded.

Check how far basement team is, and if going to them (using the APC for transport) is feasible.

Tell Steve to put location of dish on team basement's HUD.

And ask him if the Sword has guns that could hit it accurately enough and with enough restraint to only destroy the dish.

The APC heads back to the diner, ready to pick everyone up.

It is possible, but it would require an hour long drive through the city, which probably would attract some attention.

Consider them aware of it's location.

Thats questionable. Even just dropping a shell would be too much, and they're in the wrong position to use a laser. Besides, orbital bombardment of an uninhabited icecap is fine, but shooting a city, even the outskirts, is a bit much.

@Miyamoto: "You know best. Call me if you have any more orders. I'll keep supporting the building and see what more I can get from this drone. Oh, and do you think we should get the satellite on the roof too?"

@Everyone nearby (not the basement team): "Take whatever you need from the building and then get out."

When everyone (except Morul, who doesn't count, since he is in his blackvoid dimension and thus safe no matter what happens) is out of the building, stop supporting it, go crush the satellite dish in the roof. Then grab headless' rope and take him to a different building so that he doesn't fall and die if the building collapses while we wait for the APC.

"Hey there, how's it hanging?" Flint was unsure about whether or not headless was capable of hearing and thus able to appreciate his grade-A puns.

Try to get the drone to take a look around the radio-telescope. Look at the receiver for anything suspicious or anything that could help the basement team destroy it and search for some sort of control centre for the dish. If I can find the control centre, try to use the drone to search it for any sings of being tampered with.
You go up, smash the dish on top of the building and carry the headless down to the street to wait for the apc.

The control center, or at least the building you assume is the control center, is near dish; a small compound made of squat, rectangular buildings a hundred yards or so from the edge of the dish. You fly the drone around, looking for the one which seems to control the dish, but find no clue as to which one it is; there are signs but they're written in a language you don't recognize.

Attempt to decapitate the cultist radiating darkness with my amp, and bring my hand up to the button so I can press it quickly if I need to.
You attempt to use your amp but can't even manage to activate it. The Cultists just keep staring at you and then, after a few moments of just sort of sitting there, dumbfounded, you find yourself somewhere else. Namely, you find yourself falling. You can see the curvature of the planet you're on; the darkness outside the luminous blue of the world. You jerk yourself around until you can see the ground far FAR below you. It's like looking down at a satellite image, slowly zooming in. You have no idea where you are.

Find a safe-looking curb, somewhere away from the swaying building, and sit down.
You sit down and wait for the APC.

lead people back to apc then ask steve for directions to pickup location (and go there) also ensure to load wounded
Waiting for it to get here, friend.

Head to the APC
SEE ABOVE. IT IS COMING TO YOU.

Stop bleeding. Get as comfortable as I can while missing a limb and having two shattered.
It is surprisingly easy to become comfortable while in shock. You just sort of lay on the concrete and don't feel much of anything.

Go to APC, as that seems to be the popular thing nowadays.
IT'S COMING HOLD ON JESUS

Guys, Renen here. We got out of the basement but we are not in the dinner. We need a map with our actual location. Also, I think we are out of the city. Steve, could you send a shuttle to pick us up? And we will need help with looting some machines we found in that room. Faith is mostly a torso now, but we still don't wanna touch her. You never know with mind fuckery.

Guys, can any of you with a mass amp or manip put the rest of Faith's body in a box or something and carry it around with the amp/manip until we get to the shuttle?

Renen receives the order.

Roger. Feyri, shoot at that telescope. Everyone else try to destroy it the best you can. Pancaek, I know you must be tired but we will need your help too. Destroy that.

Move in bullet time to cut and destroy the satellite dish/telescope/moving equipment we were ordered to destroy. If I wouldn't make it in time, send amp club shockwaves instead.
 Carry Pancaek if needed so he can get closer to the target.


"Tired? I'm not tired. Not at all. Yeah, let me just destroy a giant sattelite dish after getting my shit wrecked, hard. Just uh, heh" He waves his sliced off arm in the air "gonna need a hand here. Alse try not to get too close to the thing, I'm gonna try and make it topple over on itself. By the way, someone better get Faith in a box and get her back to the sword. She still has to pay for my legs."

If I have eyes on the sattelite dish, heat up part of the cables leading from one of the pillars towards the center bit so that the cables hopefully snap and the wieght of the dish makes it topple over. Like the exercise we did with the AM in VR. Get carried by Renen to get eyes if necessary
Feyri, shoot at that telescope. Everyone else try to destroy it the best you can. Pancaek, I know you must be tired but we will need your help too. Destroy that.

Got it, command.

Commit orders.


How are the people we're supposed to rescue doing? Is everyone hale?
Melt one of the horizontal supports holding up the telescope with my dynamic manipulator bonus.
Use jump rockets to get close if necessary.

Even for Renen, it takes a minute or two to reach the dish, but soon everyone is there, flying on rockets or riding on teammates, and raining excessive amounts of destruction down on the obsolete radio dish. When the smoke clears, when Feyri stops shooting, Auron stops melting, Renen stops slashing and pancaek stops heat-slicing cables, there's little left of the beam guidence system except some melted and shredded metal towers and a lot of scrap laying at the center of a concave concrete dish.




The APC arrives outside the diner, just as the diner groans one last time and then with a sound like some sort of 1950's laser gun, a "Zap" or "Bechewwwwww", it sags and then crumbles to the ground.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 28, 2014, 12:01:09 pm
Good thing I got out of there.
"Anything else you need me to do boss?"

((Let's hope Morul gets out of this one unharmed.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 28, 2014, 01:25:34 pm
@Everyone nearby: "Okay team. Everyone pack your things and get in the APC, now. Head for the spaceport. I'll come later, so as to not attract any more attention than necessary. If anything comes up, call me and I'll provide support."

Make sure everyone and everything is in the APC (including Headless, and any artefacts and equipment we have lying around). Then send it to the spaceport, unless Steve or Miyamoto objects.
Ask Steve:
"Okay Steve, our team and the artefacts we have gathered are heading for the spaceport soon, unless there's something else you want us to do.
Could you send a shuttle to a location near the Basement Team?
Oh, and do you know where Morul is? Last I heard he used that fancy suit of his. I hope I don't have to dig him out of the building."


@Basement team: "I'm trying to arrange for Steve to send a transport near your location. However, it's very likely it's going to be a good distance away from the city. Do you think Feyri, Renen and Auron could carry you and the artefacts you've gathered to it?"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 28, 2014, 03:57:51 pm
Get into APC ensure stuff is on APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Alarith on August 28, 2014, 04:19:32 pm
Get in the APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 28, 2014, 04:36:32 pm
"Well its back to the basement i guess, steve wants those eggs gone and any data on them recovered if possible."

Head back to the basement and attempt to recover the egg data.

If it appears impossible for any of us to get the data, break open each egg in turn and steal whatever passes for computational equipment then melt whatever is left... unless it looks important/valuable in which case steal it too.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on August 28, 2014, 04:51:15 pm
I just left this damn thing...

Get back into the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 28, 2014, 06:30:11 pm
Wow I don't feel so bad... Everything's nice and fuzzy... Are we going now?

I'm along for the ride man. Don't care what happens just let them move me or whatever. Numb is nice dude.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: TCM on August 28, 2014, 06:54:46 pm
GET TO DA APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 28, 2014, 06:56:31 pm
Get into the death-and-disaster-box (APC) like a good girl.

No!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 28, 2014, 07:24:53 pm
"Ummmm. Steve? Can you confirm my location? I seem to be getting ready for re-entry."

If I don't receive a message from Steve, press the button. If I do hear from Steve, prepare a dynamic bonus to stop my descent.

((Oh.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Pancaek on August 29, 2014, 04:15:23 pm
"So, Renen, what's the plan? Should we just move to the rendesvous after we grab as much stuff from the eggs as we can? "

Hang on to Renen for now.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 30, 2014, 01:18:55 am
Yttra looks around.

"Hey. Where's Morul?"

He was right there…!

Try to find Morul.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on August 30, 2014, 11:10:37 am
I just left this damn thing...

Get back into the APC.
Get in the APC
Get into APC ensure stuff is on APC

@Everyone nearby: "Okay team. Everyone pack your things and get in the APC, now. Head for the spaceport. I'll come later, so as to not attract any more attention than necessary. If anything comes up, call me and I'll provide support."

Make sure everyone and everything is in the APC (including Headless, and any artefacts and equipment we have lying around). Then send it to the spaceport, unless Steve or Miyamoto objects.
Ask Steve:
"Okay Steve, our team and the artefacts we have gathered are heading for the spaceport soon, unless there's something else you want us to do.
Could you send a shuttle to a location near the Basement Team?
Oh, and do you know where Morul is? Last I heard he used that fancy suit of his. I hope I don't have to dig him out of the building."


@Basement team: "I'm trying to arrange for Steve to send a transport near your location. However, it's very likely it's going to be a good distance away from the city. Do you think Feyri, Renen and Auron could carry you and the artefacts you've gathered to it?"
GET TO DA APC
Everyone that is around to get into the apc scrambles in and Flint gives it a good rap on the roof to let the driver know to get moving. The APC peels out, rumbling off toward the space port at about as fast as an enormous metal shoebox can manage.

>Just get out of there. We'll get the basement team when we can. You've got something more to worry about. From what I'm picking up over the radio the local authorities are preparing another go at taking you guys down. Chances are, you're gonna run into them on your way to the space port.

"Well its back to the basement i guess, steve wants those eggs gone and any data on them recovered if possible."

Head back to the basement and attempt to recover the egg data.

If it appears impossible for any of us to get the data, break open each egg in turn and steal whatever passes for computational equipment then melt whatever is left... unless it looks important/valuable in which case steal it too.

You dig around in the basement, running your hands across the panels of the machines and jamming your fingers in whenever you found anything that seemed loose. Eventually you just tear one of the cables connecting to the throne and juryrig a connection to your datapad. You download as much data as possible but there's far more then can be held on your pad.

Wow I don't feel so bad... Everything's nice and fuzzy... Are we going now?

I'm along for the ride man. Don't care what happens just let them move me or whatever. Numb is nice dude.
Currently, since you were with the basement team but weren't brought along to kill the dish, you're laying in the middle of a cul-de-sac, bleeding out on the street.

"Ummmm. Steve? Can you confirm my location? I seem to be getting ready for re-entry."

If I don't receive a message from Steve, press the button. If I do hear from Steve, prepare a dynamic bonus to stop my descent.

((Oh.))
>I suppose I should be inclined to ask exactly how you managed to get there, but it really doesn't matter at this point. You're actually on the complete otherside of the planet, somewhere above the Kármán line and descending. I don't suppose you have rockets on your suit?

"So, Renen, what's the plan? Should we just move to the rendesvous after we grab as much stuff from the eggs as we can? "

Hang on to Renen for now.
Keep on keeping on.

Yttra looks around.

"Hey. Where's Morul?"

He was right there…!

Try to find Morul.
Morul is nowhere to be found. Huh...it's almost like he vanished of the face of the planet.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kj1225 on August 30, 2014, 11:16:28 am
((Well, it seems we should have some psycho in control of the machine gun again.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 30, 2014, 12:01:18 pm
Inform Steve and attempt to stream the data up to him, if that fails perform the following conversations and actions.


@Teammates "Hey guys ive got the egg data ready to download but i need more storage space, can you bring down some more wristpads?"

@Steve "Ive got access to the egg data but there might be too much for me to copy onto available storage mediums, if you decide to send a shuttle for us could you have someone put a high capacity storage device on board?"

Ask teammates to bring their wristpads over and try copying all the data off in sections on seperate devices.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on August 30, 2014, 12:02:17 pm
((If the datapad can download it, and you have connection to Steve, you could just stream the info to him. Might take a while, but if the military isn't on to you it might be worth to consider.))

"Oh great, just what we needed. And here I though we'd be getting out of here.

Steve, next time, maybe try to tell us before they've mobilized.

Ask Steve if the APC could evade confrontation with the military by getting out of the city somewhere else and letting the shuttle arrive there.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: swordsmith04 on August 30, 2014, 12:04:59 pm
((Well, it seems we should have some psycho in control of the machine gun again.))
((That wouldn't help much, considering it's out of ammo. :P))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 30, 2014, 12:05:30 pm
((Actually, i might try that.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tavik Toth on August 30, 2014, 12:14:04 pm
Stand guard.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on August 30, 2014, 12:34:20 pm
"Some weird cultist thingy. I dunno. Entered into a black void with a bunch of cultists, and then suddenly I was here. So, uh, can I get a pickup, or do I have to land for that?"

Using my mass amp, attempt to fling myself into a stable orbit, or at least away from the planet.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on August 30, 2014, 01:23:04 pm
@Miyamoto: "I can just go ahead of the APC and distract them. Shouldn't be that hard. Once I have their attention, the APC can just slip by using a side street."

Ask Steve to give me a good position for me to wait for the enemy so as to implement the above plan (distraction).
If Miyamoto's plan (alternate extraction point) is not feasible, then go to that intercept point. Bring a piece of rubble I could use as cover with me, if possible.
Once there, warn all civilians to get away while breaking the road with my robohands to disrupt traffic. Once the area is clear, get the rainbow cannon out, switch it to mine mode but do not actually fire it yet. Get behind partial cover if possible, so that I'm visible while not fully exposed. Oh , and remember to order the APC to take a detour to avoid them once I have their attention. Oh, and ask Steve if he knows what I will be facing.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on August 30, 2014, 01:29:45 pm
((Oh dear, I'm unsure if I'm with the APC or ...something somewhere back with Unholy Pariah's char.))

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on August 30, 2014, 01:45:49 pm
((With me obviously, APC is back near the diner.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on August 30, 2014, 03:31:39 pm
((Oh damn, really? I got left behind guys? Thanks.))

Hey big bossman in the sky, you hear me? Looks like I got left behind. Think someone can come get me?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: yobbo on August 30, 2014, 05:23:16 pm
((so is Yttra in the APC?))

If in the APC make sure i'm wearing my seatbelt.

If not in the APC, search the wrecked building for a) Morul b) that box of guns and grenades that was on the ground floor.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on August 30, 2014, 08:20:13 pm
Attempt to discern where my limbless eyeless teamkilling torso is currently located. First thing an ARM soldier needs to figure out under most circumstances, really.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Salsacookies on August 30, 2014, 11:06:47 pm
Off to the APC
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on August 31, 2014, 12:19:10 am
sit tight
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on September 01, 2014, 08:05:38 am
Actually, that's the plan.

Go back with the Team to collect some stuff and film the area, try to see if there are smaller data storage objects hidden within the eggs and take them.
If Auron's plans to get more info from the eggs works/is working, let him keep going.
Pick up Pufferfish's character if no one does so.


Then destroy everything else.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 01, 2014, 12:17:20 pm
@Miyamoto: "I can just go ahead of the APC and distract them. Shouldn't be that hard. Once I have their attention, the APC can just slip by using a side street."

Ask Steve to give me a good position for me to wait for the enemy so as to implement the above plan (distraction).
If Miyamoto's plan (alternate extraction point) is not feasible, then go to that intercept point. Bring a piece of rubble I could use as cover with me, if possible.
Once there, warn all civilians to get away while breaking the road with my robohands to disrupt traffic. Once the area is clear, get the rainbow cannon out, switch it to mine mode but do not actually fire it yet. Get behind partial cover if possible, so that I'm visible while not fully exposed. Oh , and remember to order the APC to take a detour to avoid them once I have their attention. Oh, and ask Steve if he knows what I will be facing.


"Very well. Try not too get too far separated, because without Gilgamesh for cover that APC is quite vulnerable.

Also, someone in that APC get on the turret with a gun. The turret is empty, so that's a no go."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Tiruin on September 01, 2014, 06:36:07 pm
((Oh dear, I'm unsure if I'm with the APC or ...something somewhere back with Unholy Pariah's char.))
((Right.))

Aid [Unholy_Pariah's character] in looting the area; intuition danger level in the diner upper levels; remind others that there are still hostiles about from Yttra's conversation earlier.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Hapah on September 01, 2014, 11:21:41 pm
If I can somehow by the grace of God work a Gauss Rifle with one arm, hop into the turret and prepare to lay down the law on anyone that tries to stop the party bus. Otherwise, only get in there if nobody else does, and use the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on September 02, 2014, 11:56:22 am
Inform Steve and attempt to stream the data up to him, if that fails perform the following conversations and actions.


@Teammates "Hey guys ive got the egg data ready to download but i need more storage space, can you bring down some more wristpads?"

@Steve "Ive got access to the egg data but there might be too much for me to copy onto available storage mediums, if you decide to send a shuttle for us could you have someone put a high capacity storage device on board?"

Ask teammates to bring their wristpads over and try copying all the data off in sections on seperate devices.
You set up the stream, running it through your suit instead, to save time and make it easier.

>This will take a bit. Move to the next machine as soon as the current one is finished. We'll do this as quick as possible, even though the military will probably be far too busy with your friends to notice this group on the outskirts.

((If the datapad can download it, and you have connection to Steve, you could just stream the info to him. Might take a while, but if the military isn't on to you it might be worth to consider.))

"Oh great, just what we needed. And here I though we'd be getting out of here.

Steve, next time, maybe try to tell us before they've mobilized.

Ask Steve if the APC could evade confrontation with the military by getting out of the city somewhere else and letting the shuttle arrive there.


> Think the problem is going to be getting out of the city in general.  There are already air units on their way and the ground units can't be far off. Just get moving, at this point where they go doesn't matter; just get far enough out that we can pick them up and get out of the range of any tracking they might do.

Stand guard.
Sit sentry

"Some weird cultist thingy. I dunno. Entered into a black void with a bunch of cultists, and then suddenly I was here. So, uh, can I get a pickup, or do I have to land for that?"

Using my mass amp, attempt to fling myself into a stable orbit, or at least away from the planet.
You focus very hard on hurling yourself up and out of trouble. Perhaps a bit too hard. Your body, already damaged, gets hurled upward with enough force to tear your torso clean in two and leave your brain floating around in the upper half, nothing more then a right arm, head and part of your chest.

You do, however, manage to put yourself into either a stable orbit or maybe even launch yourself away from the planet. Regardless, you're no longer falling towards the planet.

@Miyamoto: "I can just go ahead of the APC and distract them. Shouldn't be that hard. Once I have their attention, the APC can just slip by using a side street."

Ask Steve to give me a good position for me to wait for the enemy so as to implement the above plan (distraction).
If Miyamoto's plan (alternate extraction point) is not feasible, then go to that intercept point. Bring a piece of rubble I could use as cover with me, if possible.
Once there, warn all civilians to get away while breaking the road with my robohands to disrupt traffic. Once the area is clear, get the rainbow cannon out, switch it to mine mode but do not actually fire it yet. Get behind partial cover if possible, so that I'm visible while not fully exposed. Oh , and remember to order the APC to take a detour to avoid them once I have their attention. Oh, and ask Steve if he knows what I will be facing.


>Ok. The road that the apc took away from the diner is west, alright? The Air units are coming from the south, out of a air port in that direction. The ground units are coming from a military base to the north. I'm guessing police units might be coming as well, and they're from the east, the same way as last time. As per distracting them...about the only way to do that would be to cause enough damage or mayhem that they choose to focus on you.
((so is Yttra in the APC?))

If in the APC make sure i'm wearing my seatbelt.

If not in the APC, search the wrecked building for a) Morul b) that box of guns and grenades that was on the ground floor.
Hard to search a pile of rubble, so we're gonna put you in the APC.

The black helicopters and armored vehicles are moving out towards you guys and you're just hanging around? Confident, aren't you.

Attempt to discern where my limbless eyeless teamkilling torso is currently located. First thing an ARM soldier needs to figure out under most circumstances, really.
You have one camera left, located in your chest. It is showing darkness. But you know that before that someone picked you up and threw you in a box. So You'd assume you're still in a box. Hopefully, if things go poorly, you can just pretend to be some sort of macabre collectors edition trophy being shipped via space ebay  (http://c534909.r9.cf2.rackcdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Dead-Island-Statue.jpg)and that these guys just intercepted you on the way to your actual destination.

Off to the APC
In the APC you go.

sit tight
Stand Loose
Actually, that's the plan.

Go back with the Team to collect some stuff and film the area, try to see if there are smaller data storage objects hidden within the eggs and take them.
If Auron's plans to get more info from the eggs works/is working, let him keep going.
Pick up Pufferfish's character if no one does so.


Then destroy everything else.


You pick up your delimbed teammate, who is becoming rapidly deadish.  "You will not survive long without medical aid." You tell him. "I am requesting medical aid from our teammates. If it does not arrive, preservative measures may need to be taken."

You carry him back down to the sewer and, after filming the throne, slice it apart.

((Oh dear, I'm unsure if I'm with the APC or ...something somewhere back with Unholy Pariah's char.))
((Right.))

Aid [Unholy_Pariah's character] in looting the area; intuition danger level in the diner upper levels; remind others that there are still hostiles about from Yttra's conversation earlier.
Ti, I feel like you're kinda outta the loop here. The diner collapsed like two turns ago, and you're at least 30 miles from it. The "basement" was actually a sewer on the outside of town and moving through that black barrier from the diner teleported you out to it. That barrier is now gone, so you are stuck out there.

If I can somehow by the grace of God work a Gauss Rifle with one arm, hop into the turret and prepare to lay down the law on anyone that tries to stop the party bus. Otherwise, only get in there if nobody else does, and use the shotgun.
Well, the turret has no bullets left, but you can sure as hell fire a shotgun from the hole it's sitting in. So you get up wedge yourself in place, ready to shoot the shit out of anyone who looks at you funny. Hmm. Chambering a round after each shot is gonna be awkward...

"Hey, people. I need someone to help pump my shotgun. I've only got one hand."

"Thats all I've ever needed!" someone shouts back.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 02, 2014, 12:47:00 pm
((Perhaps I should had left my mining laser at the APC to use as a turret. Then again, they'd probably somehow slice the APC in half, so it's probably a good thing I forgot about that.))

EDIT: Wait a bit. Before I do anything else, could I perhaps just grab the APC or all the people and stuff in it and fly them to the spaceport before they reach us? Or is it a bit too heavy for me? If I can do it, then do that and disregard the below.

EDIT EDIT: Oh, and have that drone move away from the destroyed telescope's command centre and towards the basement team. Order it to land once there, so that the basement team can pick it up or use it if they want.

Quote
>Ok. The road that the apc took away from the diner is west, alright? The Air units are coming from the south, out of a air port in that direction. The ground units are coming from a military base to the north. I'm guessing police units might be coming as well, and they're from the east, the same way as last time. As per distracting them...about the only way to do that would be to cause enough damage or mayhem that they choose to focus on you.
I'm guessing the spaceport the APC is going is towards the west, right? If not, then tell it to just keep heading west.

@APC: "OK team, we've got Air units coming in from the South and Military units coming in from the North. There may also be Police units coming in from the East or from somewhere else. I will try to get their attention long enough for you to escape, but be ready to defend yourself regardless, just in case some of them decide to focus on you. I will focus on the air units, since they seem to be the most immediate threat.
Oh, and you might want to look in your rear view mirror if you want to see something impressive. There's going to be fire in the sky."


Damage or mayhem... I don't want to hurt people. They are just doing their job, trying to protect this city and its people. They've done nothing wrong. But that doesn't mean I can't cause some mayhem... For the greater good, of course.
"Okay, you say you want a big distraction? Watch this."

Point the Rainbow Cannon straight up at the sky, fire some Violet Overcharge and some Blue Lightning shots to grab people's attention. Then fire a Red Plasma beam. That ought to be at least moderately distracting.

If I have time this turn, once Gilgamesh finishes rebooting, fly towards the South. Ask Steve if he knows what kind of Air units I'll be facing and scan the air for them using camEeyes. Remember to use their zoom function and if possible have one screen displaying thermal mode and another displaying motion detection.


Spoiler: Red Mode notes (click to show/hide)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 02, 2014, 02:34:55 pm
Dead? That sounds bad. I like being comfortable.

Continue enjoying shock.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 02, 2014, 05:58:57 pm
"Steve, am I in a stable orbit, or hurtling away into the depths of space? Stable orbit is nice, depths of space, not so much. Also, how are the ground teams doing?"


Try and locate my lower half, and charge a dynamic bonus to retrieve them.

((Crisis averted????))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on September 02, 2014, 06:22:18 pm
Wait for the first machine to finish then begin streaming the next.

Plug other teammates into other eggs if that would make this go faster.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: IronyOwl on September 02, 2014, 09:40:45 pm
((Crisis averted????))
((You're an arm and a torso in low orbit. This was the best possible resolution of things.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 02, 2014, 11:38:22 pm
((You're an arm and a torso in low orbit. This was the best possible resolution of things.))
((Gotta sig that.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Corsair on September 03, 2014, 05:55:26 am
@Miyamoto "Sir if APC is disabled should we attempt to move to the spaceport on foot or surrender?"
Wait for awesome to occur in rear-view mirror, hope that they are distracted
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: Grunhill on September 03, 2014, 12:36:19 pm
Take Pufferfish character to the rest of the team. Look around, making sure that there is no sign of an incoming attack in the area the Basement team is. Ask for the progress on the data transference.

So, how much of the data has already been transferred? I don't like being here for more time than the necessary.

If possible, after the transference is complete, try to take one the eggs. Make sure that we are bringing the body that was on the throne.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: Between SWAT and a hard place.
Post by: piecewise on September 04, 2014, 02:42:39 pm
((Perhaps I should had left my mining laser at the APC to use as a turret. Then again, they'd probably somehow slice the APC in half, so it's probably a good thing I forgot about that.))

EDIT: Wait a bit. Before I do anything else, could I perhaps just grab the APC or all the people and stuff in it and fly them to the spaceport before they reach us? Or is it a bit too heavy for me? If I can do it, then do that and disregard the below.

EDIT EDIT: Oh, and have that drone move away from the destroyed telescope's command centre and towards the basement team. Order it to land once there, so that the basement team can pick it up or use it if they want.

Quote
>Ok. The road that the apc took away from the diner is west, alright? The Air units are coming from the south, out of a air port in that direction. The ground units are coming from a military base to the north. I'm guessing police units might be coming as well, and they're from the east, the same way as last time. As per distracting them...about the only way to do that would be to cause enough damage or mayhem that they choose to focus on you.
I'm guessing the spaceport the APC is going is towards the west, right? If not, then tell it to just keep heading west.

@APC: "OK team, we've got Air units coming in from the South and Military units coming in from the North. There may also be Police units coming in from the East or from somewhere else. I will try to get their attention long enough for you to escape, but be ready to defend yourself regardless, just in case some of them decide to focus on you. I will focus on the air units, since they seem to be the most immediate threat.
Oh, and you might want to look in your rear view mirror if you want to see something impressive. There's going to be fire in the sky."


Damage or mayhem... I don't want to hurt people. They are just doing their job, trying to protect this city and its people. They've done nothing wrong. But that doesn't mean I can't cause some mayhem... For the greater good, of course.
"Okay, you say you want a big distraction? Watch this."

Point the Rainbow Cannon straight up at the sky, fire some Violet Overcharge and some Blue Lightning shots to grab people's attention. Then fire a Red Plasma beam. That ought to be at least moderately distracting.

If I have time this turn, once Gilgamesh finishes rebooting, fly towards the South. Ask Steve if he knows what kind of Air units I'll be facing and scan the air for them using camEeyes. Remember to use their zoom function and if possible have one screen displaying thermal mode and another displaying motion detection.


Spoiler: Red Mode notes (click to show/hide)
You could certainly fly them part of the way, but the apc is big and heavy, so you'd use your fuel up pretty fast.

You fly the drone over to the basement team and leave it with them.

You start firing rapidly into the air, switching from violet to lighting, but as you fire the first lighting shot you notice something: The amount of energy that is drained by each shot seems to increase if done in rapid succession; and the effect increases. You fire two lighting shots, and as you pull the trigger for the third one the gun unfolds even more, fins and protrusions stickiness out and electricity arcing between them. The third shot sets the sky alive with electrical discharge; a thunderstorm of purplish lightning arcs through the rapidly darkening clouds. Bolts start to fall randomly near by and the entire block crackles with static electricity. The gun is glowing red with heat and Gilgamesh is flickering in and out of activation, it's generator struggling to maintain power.

Dead? That sounds bad. I like being comfortable.

Continue enjoying shock.
It's starting to get strangely cold, despite the warm sun on your skin. You look back toward the city and see an odd cloud formation growing in the distance. Huh. Rain must be coming.

"Steve, am I in a stable orbit, or hurtling away into the depths of space? Stable orbit is nice, depths of space, not so much. Also, how are the ground teams doing?"


Try and locate my lower half, and charge a dynamic bonus to retrieve them.

((Crisis averted????))

>We'll make sure and swing around to pick you up. Probably.

You can't even see your lower half. You must have hurled yourself away pretty fucking fast and hard.

Wait for the first machine to finish then begin streaming the next.

Plug other teammates into other eggs if that would make this go faster.

You get two done and tell other teammates to plug themselves in to get things moving faster.

@Miyamoto "Sir if APC is disabled should we attempt to move to the spaceport on foot or surrender?"
Wait for awesome to occur in rear-view mirror, hope that they are distracted
As the APC rolls away from the combat zone, a few bursts of violet light illuminate the sky. And then lighting crawls amongst the clouds, leaping up from somewhere in the distance behind the APC.  But the final lighting bolt you see rise from the ground is different; massive and oddly colored. It hits the clouds and bursts, spreading along them like water splashing out across the ground. The clouds begin to darken and crackling purplish lightning races along the sky. The clouds seem to boil and churn, their darkness spreading, chasing behind the APC and snuffing out the sunlight wherever they reached. Fat purple lightning begins to fall from the clouds, even as it crackles across and through them in spreading, fractal shapes.

Take Pufferfish character to the rest of the team. Look around, making sure that there is no sign of an incoming attack in the area the Basement team is. Ask for the progress on the data transference.

So, how much of the data has already been transferred? I don't like being here for more time than the necessary.

If possible, after the transference is complete, try to take one the eggs. Make sure that we are bringing the body that was on the throne.

Heh, well nothing going on over here. Yet. Data is about 25% or so. And no, you can't take an egg, but Auron has the corpse.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 04, 2014, 02:48:29 pm
"I suppose that's all I can ask for."

Examine the planet below. Anything interesting?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 04, 2014, 06:16:52 pm
Is it just me or is that storm over there bringing in some cold weather new friend? We should go there.

Admire the lightning strikes. Loll about a little and bleed a little less.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on September 04, 2014, 07:54:17 pm
continue streaming each egg in turn. Ask politely for people to lend their suits.

Forcibly connect them if they continue ignoring me.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 04, 2014, 10:16:43 pm
@Everyone: "So... funny thing happened. Some kind of weird alien lightning storm inexplicably appeared over me and is slowly spreading ominously. In completely unrelated news, I accidentally discovered that the Rainbow Cannon can act as a sort of weather control device."
Flint emitted a short, nervous laugh as he furiously typed on Gilgamesh's keyboards.
"Funny, right?"

Check whether or not the Gun is still drawing power.
If it is drawing power, then see if it is possible to somehow isolate the arm or physically disconnect it (some kind of maintenance mode maybe?) or temporarily disconnect the generator. If I can't use Gilgamesh's computers, then see if I can access his systems via my MK2.
If that doesn't work, then see if I can somehow make the gun stop whatever it is doing. Try moving it a bit or twisting the black part or maybe pulling one of those new things sticking out of it. Or maybe just change its mode to No Colour.
If that doesn't work, then detonate the claymore defense system on the upper part of the arm holding the gun so as to remove the armour and then try to sever it. Use the mining laser if I can't do it by pulling alone.
If all else fails, try removing the arm with the help of my monorazor. Get out of Gilgamesh if I have to.

If the gun is no longer drawing power:
See if I can somehow make the gun stop whatever it is doing. Try moving it a bit or twisting the black part or maybe pulling one of those new things sticking out of it. Or maybe just changing its mode to No Colour.
Start moving towards the west, towards the APC.
Unless I've managed to stop this storm, keep the gun over my head in Blue Lightning mode. Hopefully, it will absorb any lightning strikes directed at me.

If I've managed to stop the storm, then once Gilgamesh has recharged enough to fly, fly towards the APC.

If I haven't managed to stop the storm, then once Gilgamesh has recharged enough to fly, fly towards the cloud. Try sticking the black part of the gun in the cloud, hoping that it will absorb whatever energy it unleashed. Hope that Gilgamesh's electrical shielding will protect me if the gun doesn't.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Pancaek on September 06, 2014, 11:36:07 am
Assist in streaming the data if I can. Above all else, do not get seperated from the rest of the team.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 06, 2014, 11:45:31 am
 Help Auron transmit the data, let him use the suit of the near-dead guy too. As soon as the streaming is done, escape with the team.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 06, 2014, 12:10:09 pm
...Guuuuuys? Drive faster!

If it looks like the murder-storm is going to get close enough to hit us, close the hatch on the turret if it has one.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 06, 2014, 12:53:06 pm
"I suppose that's all I can ask for."

Examine the planet below. Anything interesting?
You're on the wrong side to see anything interesting going on, unless you feel like having a "World without borders or war" epiphany like The Boss from metal gear.

Is it just me or is that storm over there bringing in some cold weather new friend? We should go there.

Admire the lightning strikes. Loll about a little and bleed a little less.
You put more pressure on your injury and watch the lighting. It seems a bit too aggressive to be normal.

continue streaming each egg in turn. Ask politely for people to lend their suits.

Forcibly connect them if they continue ignoring me.

You finish with one egg and then proceed the semi-concious members of the team and forcibly plug them in. This makes streaming the rest of the data much easier and you're done within minutes.
Assist in streaming the data if I can. Above all else, do not get seperated from the rest of the team.
Help Auron transmit the data, let him use the suit of the near-dead guy too. As soon as the streaming is done, escape with the team.
Auron has forced his plug into you and is now streaming all over you.

Doh Ho ho ho.
@Everyone: "So... funny thing happened. Some kind of weird alien lightning storm inexplicably appeared over me and is slowly spreading ominously. In completely unrelated news, I accidentally discovered that the Rainbow Cannon can act as a sort of weather control device."
Flint emitted a short, nervous laugh as he furiously typed on Gilgamesh's keyboards.
"Funny, right?"

Check whether or not the Gun is still drawing power.
If it is drawing power, then see if it is possible to somehow isolate the arm or physically disconnect it (some kind of maintenance mode maybe?) or temporarily disconnect the generator. If I can't use Gilgamesh's computers, then see if I can access his systems via my MK2.
If that doesn't work, then see if I can somehow make the gun stop whatever it is doing. Try moving it a bit or twisting the black part or maybe pulling one of those new things sticking out of it. Or maybe just change its mode to No Colour.
If that doesn't work, then detonate the claymore defense system on the upper part of the arm holding the gun so as to remove the armour and then try to sever it. Use the mining laser if I can't do it by pulling alone.
If all else fails, try removing the arm with the help of my monorazor. Get out of Gilgamesh if I have to.

If the gun is no longer drawing power:
See if I can somehow make the gun stop whatever it is doing. Try moving it a bit or twisting the black part or maybe pulling one of those new things sticking out of it. Or maybe just changing its mode to No Colour.
Start moving towards the west, towards the APC.
Unless I've managed to stop this storm, keep the gun over my head in Blue Lightning mode. Hopefully, it will absorb any lightning strikes directed at me.

If I've managed to stop the storm, then once Gilgamesh has recharged enough to fly, fly towards the APC.

If I haven't managed to stop the storm, then once Gilgamesh has recharged enough to fly, fly towards the cloud. Try sticking the black part of the gun in the cloud, hoping that it will absorb whatever energy it unleashed. Hope that Gilgamesh's electrical shielding will protect me if the gun doesn't.

Judging by the fact that your suit seems to be lulling in and out of functionality you're gonna guess that yeah, it's still drawing power.
There doesn't seem to be a way via the computer systems, but maybe if you got out of the suit you could force some sort of manual shutdown of the generator. There was, after all, a maintenance panel on the back of the suit; though you'd have to pop it open from inside.

The suit isn't responding to your movements; it seems it is using all it's power just to keep the cockpit instruments on, and unsteadily so at that. The view shots you get of the outside, through the flickering cameras, show that the gun is still pointed straight up into the sky and electricity is arcing across it. Lighting bolts continue to fall on the neighborhood and the surrounding area, raising bursts of flame and smoke where they land.  Oh great.

The APC, however, seems to be making it away unscathed. You guess that, as far as distractions go, this is a really good one. 

...Guuuuuys? Drive faster!

If it looks like the murder-storm is going to get close enough to hit us, close the hatch on the turret if it has one.
The murderstorm, as you put it, is definitely gaining on you, though it hasn't reached you yet. Lightning is falling like rain behind you and over to your right you can see at least 3 helicopters cruising low over the city and coming in this direction. Hard to tell if they're coming for you or for the lightning storm. Either way, not great. You decide to stay outside for the moment, at least to keep an eye on things.

"Keep driving!" You Yell down into the driver's cabin. "Don't stop for red lights, don't yield, blow through crosswalks outside of kindergartens, I don't give a fuck. Just keep driving!"
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 06, 2014, 01:02:11 pm
EDIT: Before doing the below, see if I could get out and switch the gun to another mode (preferably No Colour Mode). Tie a sample container (or better yet several of them) at the end of one of those metal poles I have in Gilgamesh's backpack and use that to touch the Colour Selector Dial if it looks like the gun is dangerous to touch.

Else, pop that maintenance hatch open (by using the physical internal switch I found in tinker), get out and do whatever I have to do to shut this thing down.
If I can't get out, use that emergency release (NOT the escape pod function).
If I can't open the hatch, see if I could slice the cover or the 4 locking pins holding it with the monorazor.


((Note to self: get an on/off switch installed for that gun.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 06, 2014, 02:41:48 pm
"Steve, you've got eyes on the events, is there any way to patch me in or something? All I need is line of sight and I can assist. Well, line of sight and a whole lot of luck...."

Ask if Steve can send live video of the current events to me. Helmet cams, or cameras on the Sword, anything currently pointed at the teams.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 06, 2014, 04:37:49 pm
Ask Steve to momentarily shut down power in Gilgamesh (hopefully also shutting down the weapon), then restart the suit if possible (do not shut down if remote powering-up is impossible).
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 06, 2014, 05:15:23 pm
sit tight, wait for murder to begin
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Salsacookies on September 07, 2014, 10:13:51 am
Enjoy myself a ride. Charge a con bonus to jump out of the door and start firing at stuff when necessary
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 07, 2014, 11:53:30 am
Yttra goes over the mission in her head. A few things keep coming back to her – the letters A.R.M.… someone screaming "Shock Faith!"… Morul standing in the road after ripping half his body off – she doesn't know what any of it means.

She sits quietly, ignoring everything around her, just waiting for the driver to get them to wherever it is they're supposed to be going.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on September 07, 2014, 04:31:29 pm
Unplug everyone then destroy the eggs and await pickup.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 07, 2014, 05:19:41 pm
Keep on the lookout and ponder as to what exactly Faith referenced by that Upload back there--wonder if I've enough fuel to carry quite well everyone left behind back to the general area of the APC.

Subtly apologize to piecewise on being foncused .-.


What did Faith mean by the Upload?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 07, 2014, 06:06:57 pm
Keep an eye on the Murderstorm. Close hatch if it gets close enough to zap us.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: TCM on September 07, 2014, 08:19:20 pm
"...I"m a cat."

Is cat.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 08, 2014, 09:15:58 am
If the data has already been sent. Help unplug everyone and destroy the "eggs" before heading for our pickup place with the team.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Pancaek on September 08, 2014, 12:52:38 pm
Hang onto Renen to get to the pickup with the team. Praise the pantheon my synthflesh body held up well enough to keep me alive and kicking, figuratively speaking.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tavik Toth on September 08, 2014, 02:55:45 pm
follow.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 09, 2014, 02:37:39 pm
EDIT: Before doing the below, see if I could get out and switch the gun to another mode (preferably No Colour Mode). Tie a sample container (or better yet several of them) at the end of one of those metal poles I have in Gilgamesh's backpack and use that to touch the Colour Selector Dial if it looks like the gun is dangerous to touch.

Else, pop that maintenance hatch open (by using the physical internal switch I found in tinker), get out and do whatever I have to do to shut this thing down.
If I can't get out, use that emergency release (NOT the escape pod function).
If I can't open the hatch, see if I could slice the cover or the 4 locking pins holding it with the monorazor.


((Note to self: get an on/off switch installed for that gun.))
You open the hatch just a bit and stick a pole out. You use it to flip the selector switch to one of the lines between the colors and the gun immediately powers down and contracts back into its normal shape. Whew. You quickly pull the pole back in and shut the hatch.

The storm is still boiling overhead but it doesn't seem to be spreading anymore. And, though it is still raining lightning down at a frightening pace and has essentially set several blocks of lower income housing and businesses on fire, at least it seems to be slowly clearing.

"Steve, you've got eyes on the events, is there any way to patch me in or something? All I need is line of sight and I can assist. Well, line of sight and a whole lot of luck...."

Ask if Steve can send live video of the current events to me. Helmet cams, or cameras on the Sword, anything currently pointed at the teams.
Steve sends you feeds of the current events.

You kinda wish he hadn't.
Ask Steve to momentarily shut down power in Gilgamesh (hopefully also shutting down the weapon), then restart the suit if possible (do not shut down if remote powering-up is impossible).
We'll belay that order since it wouldn't help now.

sit tight, wait for murder to begin
Stay frosty, get stabby.

Enjoy myself a ride. Charge a con bonus to jump out of the door and start firing at stuff when necessary
Charge a bonus to jump out of the back door of a moving car? That should be funny.

Unplug everyone then destroy the eggs and await pickup.
You kick everyone back, unplugging them via force, and then proceed to smash up all the eggs with a chunk of debris. Once you're satisfied that they're broken beyond repair, you head back out and sit down on the road near the manhole, right in the middle of the cul-de-sac.  You notice that someone is looking out of a window of a nearby house at you. When you look back they draw their curtains and hide. Hmph.

Keep on the lookout and ponder as to what exactly Faith referenced by that Upload back there--wonder if I've enough fuel to carry quite well everyone left behind back to the general area of the APC.

Subtly apologize to piecewise on being foncused .-.


What did Faith mean by the Upload?
You don't have enough fuel to carry everyone to the APC; and the rather scary looking storm hovering near the area they should be is making you think they're probably safer here anyways.

Keep an eye on the Murderstorm. Close hatch if it gets close enough to zap us.
The murderstorm seems to be falling back, or at least it's stopped advancing. Whew.

"...I"m a cat."

Is cat.
Goodbye Cat (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5OeKbBNPTlk)
If the data has already been sent. Help unplug everyone and destroy the "eggs" before heading for our pickup place with the team.
You join the rest of the highly trained and capable murders who are currently camped out in this little cul-de-sac like kids waiting for an icecream truck.

Hang onto Renen to get to the pickup with the team. Praise the pantheon my synthflesh body held up well enough to keep me alive and kicking, figuratively speaking.
Heh. Kicking.

follow.
I follow.




As the murderstorm falls back it is replaced by something else. The sound of sirens comes first, and then about 30 seconds later a half dozen police cars merge onto the road, giving chase and rapidly catching up with the APC. They're sleek, black metal things with flashing red lights and the passenger section of each of them has the windshield replaced by a metal panel with a slit in it. Rifles and handguns poke their barrels out of the slits and take aim.

Meanwhile, the helicopters have made it to the edge of the murder storm and are slowly moving in toward Flint as the storm subsides.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 09, 2014, 03:18:19 pm
"Suddenly, being stranded in low Kano orbit doesn't seem all that bad. Gonna try something guys. Hold on."

If I can see the armored police vehicles, attempt to rip one of the tires off the lead vehicle, and steer it into a collision with the other cars.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on September 09, 2014, 04:21:52 pm
Continue awaiting pickup. Lead basement team even further from the city if necessary.

If no pickup arrives, go watch the news in curtains house.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 09, 2014, 04:28:11 pm
"APC team, you could use a smoke cannister to cover your retreat and make shooting you harder, just pop it and tape it to the roof or something. Or hold it up from the gunner roof. And maybe try if a goop grenade can disable or hamper a vehicle. If all else fails, and only then, is lethal force authorized.

Flint, try to catch up with the APC if you can and those choppers aren't coming for you."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 09, 2014, 05:04:15 pm
((@Radio Controlled: You might also want to tell the basement team that they have to get away from the city to be extracted, since they seem to be forgetting that at the moment.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 09, 2014, 05:05:17 pm
"I'll see if I can do something."
use the goop thrower to leave a sticky trail behind, if that's not how the thrower works just stay out of the way.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: IronyOwl on September 09, 2014, 05:21:27 pm
What did Faith mean by the Upload?
"Faith didn't mean anything by it. We're not sure what Despair was talking about."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 10, 2014, 01:34:23 am
Tape a smoke grenade to the roof and activate it, then toss a goop grenade behind us, as general bossyboots suggests. Make sure not to actually stick my head out there or anything. Just the grenades.

I wonder what happens if you die.

Maybe you can't. Maybe you just come back and everything happens all over again.

Yttra glances briefly at Hasala and Kyle. Kyle doesn't quite look fully dead yet, but it's probably just a matter of time.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 10, 2014, 02:57:03 am
((@Radio Controlled: You might also want to tell the basement team that they have to get away from the city to be extracted, since they seem to be forgetting that at the moment.))
((Weird how they forget that.))

"Basement team, you need to get out of the city in order to get picked up. So get moving and be quiet about it."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 10, 2014, 09:25:07 am
I'm sorry.

Walk towards a building so that I'm obscured from the fliers. Use cam-eyes to keep track of them if possible. How many can I see?

Try my radio. Is there any way I could contact them? If yes, then see if there is any way to negotiate. Something like:

"Puny humans. Our job here is done. The runaways and heretics in your midst have been eradicated. We are leaving your insignificant city. You have seen our power over the forces of the universe. You have no hope of stopping us. If you try to stop our departure from this city, you will only face death. Let us leave and we promise no more harm will come to you."
or some other appropriate speech rolled thing in this vein, since we can't say the truth about who we are and why we're here.

If they don't show any signs of standing down or if I can't contact them, get ready to for a full rocket speed assault at those helicopters. Once I feel ready, attack.

My aim is to move quickly, before they have a chance to lock on, and grab one by the tail. I'm counting on them hesitating to shoot near one of their own, which will hopefully give me time to aim my industrial mining laser at them and fire at their tails or rotors.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 10, 2014, 09:54:36 am
Okay.

Get out of the city and make the rest of team head to the pickup area too, silently. Take Pancaek with me. Wait for the shuttle away from the city.

Also take the semi-dead guy if no one does.


Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tavik Toth on September 10, 2014, 10:18:21 am
Follow team to pickup point.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Pancaek on September 10, 2014, 01:11:28 pm
Okay.

Get out of the city and make the rest of team head to the pickup area too, silently. Take Pancaek with me. Wait for the shuttle away from the city.

Also take the semi-dead guy if no one does.

"Yaaay~ time to get out of this place."

Get dragged along by Renen. Await sweet extraction
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 10, 2014, 02:51:15 pm
Don't think smokes will work. Goop might, though.

Get back inside the APC. Take a flashbang, and toss it high up behind the APC out of the hatch. When I hear it go off, peek out and try to shoot out a tire of the lead car with the shotgun.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 11, 2014, 04:03:18 am
"MAKE A WALL!"
prepare riot shield for incoming fire if others available direct their users to do so or move them myself
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 11, 2014, 04:10:04 am
"Basement team, you need to get out of the city in order to get picked up. So get moving and be quiet about it."

Right, [Unholy_Pariah's character {Sorry x_x}], I'll take point from here on out.

Take point; move along with the rest. Keep aware of surroundings.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 11, 2014, 02:57:25 pm
"Suddenly, being stranded in low Kano orbit doesn't seem all that bad. Gonna try something guys. Hold on."

If I can see the armored police vehicles, attempt to rip one of the tires off the lead vehicle, and steer it into a collision with the other cars.
Ok. I want you to go on google earth right now. Seriously, go. I want you to zoom out to low orbit and then spin the globe around to be on the opposite side of the world as where you live. Now try to imagine the exact location of your house on that globe. Exactly. Now spin the globe around, find the place you imagined and zoom in on it directly.

Did you get exactly your house? No?

Well then perhaps you should reconsider attempting to hit a moving fucking target from the other side of the fucking planet when you have no fucking idea where that target is in relation to your fucking zero-g freewheeling self.

For your Fucking Health.


"Basement team, you need to get out of the city in order to get picked up. So get moving and be quiet about it."

Right, [Unholy_Pariah's character {Sorry x_x}], I'll take point from here on out.

Take point; move along with the rest. Keep aware of surroundings.
Continue awaiting pickup. Lead basement team even further from the city if necessary.

If no pickup arrives, go watch the news in curtains house.

Okay.

Get out of the city and make the rest of team head to the pickup area too, silently. Take Pancaek with me. Wait for the shuttle away from the city.

Also take the semi-dead guy if no one does.

"Yaaay~ time to get out of this place."

Get dragged along by Renen. Await sweet extraction
Follow team to pickup point.
Okay.

Get out of the city and make the rest of team head to the pickup area too, silently. Take Pancaek with me. Wait for the shuttle away from the city.

Also take the semi-dead guy if no one does.



The Basement crew immediately turns and makes a break for it, running, benny hill style, straight into the wilderness.

At this point you're basically far enough away that all you have to do is wait for pickup. So you can decide if you want to keep posting or just wait for everyone else to catch up.

"I'll see if I can do something."
use the goop thrower to leave a sticky trail behind, if that's not how the thrower works just stay out of the way.
You could try that, but it would require opening the back hatch of the APC. You wanna do that?

Tape a smoke grenade to the roof and activate it, then toss a goop grenade behind us, as general bossyboots suggests. Make sure not to actually stick my head out there or anything. Just the grenades.

I wonder what happens if you die.

Maybe you can't. Maybe you just come back and everything happens all over again.

Yttra glances briefly at Hasala and Kyle. Kyle doesn't quite look fully dead yet, but it's probably just a matter of time.
Don't think smokes will work. Goop might, though.

Get back inside the APC. Take a flashbang, and toss it high up behind the APC out of the hatch. When I hear it go off, peek out and try to shoot out a tire of the lead car with the shotgun.
Yttra starts handing grenades up to Taddok who starts priming them and hurling them out the hatch.

"Flashbang! Frag! Flashbang! Goop! Frag! ANOTHER FUCKING FLASHBANG!" Taddock yells as he throws grenades out one after another. The last one he does is a smoke grenade which he wedges in the hatch, pulling his hand back in as the bullets start clanging off the metal near his fingers.

"MAKE A WALL!"
prepare riot shield for incoming fire if others available direct their users to do so or move them myself
You grab all the riot shields you can find and start wedging them up against the back door, yanking them out of people's hands half the time.




The sound of the grenades going off behind the APC partially muffles the gunfire, but it can't drown out the sound of the rounds impacting the armor of the vehicle. The back wall of the apc starts to distort as the larger rounds punch dents into the metal. A handful of rounds even manage to punch their way through, throwing crazy light beams into the dull red light of the APC. The Riot shields hold for the moment, gauss rounds impacting and throwing spiderweb cracks over their clear surfaces.

"If you'd like to shoot back, now would be the time." The driver calls from the front, seemingly unperturbed.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 11, 2014, 03:03:39 pm
In that case, wait for pickup, and try and avoid hitting any satellites.

((Dang. Oh well.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 11, 2014, 03:19:29 pm
Can we assume the previous turn was a dynamic bonus?

Regardless of the above, just go full speed towards the APC. Land between it and the police cars. Brace.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 11, 2014, 03:42:24 pm
Okay. We can do this. Who's our best shot, and what's our best gun?

((I've got +1 and 1/3 to Con and a busted arm))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 11, 2014, 04:46:56 pm
"Guys, I could try to lay down something to slow the pursuit down, but it would expose at least a few people to enemy fire.  Thoughts?"
((It looks like I have a +2 to Con...and a missing arm))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 11, 2014, 06:20:19 pm
What are you gonna lay down, and how?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 11, 2014, 08:13:36 pm
Oh man I haven't seen trees in forever.

Admire nature in my state of shock.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 11, 2014, 09:09:55 pm
"I could try to use the goop thrower to lay down a sticky patch on the road behind us.  I'd have to open up the back hatch on the APC.  I would like to note I'm not quite sure how the goop works.  I don't know how sticky it stays after being fired."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 11, 2014, 09:14:03 pm
Why not just pop the top hatch and hose it up and out? Won't be able to see, but I don't think you're shooting for accuracy anyway, right?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 11, 2014, 10:16:54 pm
"I don't think it stays sticky for long, just expands and goes hard. Dunno what'd happen if it hit a wheel but if it hit a windshield it'd probably block their view pretty good."

"Or if it hit anyone shooting at us that'd be good too."

((Yttra has both arms and a goop thrower but +0 con))

"Oh. Uhh. I also have some other ammo for the gooper. It… uhh… it looks pretty dangerous."

Yttra shows them the namite canisters. One seems to be full, the other half empty. On the side of each canister is a picture of a skull. The skull is on fire.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 11, 2014, 11:12:59 pm
"Well that sounds like it won't work.  I could try to fire it from the top hatch anyway, or maybe we could fire the burny stuff."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: IronyOwl on September 12, 2014, 04:41:02 am
Figure out if I'm in the woods or the APC or what.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 12, 2014, 09:30:48 am
Figure out if I'm in the woods or the APC or what.
^
...((Though I believe someone took care of your chest-capsule in the APC I believe?))

I may be able to move over to where our allies are in the APC, though only alone--my fuel stores cannot accommodate any other extra weight for the burden, and it is mainly a one-way trip.

Ideas, Morul? Being part of the rescue team awaiting evacuation while the status of the others in need of rescue does not bode well with me.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 12, 2014, 09:47:36 am
Burny stuff. Maybe stick your head out to aim.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 12, 2014, 09:55:31 am
((Seeing as how namite burns hot enough to melt through buildings, I think you might wanna be careful where you point that thing.

Give it to someone with a CON bonus, is what I'm saying.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Toaster on September 12, 2014, 10:49:15 am
((Or you could just play fast and loose with danger.  Look where it got you this far!))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 12, 2014, 11:46:47 am
((Oh yeah Radio, I agree. Best gun, best shot, best chance. Or maybe we'll melt the back off the APC!))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 12, 2014, 03:03:28 pm
"Considering I'm in low Kano orbit on the other side of the damn planet, I've got nothing. From my point of view, you're honestly better off staying out of it for now. If you really wanna help, pray or something."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 12, 2014, 04:05:38 pm
"Any objections from command, or worried teammates, before i fire the burny stuff at our pursuers?"
((Again I have a +2, but I'm also missing an arm.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 12, 2014, 06:23:02 pm
"Any objections from command, or worried teammates, before i fire the burny stuff at our pursuers?"
((Again I have a +2, but I'm also missing an arm.))
"Poke your weapon out the holes so that you can't hit us "
Place people with body armour behind riot shields, if there are any more riot shields put them up in front of cracked ones, ensure that wounded are far from wall
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 12, 2014, 08:49:24 pm
"All right then."
Fire the burny stuff off the back of the APC, take every precaution possible to avoid hitting our APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 12, 2014, 10:12:22 pm
Give Jack said burny stuff (i.e. namite ammo for goop thrower) so that he can use it to fire at pursuers. If i can assist in some useful way do so, otherwise just hunker down.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 13, 2014, 02:01:30 am
"All right then."
Fire the burny stuff off the back of the APC, take every precaution possible to avoid hitting our APC.
If there's another hole that I can see/aim out of, shoot my shotgun out the back of the APC.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 13, 2014, 11:11:51 am
In that case, wait for pickup, and try and avoid hitting any satellites.

((Dang. Oh well.))
Slap a comcast one for me.

Oh man I haven't seen trees in forever.

Admire nature in my state of shock.
You suddenly realize the absolute fractal nature of life, then have a small stroke and forget it.

Figure out if I'm in the woods or the APC or what.
You're in a box, in the apc.

"Any objections from command, or worried teammates, before i fire the burny stuff at our pursuers?"
((Again I have a +2, but I'm also missing an arm.))
"Poke your weapon out the holes so that you can't hit us "
Place people with body armour behind riot shields, if there are any more riot shields put them up in front of cracked ones, ensure that wounded are far from wall
Well, I think most of the people with body armor are going up there of their own accord, but we'll assume you shove yttra up there. She's got some body armor. Though she strikes me as someone who would struggle. A lot.

"All right then."
Fire the burny stuff off the back of the APC, take every precaution possible to avoid hitting our APC.
If there's another hole that I can see/aim out of, shoot my shotgun out the back of the APC.
Give Jack said burny stuff (i.e. namite ammo for goop thrower) so that he can use it to fire at pursuers. If i can assist in some useful way do so, otherwise just hunker down.
"All right then."
Fire the burny stuff off the back of the APC, take every precaution possible to avoid hitting our APC.
Jack pulls aside one of the riot shields and jams the barrel of the namite thrower through the hole. After that there's not much else to do but just hold the trigger and start wiggling it back and forth like a homicidal sprinkler. Taddock shoulders in next to him and starts firing his shotgun out a nearby hole, pumping it against the jagged metal between shots.

After the namite canister is empty and the shotgun is spent, Jack yanks the gun back out of the hole and peeks through. There are no longer any cars behind them; though there is a lot of fire quickly fading into the distance as the APC speeds away.

"Looks like we're clear for now."

Can we assume the previous turn was a dynamic bonus?

Regardless of the above, just go full speed towards the APC. Land between it and the police cars. Brace.

You'll be up to them at the end of next turn. The helicopters will be following though.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 13, 2014, 11:44:10 am
Is the APC close enough to the spaceport for me to do plan "Grab the APC and fly it to the spaceport" yet? If yes, do that.

Else, do an Immelmann turn (half-loop) so that I end up higher and facing towards the helicopters. Attempt to stay higher than they are and keep moving between them at high speeds, so as to make using their guns on me and acquiring a missile lock harder.

Try hitting their rotors or tails with the Mining Laser and Violet Mode to make them crash.

If they shoot missiles at me, use Indigo Mode and Mining Laser against them as a countermeasure while attempting to dodge.

If at any time the APC is ready to be evacuated, disengage and evacuate.

EDIT: If they are too many for the above tactic to work, then stay low, use the buildings for cover and take potshots at them while quickly moving between cover with rocket assisted jumps to avoid missile strikes.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 13, 2014, 01:08:50 pm
Fistbump Jack. Reload. Poke my head out of the top hatch and be on the lookout for trouble.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tavik Toth on September 13, 2014, 01:37:45 pm
Sit down and wait for pickup.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 13, 2014, 02:17:13 pm
Put down goop/namite thrower, fistbump Taddock, grab shotgun I hopefully strapped to my back.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 13, 2014, 04:22:46 pm
"Good job guys. Now we just need to lose those helis, and we're in the clear. I don't think taking them down peacefully is an option now, so I'm afraid we'll just have to kick them till they leave. Unless any of you have any ideas on how to sneak away? If not,  Flint, you probably have the best tools for bringing the pain with you. I'm sorry for asking you this."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 13, 2014, 08:37:13 pm
Punch Konrad. Goop him to the wall.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Salsacookies on September 13, 2014, 10:14:21 pm
Be very impressed by what that guy did. Decide not to jump out, just shoot at anything that shoots back at us.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 14, 2014, 03:02:00 am
"GOOD JOB MEN!"
be ready to reinforce defensive line by ripping off pieces of apc armor that are too damaged to be useful and reinforcing the shields with them

Punch Konrad.
club back, harder
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 14, 2014, 03:02:20 am
Unstroke
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 15, 2014, 12:13:12 pm
Is the APC close enough to the spaceport for me to do plan "Grab the APC and fly it to the spaceport" yet? If yes, do that.

Else, do an Immelmann turn (half-loop) so that I end up higher and facing towards the helicopters. Attempt to stay higher than they are and keep moving between them at high speeds, so as to make using their guns on me and acquiring a missile lock harder.

Try hitting their rotors or tails with the Mining Laser and Violet Mode to make them crash.

If they shoot missiles at me, use Indigo Mode and Mining Laser against them as a countermeasure while attempting to dodge.

If at any time the APC is ready to be evacuated, disengage and evacuate.

EDIT: If they are too many for the above tactic to work, then stay low, use the buildings for cover and take potshots at them while quickly moving between cover with rocket assisted jumps to avoid missile strikes.


>Just keep flying. They're closing off the port. We'll have to get you from outside the city.

"GOOD JOB MEN!"
be ready to reinforce defensive line by ripping off pieces of apc armor that are too damaged to be useful and reinforcing the shields with them

Punch Konrad.
club back, harder
Punch Konrad. Goop him to the wall.
Put down goop/namite thrower, fistbump Taddock, grab shotgun I hopefully strapped to my back.
Fistbump Jack. Reload. Poke my head out of the top hatch and be on the lookout for trouble.
Everyone's celebrations/teammate conflicts inside the apc are brought to a rather abrupt halt went the entire thing jerks violently and then bounces into the air. The crew compartment gets shaken rather badly and the inhabitants find themselves slammed to the floor, the weightless, then slammed into the ceiling, then against the back wall, then the front then the floor again. When things finally stabilize for a moment they notice strange crushed indention s in the metal where something has grabbed them on either side of the vehicle and, judging from what they can see out the holes on the armor and the rush of wind, they're now flying.

Huh.

Unstroke
What are you, a catholic?

Sit down and wait for pickup.
Not much else to do.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 15, 2014, 12:26:34 pm
Right into out of the Danger Zone.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 15, 2014, 12:52:04 pm
Ask Steve if the APC getting grabbed was something of his doing, or not.

(Here's hoping that was one of Steve's shuttles grabbing us for fast extraction...)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 15, 2014, 12:53:42 pm
Ask Steve if the APC getting grabbed was something of his doing, or not.

(Here's hoping that was one of Steve's shuttles grabbing us for fast extraction...)
((I believe that was me. Unless they have battlesuits, in which case the guys in the APC are completely screwed.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 15, 2014, 12:54:15 pm
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 15, 2014, 01:06:38 pm
Ask Steve if the APC getting grabbed was something of his doing, or not.

(Here's hoping that was one of Steve's shuttles grabbing us for fast extraction...)
((I believe that was me. Unless they have battlesuits, in which case the guys in the APC are completely screwed.))

((Thought that at first, but found it strange since pw didn't mention anything of it for your action or any real acknowledgment. But it's probably that, yeah, seems most obvious. Paranoia ho!))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 15, 2014, 02:23:44 pm
While waiting for the other team to finish their job, Renen sits and sends a message to Doc.

Quote from: To Doc
I simulated a battle with an Arbiter while I was on ship and it brought me a question. Besides the cables that the Arbiters use and rockets, which other ways one can use to move while airborne? Also, do you have any suggestions for a long range weapon to fight an Arbiter?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 15, 2014, 02:49:42 pm
((Shoot me. Was talking to Renen, and accidentally put Morul. x_x

Plan was to rocket to the APC...given the context of what I said 2 pages back. Argh!))

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 16, 2014, 12:16:21 am

((Oh. Sorry. I didn't answer since you put Morul))

Our mission is done. I don't think they need any help right now, so stay here.

Renen says looking in the direction of the other team.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 17, 2014, 11:34:13 am
Okie dokie, At this point it would basically just be a turn or so of Paris flying away from the helicopters, out pacing them and then you guys getting picked up somewhere in the wilderness outside of town. And I could force you to play through that but at this point there have been some people who have been sitting around dead for a while I feel it best just to get things a moving.


We'll do the debrief here.

The debrief will consist of little more then Steve staring at intently at lerman while Milno stands behind him, cracking his knuckles.

Alright, the first team to go in is getting paid less since we had to send a second team in to get them. They might make it up with bonuses for competence (Lerman staring intensifies) or for what they've brought back.

SO. Lets do things like a proper debrief: You tell me what you did for the mission, what you gathered in terms of artifacts or info, and I'll dole out the cash.

If you died on mission, you're alive again. If you died really hard, you're alive again, but a robot. If you were injured, you're healed. If you were REALLY injured, you're a robot. So it goes. Feel free to sign up for other missions even while you're still participating in this debrief. We'll assume it happened chronologically before the briefs I'm about to go write.

((Shoot me. Was talking to Renen, and accidentally put Morul. x_x

Plan was to rocket to the APC...given the context of what I said 2 pages back. Argh!))



*Bang*
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 17, 2014, 11:47:04 am
Uih, retelling of meritorious deeds. The one thing that had to be connected to my past. Why.
Feyri stood among the others in the debriefing and gazed around through the external sensor system.
Provision of fire support in neutralizing the threat of Faith. That is all.
Mmph.

Be assigned to any mission either Milno or Jim or Faith is on.
Of course, the only method that works best, on paper, and is hindered by personal inhibitions connected to traumatic events.
This is just glorious.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Salsacookies on September 17, 2014, 11:49:14 am
I will volunteer for the next mission. I basically did nothing but walk around and get my lungs burned, but, other than hitting a cat lady over the head, I didn't do anything bad, so... yay, I was just some guy.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 17, 2014, 12:04:56 pm
It's been a minute! Let's see...

-Tried to subdue, instead of kill, the Chef (his head got exploded)
-Found his keys (Why does no-one look for the keys?)
-Got friendly-fired, spent a few turns getting patched up (thanks yttra!)
-Tried to cripple whoever was possessed before Faith (Konrad, maybe? Too slow on the trigger, unfortunately)
-Swept the upstairs room to make sure no hostiles were being sneaky
-Babysat the APC after Escape #1

So, I tried to do right in my actions, but ended up being pretty low-impact (getting shot sucks) and I've got no alien swag to show for it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 17, 2014, 12:15:08 pm
So, what I 'did' this mission:
-assembled the rescue team on a notice shorter than most dwarves
-commanded the mission from then on, gave orders, made teams, yelled at people, etc.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: swordsmith04 on September 17, 2014, 12:18:26 pm
My contribution to the mission consisted of trying to goop the Chef, finding the twist-ties and tying up the diner hostages ((despite TCM's claims)), which may or may not have saved them from Lerman's rampage, and attempting to fortify the diner as best as I could (by pulling the Venetian-blind-like metal curtains on the windows down), before getting teamkilled.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 17, 2014, 12:40:11 pm
My contribution:

Leader of Basement team, fought controlled Faith;

Helped in the investigation of the Basement;

Helped in sending the information to Steve;

Helped in the destruction of the telescope;

Didn't fuck up greatly.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Pancaek on September 17, 2014, 01:11:38 pm
Pancaek, team cripple contributions:
-disarmed the chef
-Tested out the hatch on top of the building
-got both legs smashed in by possessed Faith
-Stopped Possessed Faith once by forcing her arms behind her back.
-Got head assploded by Lerman
-Went into the basement and tangled with Faith, losing one arm.
-got hooked up to eggs to upload data, also grabbed my arm on the way out

By the way, pw, how much of my synthflesh body will I get back when we're on ship? Total tally is two legs gone, head like smashed watermelon and one arm cut off (that I have with me)
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: IronyOwl on September 17, 2014, 01:44:31 pm
Faith:
-Helped ensure a modicum of restraint with regards to the diner's civilian inhabitants
-Discovered the sheath's remarkable reflective capabilities
-Helped confirm the sheath's complete blocking qualities, even to cameyes or when penetrated by wires
-Opened the door to upstairs with a key (we both know this is a challenging task for ARM personnel)
-Took out the long-distance blade slapper
-Tried to valiantly save a teammate with a minimum of damage (we both know this is always a terrible idea for ARM personnel, but maybe the thought counts...?)


Additionally, from last mission which I was told to bring up when doling out rewards for this one:
Quote
My accomplishments included helping to wipe out the southern forces with some unusually nice manipulator usage, accidentally ruining an ally's attempts to salvage a battlesuit by killing the pilot, hauling corpses, and failing to inconvenience medical or technical personnel in the slightest with my own squishy, shrapnel-laden flesh."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Unholy_Pariah on September 17, 2014, 01:51:44 pm
Achievements:
Faceplanted into upper floor shadow barrier after jumping off a roof thereby confirming its existence.
Explored the sewers a bit with my team.
Recovered the "Termite Rifle" safely.
Recovered "scuba's gear" because it was nearby.
Recovered the cultist "leader" so he can be revived on ship for diplomancing.
Fought in and survived "attack of the bodysnatched faith" unharmed.
Refrained from maiming teammates.
Recovered Faiths shattered remains.
Assisted in destruction of radiotelescope array.
Discovered how to access the egg data.
Streamed egg data to Steve and lead others in doing so.
Destroyed the eggs as per steves request.
Did not murder civilians or steal their possessions.

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: TCM on September 17, 2014, 02:13:23 pm
D'usse Resume:

*Subdued civilians in resteraunt. Transported them from resteraunt to safer structure. Eventually escorted them out of danger zone. Casualties: 0
*Covered teammates/doors.
*Incremental assisting fire.
*Stalked signs of bad guys, forcefully cocking shotgun.
*Generally stayed out of bigger, scarier, more capable people's way.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 17, 2014, 02:46:45 pm
Contributions:

I am interested for Mission 17. ((It might be a good idea to put who is going where or who is interested in going where in the current mission page of the wiki.))

And a question if I may: Does Steve have any idea what happened this mission or why? What was going on with that telescope? Did they get anything out of Headless?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 17, 2014, 03:10:10 pm
Valiant Deeds

1. Sneakily gained entrance to rear of Café.
2. Killed Murderchef and took his burnout amp.
3. Scouted sewer area.
4. Killed Scubaman and Bandages the Rifle Zombie.
5. Attempted to negotiate with police.
6. Get mind controlled and released the Kraken Faith/Anna.
7. Break mind control, and chill in the void for a bit.
8. Gain access to third floor.
9. Entered the ritual chamber.
10. Got teleported out of ritual chamber into space.
11. Chilled in space until pickup.


Think that about covers it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: smurfingtonthethird on September 17, 2014, 03:51:32 pm
Lerman:

Flashbanged the team
Disabled half the team under influence of mind control with a machine gun
Wrestled with several teammates for control of the gun
Attempted to fight Faith, who chopped off his legs
Welded said legs to chest.
Sabotaged any hope of the police helping with another machine gun rampage
Shocked into unconsciousness.


Well, time for Lerman to run, I think.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 17, 2014, 04:42:06 pm
Jack Catar's contributions:
Followed leader up to diner, worrying locals (-)
guarded door to weird basement (meh)
Tied up a dude and gave him to Flint (+ I guess)
Fired a whole bunch of namite at pursuing officials (+)
((I think that's everything.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: yobbo on September 17, 2014, 04:54:54 pm
stuff Yttra did:

* put Kyle's guts back in
* retrieved wounded/dead Kyle & Hasala to APC
* competently splinted Taddok's busted arm
* successfully disabled the posessed Konrad about 1 second too late
* assisted in successfully disabling the first posessed Faith
* retrieved wounded/gooped Lerman & Konrad to APC
* did some minor stuff like relaying messages and opening boxes
* captured a headless guy
* supplied namite for successful APC escape
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 17, 2014, 07:12:06 pm
Cecil's stuff:

-Punched a door really good.

-Tried punching possessed team-mate but mulched legs and busted an arm instead.

All in all, not bad for a newbie up against a synthflesh berzerkercleric I think.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tiruin on September 18, 2014, 12:49:27 am
That's a lot of listed achievements...but, erm, isn't it a bit subjective of how far one may value their own actions?
...
Huh, it makes sense in a way. Value of own action equals value they give you.
...Nice!
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 18, 2014, 01:15:48 am

Contributions for K. Cruze;
+Stalled the murderous gunfire of possessed lerman
+Moved wounded around to prevent unnecessary deaths
+Moved APC to prevent loss in faith.v.everybody firefight
+Protected wounded from injury by gunfire with armoured teammates and riot shields
-Was possessed
-Led to possession of faith

Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 18, 2014, 12:08:57 pm
Uih, retelling of meritorious deeds. The one thing that had to be connected to my past. Why.
Feyri stood among the others in the debriefing and gazed around through the external sensor system.
Provision of fire support in neutralizing the threat of Faith. That is all.
Mmph.

Be assigned to any mission either Milno or Jim or Faith is on.
Of course, the only method that works best, on paper, and is hindered by personal inhibitions connected to traumatic events.
This is just glorious.

5 tokens. Very Adequate. Good job not fucking anything up.

I will volunteer for the next mission. I basically did nothing but walk around and get my lungs burned, but, other than hitting a cat lady over the head, I didn't do anything bad, so... yay, I was just some guy.
You got ganked really early so it would be unfair to penalize you for the failures of your team. 5 tokens.

It's been a minute! Let's see...

-Tried to subdue, instead of kill, the Chef (his head got exploded)
-Found his keys (Why does no-one look for the keys?)
-Got friendly-fired, spent a few turns getting patched up (thanks yttra!)
-Tried to cripple whoever was possessed before Faith (Konrad, maybe? Too slow on the trigger, unfortunately)
-Swept the upstairs room to make sure no hostiles were being sneaky
-Babysat the APC after Escape #1

So, I tried to do right in my actions, but ended up being pretty low-impact (getting shot sucks) and I've got no alien swag to show for it.
Competent, but unfortunately Never quite in the right place to be terribly useful, beyond those keys. 5 tokens. Better luck next time.

So, what I 'did' this mission:
-assembled the rescue team on a notice shorter than most dwarves
-commanded the mission from then on, gave orders, made teams, yelled at people, etc.

I am questioning to pay you or not. Because paying someone to sit up in their ivory tower, commanding the peons while they lounge in total safety, sipping mojitos doesn't seem terribly fair. It might set a bad precedent to pay the commanders even when they don't get out there and work themselves. Then again, controlling people from an ivory tower is kinda what commanders are supposed to do. Hm.

I KNOW!

Hey, crew, how much do you think miya should be paid?

My contribution to the mission consisted of trying to goop the Chef, finding the twist-ties and tying up the diner hostages ((despite TCM's claims)), which may or may not have saved them from Lerman's rampage, and attempting to fortify the diner as best as I could (by pulling the Venetian-blind-like metal curtains on the windows down), before getting teamkilled.
Pretty good. Not a whole lot that really influenced the mission terribly, but you certainly didn't do anything that made it worse. 5 tokens.
My contribution:

Leader of Basement team, fought controlled Faith;

Helped in the investigation of the Basement;

Helped in sending the information to Steve;

Helped in the destruction of the telescope;

Didn't fuck up greatly.

Fair enough 6 tokens. The main reason you don't get more is the fact that fighting faith isn't TOO hard for you.You're kinda made for it, so it's a bit less impressive.

Pancaek, team cripple contributions:
-disarmed the chef
-Tested out the hatch on top of the building
-got both legs smashed in by possessed Faith
-Stopped Possessed Faith once by forcing her arms behind her back.
-Got head assploded by Lerman
-Went into the basement and tangled with Faith, losing one arm.
-got hooked up to eggs to upload data, also grabbed my arm on the way out

By the way, pw, how much of my synthflesh body will I get back when we're on ship? Total tally is two legs gone, head like smashed watermelon and one arm cut off (that I have with me)
We'll repair you to full. It's the least we can do, honestly.  Ya did good work. Despite continuous damage and increasing immobility you kept fighting and were actively helpful against possessed faith even when it cost the loss of limb and potential death. 8 token.

Faith:
-Helped ensure a modicum of restraint with regards to the diner's civilian inhabitants
-Discovered the sheath's remarkable reflective capabilities
-Helped confirm the sheath's complete blocking qualities, even to cameyes or when penetrated by wires
-Opened the door to upstairs with a key (we both know this is a challenging task for ARM personnel)
-Took out the long-distance blade slapper
-Tried to valiantly save a teammate with a minimum of damage (we both know this is always a terrible idea for ARM personnel, but maybe the thought counts...?)


Additionally, from last mission which I was told to bring up when doling out rewards for this one:
Quote
My accomplishments included helping to wipe out the southern forces with some unusually nice manipulator usage, accidentally ruining an ally's attempts to salvage a battlesuit by killing the pilot, hauling corpses, and failing to inconvenience medical or technical personnel in the slightest with my own squishy, shrapnel-laden flesh."
Is this because I forgot to pay you for that last one? Hm. Well we'll give you 10 and call it even for both.

Achievements:
Faceplanted into upper floor shadow barrier after jumping off a roof thereby confirming its existence.
Explored the sewers a bit with my team.
Recovered the "Termite Rifle" safely.
Recovered "scuba's gear" because it was nearby.
Recovered the cultist "leader" so he can be revived on ship for diplomancing.
Fought in and survived "attack of the bodysnatched faith" unharmed.
Refrained from maiming teammates.
Recovered Faiths shattered remains.
Assisted in destruction of radiotelescope array.
Discovered how to access the egg data.
Streamed egg data to Steve and lead others in doing so.
Destroyed the eggs as per steves request.
Did not murder civilians or steal their possessions.
The packrat strikes again. Not all of this is terribly useful, but the corpse at least lets us identify this guy, and the data on the eggs lets us hopefully decipher it and at least search for it later. The Termite rifle might be useful as well, if we can stop it from possessing people.

Over all your actions are fairly generic, but again, the loot you bring is good. 8 tokens.

D'usse Resume:

*Subdued civilians in resteraunt. Transported them from resteraunt to safer structure. Eventually escorted them out of danger zone. Casualties: 0
*Covered teammates/doors.
*Incremental assisting fire.
*Stalked signs of bad guys, forcefully cocking shotgun.
*Generally stayed out of bigger, scarier, more capable people's way.

5 tokens. Good effort on whatever you were doing, but it wasn't really mission critical was it?

Contributions:
  • Ordered people around a bit.
  • Dug out Jack, who was buried under rubble.
  • Tracked Faith with drone.
  • Scouted telescope with drone and informed the team that it was moving.
  • Carried Headless around.
  • Smashed satellite dish in roof.
  • Used Gilgamesh to help keep the building from collapsing long enough for the team to evacuate.
  • Helped in evacuation, ensuring everything was loaded in the APC swiftly.
  • Stayed back to provide a distraction for the military helicopters.
  • Helped carry the APC out of there.

I am interested for Mission 17. ((It might be a good idea to put who is going where or who is interested in going where in the current mission page of the wiki.))

And a question if I may: Does Steve have any idea what happened this mission or why? What was going on with that telescope? Did they get anything out of Headless?
The headless is going to be transported to Heph and placed in one of the containment cells. What they decide to do with him, I can't say. As per what happened, we assume that the man in the throne had his memories, or maybe his entire mind, copied into those egg machines and that it was broadcast somewhere. Where? We don't know. At this point though, don't be surprised if he shows up again.

7 tokens. Services well rendered.

Valiant Deeds

1. Sneakily gained entrance to rear of Café.
2. Killed Murderchef and took his burnout amp.
3. Scouted sewer area.
4. Killed Scubaman and Bandages the Rifle Zombie.
5. Attempted to negotiate with police.
6. Get mind controlled and released the Kraken Faith/Anna.
7. Break mind control, and chill in the void for a bit.
8. Gain access to third floor.
9. Entered the ritual chamber.
10. Got teleported out of ritual chamber into space.
11. Chilled in space until pickup.


Think that about covers it.

It was very stupid of you to charge in alone. But you did do a good job fighting your way out. And breaking yourself out of the mind control. We'll go with 7, since without your effort Auron wouldn't have been able to gather those trinkets of his.
Lerman:

Flashbanged the team
Disabled half the team under influence of mind control with a machine gun
Wrestled with several teammates for control of the gun
Attempted to fight Faith, who chopped off his legs
Welded said legs to chest.
Sabotaged any hope of the police helping with another machine gun rampage
Shocked into unconsciousness.


Well, time for Lerman to run, I think.
Mind control is something we can ignore. It's not your fault, not really; I won't hold it against you like I don't hold it against faith. The other things, however, are another matter. Blatant insubordination and endangering the lives of your team are not acceptable. Though, I must admit, not uncommon.

No pay this time. Try to do better next time.

Jack Catar's contributions:
Followed leader up to diner, worrying locals (-)
guarded door to weird basement (meh)
Tied up a dude and gave him to Flint (+ I guess)
Fired a whole bunch of namite at pursuing officials (+)
((I think that's everything.))
5 tokens. Fairly average after all. Good work with the thermite though.

stuff Yttra did:

* put Kyle's guts back in
* retrieved wounded/dead Kyle & Hasala to APC
* competently splinted Taddok's busted arm
* successfully disabled the posessed Konrad about 1 second too late
* assisted in successfully disabling the first posessed Faith
* retrieved wounded/gooped Lerman & Konrad to APC
* did some minor stuff like relaying messages and opening boxes
* captured a headless guy
* supplied namite for successful APC escape
Very good work for a newbie. We'll give ya 7. Good work on not dying or even being terribly injured.

Cecil's stuff:

-Punched a door really good.

-Tried punching possessed team-mate but mulched legs and busted an arm instead.

All in all, not bad for a newbie up against a synthflesh berzerkercleric I think.
5 tokens. You've got a good amount of gusto, but perhaps not the best judgement. Oh well. Good work regardless.


Contributions for K. Cruze;
+Stalled the murderous gunfire of possessed lerman
+Moved wounded around to prevent unnecessary deaths
+Moved APC to prevent loss in faith.v.everybody firefight
+Protected wounded from injury by gunfire with armoured teammates and riot shields
-Was possessed
-Led to possession of faith


Lets go...6. Seems about right.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: AoshimaMichio on September 18, 2014, 12:28:54 pm
I say nominal 1 token for Miya, since he didn't make any mess with his Avatar.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Hapah on September 18, 2014, 12:45:07 pm
1 or 2 tokens, at most.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: swordsmith04 on September 18, 2014, 12:46:55 pm
Yeah, I agree with 1-2 tokens for Miyamoto, if any.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 18, 2014, 12:51:38 pm
I agree with the above.

And I would like to request the 3 tokens I lent to Pancaek unless he has anything he wants to buy.

Hm, so I guess we didn't destroy the telescope in time. Do we have any idea what happened to the other "cultists"?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 18, 2014, 01:52:07 pm
Quote
I am questioning to pay you or not. Because paying someone to sit up in their ivory tower, commanding the peons while they lounge in total safety, sipping mojitos doesn't seem terribly fair. It might set a bad precedent to pay the commanders even when they don't get out there and work themselves. Then again, controlling people from an ivory tower is kinda what commanders are supposed to do. Hm.

Heh, yeah, commanding is fun (it's even worse in real life, where the average footslogger gets hardly any credit while the brass run of with it). I'll be happy with what I can get.

Oh, and just to doublecheck, do I get any points to level up with?

((Though I could mention that I didn't physically join the rescue team in order to give other people a chance to play, and that I could easily have kicked of someone else to ensure own spot. I have no problem getting less than an actual participant, but I did put quite some work into the mission.))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Toaster on September 18, 2014, 02:01:41 pm
Perhaps a future standard for "on high" commanders:  Their pay starts at standard 5 tokens, but instead of going up for success, it's docked every time someone seriously screws up under their command.  (Accidentally tasering a teammate isn't enough to be a problem.  Killing a couple civilians is a token.  Blowing up an important mission asset is two tokens.  Manip overloads or anything that is referred to as X-9 afterwards drops the pay to zero.)

To balance this out, commanders get access to the Shock Switch.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Grunhill on September 18, 2014, 02:49:04 pm
In my opinion, RC can get 2 tokens. He actually assembled the rescue team and looked for some vets to participate. And he made a good division of the teams. Also, I agree with Toaster's proposal.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kisame12794 on September 18, 2014, 03:00:54 pm
Two token for Miyamoto are good with me. He provided much needed cohesion and direction to our limbless flailing about.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Pancaek on September 18, 2014, 03:44:03 pm
I agree with the above.

And I would like to request the 3 tokens I lent to Pancaek unless he has anything he wants to buy.

Hm, so I guess we didn't destroy the telescope in time. Do we have any idea what happened to the other "cultists"?
No plans to do anything with them, so three tokens go to Paris, leaving me with 5

AS for RC, I think 3 or 2 tokens would be all right, in my opinion.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Alarith on September 18, 2014, 04:31:30 pm
I believe 2-3 tokens would be adequate pay for Miya.  He did his best to keep everyone organized.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Corsair on September 18, 2014, 04:58:32 pm
Id also say that miya should get 2-3 although what miya could possibly need to buy is beyond me
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 18, 2014, 05:05:21 pm
Wait so as a total newbie what do I get on level-up?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: swordsmith04 on September 18, 2014, 05:06:57 pm
5 stat points, 3 skill points.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: kj1225 on September 18, 2014, 09:11:50 pm
Late but here's my list of things I did.

- Went into the restaurant.
- Got shot by a teammate and was rendered unconscious for the rest of the mission.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 19, 2014, 10:19:24 am
I agree with the above.

And I would like to request the 3 tokens I lent to Pancaek unless he has anything he wants to buy.

Hm, so I guess we didn't destroy the telescope in time. Do we have any idea what happened to the other "cultists"?
You'd have to ask morul. He was the one that got closest.

Quote
I am questioning to pay you or not. Because paying someone to sit up in their ivory tower, commanding the peons while they lounge in total safety, sipping mojitos doesn't seem terribly fair. It might set a bad precedent to pay the commanders even when they don't get out there and work themselves. Then again, controlling people from an ivory tower is kinda what commanders are supposed to do. Hm.

Heh, yeah, commanding is fun (it's even worse in real life, where the average footslogger gets hardly any credit while the brass run of with it). I'll be happy with what I can get.

Oh, and just to doublecheck, do I get any points to level up with?

((Though I could mention that I didn't physically join the rescue team in order to give other people a chance to play, and that I could easily have kicked of someone else to ensure own spot. I have no problem getting less than an actual participant, but I did put quite some work into the mission.))

Two tokens then.

Perhaps a future standard for "on high" commanders:  Their pay starts at standard 5 tokens, but instead of going up for success, it's docked every time someone seriously screws up under their command.  (Accidentally tasering a teammate isn't enough to be a problem.  Killing a couple civilians is a token.  Blowing up an important mission asset is two tokens.  Manip overloads or anything that is referred to as X-9 afterwards drops the pay to zero.)

To balance this out, commanders get access to the Shock Switch.
I like this. We can do this if the people under him are willing.

Late but here's my list of things I did.

- Went into the restaurant.
- Got shot by a teammate and was rendered unconscious for the rest of the mission.
We'll give you 5 tokens, +1 extra token as apology for putting you in lerman's line of fire.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Toaster on September 19, 2014, 12:14:55 pm
Perhaps a future standard for "on high" commanders:  Their pay starts at standard 5 tokens, but instead of going up for success, it's docked every time someone seriously screws up under their command.  (Accidentally tasering a teammate isn't enough to be a problem.  Killing a couple civilians is a token.  Blowing up an important mission asset is two tokens.  Manip overloads or anything that is referred to as X-9 afterwards drops the pay to zero.)

To balance this out, commanders get access to the Shock Switch.
I like this. We can do this if the people under him are willing.

It might work better simply using it in the future since it wasn't decided ahead of time for this one, as well as he didn't lead the full mission, just the "de-screwup" part of it.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Radio Controlled on September 19, 2014, 12:25:36 pm
Perhaps a future standard for "on high" commanders:  Their pay starts at standard 5 tokens, but instead of going up for success, it's docked every time someone seriously screws up under their command.  (Accidentally tasering a teammate isn't enough to be a problem.  Killing a couple civilians is a token.  Blowing up an important mission asset is two tokens.  Manip overloads or anything that is referred to as X-9 afterwards drops the pay to zero.)

To balance this out, commanders get access to the Shock Switch.
I like this. We can do this if the people under him are willing.

It might work better simply using it in the future since it wasn't decided ahead of time for this one, as well as he didn't lead the full mission, just the "de-screwup" part of it.

I'd be ok with this, though there's a good chance I'll be joining this one myself, so it's moot for this mission.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Gentlefish on September 19, 2014, 07:20:46 pm
I... don't think commanders should be docked for x-9 events. I mean, oftentimes the actions are harmless enough. How was Xantalos to know absorbing some flesh was going to cause LEG, or that the super-ice was going to be a thing? Or... Well, any other overload? They're mostly just bad luck aren't they?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Xantalos on September 19, 2014, 07:38:58 pm
Well, with the x-9 things it's both times been because of someone entering stupid big parameters into a manipulator and then fudging the calculations out of exhaustion, so it could be argued that since the overloadee almost always dies the commander should get docked for his subordinate's stupidness (like that one time someone typed 'ROAST ME UP SUM DOGY PLS' into a manip and got an explosion in their face for their trouble))
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Parisbre56 on September 19, 2014, 07:40:28 pm
Yeah, it enforces the concept of responsibility. If someone is given a group of people to manage and is given a task to complete, then if they don't complete the task or do poorly at it, the one paying them is not very likely to take into account whether or not that was caused by luck or incompetence.

Besides, the players are punished for bad luck. Why not the commanders?
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Toaster on September 19, 2014, 08:47:07 pm
I agree with the above two; even if the grunt is at fault, the supervisor eats some blame.  They should have stopped them, trained them better, had them doing something else; pick your reason.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: IronyOwl on September 19, 2014, 09:36:13 pm
Put more concisely, you could ask just what, if they're unable to stop fuckups from occurring, are we supposed to be paying them for?

Plus, it's a relatively low-risk situation to begin with, so it makes sense for the values to be fairly low. If everything goes to hell and you're on the ground, you can be sure you're earning those tokens just getting back to the ship to collect them. If everything goes to hell and you're in the command chair, I guess you have one of your assistants fetch you a beverage to relax with after that just dreadful thing with the feeds all going dead.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Toaster on September 19, 2014, 09:51:52 pm
"Did those numbskulls blow up another continent?  *sigh* Mobilize a shuttle to scrape up what's left of them."
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: Tavik Toth on September 20, 2014, 05:20:09 am
Helped fought Possed Faith.
Helped with retrieving info from that's egg things.
Helped Salsa's character dig D'usse out.
Didn't die or mess things up in general.
Title: Re: Mission 14: Cult investigation: A Storm Is Coming.
Post by: piecewise on September 20, 2014, 12:20:47 pm
Helped fought Possed Faith.
Helped with retrieving info from that's egg things.
Helped Salsa's character dig D'usse out.
Didn't die or mess things up in general.

6. Lets go with 6.